Thanks to visit codestin.com
Credit goes to doxygen.postgresql.org

PostgreSQL Source Code git master
xlog.c File Reference
#include "postgres.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include "access/clog.h"
#include "access/commit_ts.h"
#include "access/heaptoast.h"
#include "access/multixact.h"
#include "access/rewriteheap.h"
#include "access/subtrans.h"
#include "access/timeline.h"
#include "access/transam.h"
#include "access/twophase.h"
#include "access/xact.h"
#include "access/xlog_internal.h"
#include "access/xlogarchive.h"
#include "access/xloginsert.h"
#include "access/xlogreader.h"
#include "access/xlogrecovery.h"
#include "access/xlogutils.h"
#include "backup/basebackup.h"
#include "catalog/catversion.h"
#include "catalog/pg_control.h"
#include "catalog/pg_database.h"
#include "common/controldata_utils.h"
#include "common/file_utils.h"
#include "executor/instrument.h"
#include "miscadmin.h"
#include "pg_trace.h"
#include "pgstat.h"
#include "port/atomics.h"
#include "postmaster/bgwriter.h"
#include "postmaster/startup.h"
#include "postmaster/walsummarizer.h"
#include "postmaster/walwriter.h"
#include "replication/origin.h"
#include "replication/slot.h"
#include "replication/snapbuild.h"
#include "replication/walreceiver.h"
#include "replication/walsender.h"
#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
#include "storage/fd.h"
#include "storage/ipc.h"
#include "storage/large_object.h"
#include "storage/latch.h"
#include "storage/predicate.h"
#include "storage/proc.h"
#include "storage/procarray.h"
#include "storage/reinit.h"
#include "storage/spin.h"
#include "storage/sync.h"
#include "utils/guc_hooks.h"
#include "utils/guc_tables.h"
#include "utils/injection_point.h"
#include "utils/pgstat_internal.h"
#include "utils/ps_status.h"
#include "utils/relmapper.h"
#include "utils/snapmgr.h"
#include "utils/timeout.h"
#include "utils/timestamp.h"
#include "utils/varlena.h"
Include dependency graph for xlog.c:

Go to the source code of this file.

Data Structures

struct  XLogwrtRqst
 
struct  XLogwrtResult
 
struct  WALInsertLock
 
union  WALInsertLockPadded
 
struct  XLogCtlInsert
 
struct  XLogCtlData
 

Macros

#define BootstrapTimeLineID   1
 
#define NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS   8
 
#define INSERT_FREESPACE(endptr)    (((endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ == 0) ? 0 : (XLOG_BLCKSZ - (endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ))
 
#define NextBufIdx(idx)    (((idx) == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck) ? 0 : ((idx) + 1))
 
#define XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr)    (((recptr) / XLOG_BLCKSZ) % (XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck + 1))
 
#define UsableBytesInPage   (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogShortPHD)
 
#define ConvertToXSegs(x, segsize)   XLogMBVarToSegs((x), (segsize))
 
#define RefreshXLogWriteResult(_target)
 

Typedefs

typedef struct XLogwrtRqst XLogwrtRqst
 
typedef struct XLogwrtResult XLogwrtResult
 
typedef union WALInsertLockPadded WALInsertLockPadded
 
typedef struct XLogCtlInsert XLogCtlInsert
 
typedef struct XLogCtlData XLogCtlData
 

Enumerations

enum  WalInsertClass { WALINSERT_NORMAL , WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH , WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT }
 

Functions

static void CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery (TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI, XLogRecPtr EndOfLog, TimeLineID newTLI)
 
static void CheckRequiredParameterValues (void)
 
static void XLogReportParameters (void)
 
static int LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed (void)
 
static void CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord (void)
 
static XLogRecPtr CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord (XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn, XLogRecPtr pagePtr, TimeLineID newTLI)
 
static void CheckPointGuts (XLogRecPtr checkPointRedo, int flags)
 
static void KeepLogSeg (XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo)
 
static XLogRecPtr XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN (void)
 
static void AdvanceXLInsertBuffer (XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli, bool opportunistic)
 
static void XLogWrite (XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible)
 
static bool InstallXLogFileSegment (XLogSegNo *segno, char *tmppath, bool find_free, XLogSegNo max_segno, TimeLineID tli)
 
static void XLogFileClose (void)
 
static void PreallocXlogFiles (XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID tli)
 
static void RemoveTempXlogFiles (void)
 
static void RemoveOldXlogFiles (XLogSegNo segno, XLogRecPtr lastredoptr, XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID insertTLI)
 
static void RemoveXlogFile (const struct dirent *segment_de, XLogSegNo recycleSegNo, XLogSegNo *endlogSegNo, TimeLineID insertTLI)
 
static void UpdateLastRemovedPtr (char *filename)
 
static void ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure (void)
 
static void CleanupBackupHistory (void)
 
static void UpdateMinRecoveryPoint (XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force)
 
static bool PerformRecoveryXLogAction (void)
 
static void InitControlFile (uint64 sysidentifier, uint32 data_checksum_version)
 
static void WriteControlFile (void)
 
static void ReadControlFile (void)
 
static void UpdateControlFile (void)
 
static char * str_time (pg_time_t tnow, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
 
static int get_sync_bit (int method)
 
static void CopyXLogRecordToWAL (int write_len, bool isLogSwitch, XLogRecData *rdata, XLogRecPtr StartPos, XLogRecPtr EndPos, TimeLineID tli)
 
static void ReserveXLogInsertLocation (int size, XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
 
static bool ReserveXLogSwitch (XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
 
static XLogRecPtr WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish (XLogRecPtr upto)
 
static char * GetXLogBuffer (XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli)
 
static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToRecPtr (uint64 bytepos)
 
static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr (uint64 bytepos)
 
static uint64 XLogRecPtrToBytePos (XLogRecPtr ptr)
 
static void WALInsertLockAcquire (void)
 
static void WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive (void)
 
static void WALInsertLockRelease (void)
 
static void WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt (XLogRecPtr insertingAt)
 
XLogRecPtr XLogInsertRecord (XLogRecData *rdata, XLogRecPtr fpw_lsn, uint8 flags, int num_fpi, bool topxid_included)
 
Size WALReadFromBuffers (char *dstbuf, XLogRecPtr startptr, Size count, TimeLineID tli)
 
static void CalculateCheckpointSegments (void)
 
void assign_max_wal_size (int newval, void *extra)
 
void assign_checkpoint_completion_target (double newval, void *extra)
 
bool check_wal_segment_size (int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
 
static XLogSegNo XLOGfileslop (XLogRecPtr lastredoptr)
 
bool XLogCheckpointNeeded (XLogSegNo new_segno)
 
void XLogSetAsyncXactLSN (XLogRecPtr asyncXactLSN)
 
void XLogSetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN (XLogRecPtr lsn)
 
void XLogFlush (XLogRecPtr record)
 
bool XLogBackgroundFlush (void)
 
bool XLogNeedsFlush (XLogRecPtr record)
 
static int XLogFileInitInternal (XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli, bool *added, char *path)
 
int XLogFileInit (XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli)
 
static void XLogFileCopy (TimeLineID destTLI, XLogSegNo destsegno, TimeLineID srcTLI, XLogSegNo srcsegno, int upto)
 
int XLogFileOpen (XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
 
void CheckXLogRemoved (XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
 
XLogSegNo XLogGetLastRemovedSegno (void)
 
XLogSegNo XLogGetOldestSegno (TimeLineID tli)
 
void RemoveNonParentXlogFiles (XLogRecPtr switchpoint, TimeLineID newTLI)
 
uint64 GetSystemIdentifier (void)
 
char * GetMockAuthenticationNonce (void)
 
bool DataChecksumsEnabled (void)
 
bool GetDefaultCharSignedness (void)
 
XLogRecPtr GetFakeLSNForUnloggedRel (void)
 
static int XLOGChooseNumBuffers (void)
 
bool check_wal_buffers (int *newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
 
bool check_wal_consistency_checking (char **newval, void **extra, GucSource source)
 
void assign_wal_consistency_checking (const char *newval, void *extra)
 
void InitializeWalConsistencyChecking (void)
 
const char * show_archive_command (void)
 
const char * show_in_hot_standby (void)
 
void LocalProcessControlFile (bool reset)
 
WalLevel GetActiveWalLevelOnStandby (void)
 
Size XLOGShmemSize (void)
 
void XLOGShmemInit (void)
 
void BootStrapXLOG (uint32 data_checksum_version)
 
static void XLogInitNewTimeline (TimeLineID endTLI, XLogRecPtr endOfLog, TimeLineID newTLI)
 
void StartupXLOG (void)
 
void SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery (XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr, TimeLineID replayTLI)
 
void ReachedEndOfBackup (XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr, TimeLineID tli)
 
bool RecoveryInProgress (void)
 
RecoveryState GetRecoveryState (void)
 
bool XLogInsertAllowed (void)
 
XLogRecPtr GetRedoRecPtr (void)
 
void GetFullPageWriteInfo (XLogRecPtr *RedoRecPtr_p, bool *doPageWrites_p)
 
XLogRecPtr GetInsertRecPtr (void)
 
XLogRecPtr GetFlushRecPtr (TimeLineID *insertTLI)
 
TimeLineID GetWALInsertionTimeLine (void)
 
TimeLineID GetWALInsertionTimeLineIfSet (void)
 
XLogRecPtr GetLastImportantRecPtr (void)
 
pg_time_t GetLastSegSwitchData (XLogRecPtr *lastSwitchLSN)
 
void ShutdownXLOG (int code, Datum arg)
 
static void LogCheckpointStart (int flags, bool restartpoint)
 
static void LogCheckpointEnd (bool restartpoint)
 
static void UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate (uint64 nbytes)
 
static void update_checkpoint_display (int flags, bool restartpoint, bool reset)
 
bool CreateCheckPoint (int flags)
 
static void RecoveryRestartPoint (const CheckPoint *checkPoint, XLogReaderState *record)
 
bool CreateRestartPoint (int flags)
 
WALAvailability GetWALAvailability (XLogRecPtr targetLSN)
 
void XLogPutNextOid (Oid nextOid)
 
XLogRecPtr RequestXLogSwitch (bool mark_unimportant)
 
XLogRecPtr XLogRestorePoint (const char *rpName)
 
void UpdateFullPageWrites (void)
 
void xlog_redo (XLogReaderState *record)
 
void assign_wal_sync_method (int new_wal_sync_method, void *extra)
 
void issue_xlog_fsync (int fd, XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
 
void do_pg_backup_start (const char *backupidstr, bool fast, List **tablespaces, BackupState *state, StringInfo tblspcmapfile)
 
SessionBackupState get_backup_status (void)
 
void do_pg_backup_stop (BackupState *state, bool waitforarchive)
 
void do_pg_abort_backup (int code, Datum arg)
 
void register_persistent_abort_backup_handler (void)
 
XLogRecPtr GetXLogInsertRecPtr (void)
 
XLogRecPtr GetXLogWriteRecPtr (void)
 
void GetOldestRestartPoint (XLogRecPtr *oldrecptr, TimeLineID *oldtli)
 
void XLogShutdownWalRcv (void)
 
void SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive (void)
 
bool IsInstallXLogFileSegmentActive (void)
 
void SetWalWriterSleeping (bool sleeping)
 

Variables

int max_wal_size_mb = 1024
 
int min_wal_size_mb = 80
 
int wal_keep_size_mb = 0
 
int XLOGbuffers = -1
 
int XLogArchiveTimeout = 0
 
int XLogArchiveMode = ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF
 
char * XLogArchiveCommand = NULL
 
bool EnableHotStandby = false
 
bool fullPageWrites = true
 
bool wal_log_hints = false
 
int wal_compression = WAL_COMPRESSION_NONE
 
char * wal_consistency_checking_string = NULL
 
bool * wal_consistency_checking = NULL
 
bool wal_init_zero = true
 
bool wal_recycle = true
 
bool log_checkpoints = true
 
int wal_sync_method = DEFAULT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD
 
int wal_level = WAL_LEVEL_REPLICA
 
int CommitDelay = 0
 
int CommitSiblings = 5
 
int wal_retrieve_retry_interval = 5000
 
int max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb = -1
 
int wal_decode_buffer_size = 512 * 1024
 
bool track_wal_io_timing = false
 
int wal_segment_size = DEFAULT_XLOG_SEG_SIZE
 
int CheckPointSegments
 
static double CheckPointDistanceEstimate = 0
 
static double PrevCheckPointDistance = 0
 
static bool check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = false
 
const struct config_enum_entry wal_sync_method_options []
 
const struct config_enum_entry archive_mode_options []
 
CheckpointStatsData CheckpointStats
 
static bool lastFullPageWrites
 
static bool LocalRecoveryInProgress = true
 
static int LocalXLogInsertAllowed = -1
 
XLogRecPtr ProcLastRecPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr
 
XLogRecPtr XactLastRecEnd = InvalidXLogRecPtr
 
XLogRecPtr XactLastCommitEnd = InvalidXLogRecPtr
 
static XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr
 
static bool doPageWrites
 
static SessionBackupState sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE
 
static XLogCtlDataXLogCtl = NULL
 
static WALInsertLockPaddedWALInsertLocks = NULL
 
static ControlFileDataControlFile = NULL
 
static int UsableBytesInSegment
 
static XLogwrtResult LogwrtResult = {0, 0}
 
static int openLogFile = -1
 
static XLogSegNo openLogSegNo = 0
 
static TimeLineID openLogTLI = 0
 
static XLogRecPtr LocalMinRecoveryPoint
 
static TimeLineID LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI
 
static bool updateMinRecoveryPoint = true
 
static int MyLockNo = 0
 
static bool holdingAllLocks = false
 

Macro Definition Documentation

◆ BootstrapTimeLineID

#define BootstrapTimeLineID   1

Definition at line 112 of file xlog.c.

◆ ConvertToXSegs

#define ConvertToXSegs (   x,
  segsize 
)    XLogMBVarToSegs((x), (segsize))

Definition at line 603 of file xlog.c.

◆ INSERT_FREESPACE

#define INSERT_FREESPACE (   endptr)     (((endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ == 0) ? 0 : (XLOG_BLCKSZ - (endptr) % XLOG_BLCKSZ))

Definition at line 580 of file xlog.c.

◆ NextBufIdx

#define NextBufIdx (   idx)     (((idx) == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck) ? 0 : ((idx) + 1))

Definition at line 584 of file xlog.c.

◆ NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS

#define NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS   8

Definition at line 151 of file xlog.c.

◆ RefreshXLogWriteResult

#define RefreshXLogWriteResult (   _target)
Value:
do { \
pg_read_barrier(); \
} while (0)
static uint64 pg_atomic_read_u64(volatile pg_atomic_uint64 *ptr)
Definition: atomics.h:465
pg_atomic_uint64 logWriteResult
Definition: xlog.c:472
pg_atomic_uint64 logFlushResult
Definition: xlog.c:473
static XLogCtlData * XLogCtl
Definition: xlog.c:566

Definition at line 620 of file xlog.c.

◆ UsableBytesInPage

#define UsableBytesInPage   (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogShortPHD)

Definition at line 597 of file xlog.c.

◆ XLogRecPtrToBufIdx

#define XLogRecPtrToBufIdx (   recptr)     (((recptr) / XLOG_BLCKSZ) % (XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck + 1))

Definition at line 591 of file xlog.c.

Typedef Documentation

◆ WALInsertLockPadded

◆ XLogCtlData

typedef struct XLogCtlData XLogCtlData

◆ XLogCtlInsert

typedef struct XLogCtlInsert XLogCtlInsert

◆ XLogwrtResult

typedef struct XLogwrtResult XLogwrtResult

◆ XLogwrtRqst

typedef struct XLogwrtRqst XLogwrtRqst

Enumeration Type Documentation

◆ WalInsertClass

Enumerator
WALINSERT_NORMAL 
WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH 
WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT 

Definition at line 559 of file xlog.c.

560{
WalInsertClass
Definition: xlog.c:560
@ WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH
Definition: xlog.c:562
@ WALINSERT_NORMAL
Definition: xlog.c:561
@ WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT
Definition: xlog.c:563

Function Documentation

◆ AdvanceXLInsertBuffer()

static void AdvanceXLInsertBuffer ( XLogRecPtr  upto,
TimeLineID  tli,
bool  opportunistic 
)
static

Definition at line 1988 of file xlog.c.

1989{
1991 int nextidx;
1992 XLogRecPtr OldPageRqstPtr;
1993 XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
1994 XLogRecPtr NewPageEndPtr = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1995 XLogRecPtr NewPageBeginPtr;
1996 XLogPageHeader NewPage;
1997 int npages pg_attribute_unused() = 0;
1998
1999 LWLockAcquire(WALBufMappingLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2000
2001 /*
2002 * Now that we have the lock, check if someone initialized the page
2003 * already.
2004 */
2005 while (upto >= XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo || opportunistic)
2006 {
2008
2009 /*
2010 * Get ending-offset of the buffer page we need to replace (this may
2011 * be zero if the buffer hasn't been used yet). Fall through if it's
2012 * already written out.
2013 */
2014 OldPageRqstPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx]);
2015 if (LogwrtResult.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2016 {
2017 /*
2018 * Nope, got work to do. If we just want to pre-initialize as much
2019 * as we can without flushing, give up now.
2020 */
2021 if (opportunistic)
2022 break;
2023
2024 /* Advance shared memory write request position */
2026 if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2027 XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = OldPageRqstPtr;
2029
2030 /*
2031 * Acquire an up-to-date LogwrtResult value and see if we still
2032 * need to write it or if someone else already did.
2033 */
2035 if (LogwrtResult.Write < OldPageRqstPtr)
2036 {
2037 /*
2038 * Must acquire write lock. Release WALBufMappingLock first,
2039 * to make sure that all insertions that we need to wait for
2040 * can finish (up to this same position). Otherwise we risk
2041 * deadlock.
2042 */
2043 LWLockRelease(WALBufMappingLock);
2044
2045 WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(OldPageRqstPtr);
2046
2047 LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2048
2050 if (LogwrtResult.Write >= OldPageRqstPtr)
2051 {
2052 /* OK, someone wrote it already */
2053 LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2054 }
2055 else
2056 {
2057 /* Have to write it ourselves */
2058 TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_BUFFER_WRITE_DIRTY_START();
2059 WriteRqst.Write = OldPageRqstPtr;
2060 WriteRqst.Flush = 0;
2061 XLogWrite(WriteRqst, tli, false);
2062 LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2064 TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_BUFFER_WRITE_DIRTY_DONE();
2065
2066 /*
2067 * Required for the flush of pending stats WAL data, per
2068 * update of pgWalUsage.
2069 */
2070 pgstat_report_fixed = true;
2071 }
2072 /* Re-acquire WALBufMappingLock and retry */
2073 LWLockAcquire(WALBufMappingLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2074 continue;
2075 }
2076 }
2077
2078 /*
2079 * Now the next buffer slot is free and we can set it up to be the
2080 * next output page.
2081 */
2082 NewPageBeginPtr = XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo;
2083 NewPageEndPtr = NewPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2084
2085 Assert(XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(NewPageBeginPtr) == nextidx);
2086
2087 NewPage = (XLogPageHeader) (XLogCtl->pages + nextidx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ);
2088
2089 /*
2090 * Mark the xlblock with InvalidXLogRecPtr and issue a write barrier
2091 * before initializing. Otherwise, the old page may be partially
2092 * zeroed but look valid.
2093 */
2096
2097 /*
2098 * Be sure to re-zero the buffer so that bytes beyond what we've
2099 * written will look like zeroes and not valid XLOG records...
2100 */
2101 MemSet(NewPage, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ);
2102
2103 /*
2104 * Fill the new page's header
2105 */
2106 NewPage->xlp_magic = XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC;
2107
2108 /* NewPage->xlp_info = 0; */ /* done by memset */
2109 NewPage->xlp_tli = tli;
2110 NewPage->xlp_pageaddr = NewPageBeginPtr;
2111
2112 /* NewPage->xlp_rem_len = 0; */ /* done by memset */
2113
2114 /*
2115 * If online backup is not in progress, mark the header to indicate
2116 * that WAL records beginning in this page have removable backup
2117 * blocks. This allows the WAL archiver to know whether it is safe to
2118 * compress archived WAL data by transforming full-block records into
2119 * the non-full-block format. It is sufficient to record this at the
2120 * page level because we force a page switch (in fact a segment
2121 * switch) when starting a backup, so the flag will be off before any
2122 * records can be written during the backup. At the end of a backup,
2123 * the last page will be marked as all unsafe when perhaps only part
2124 * is unsafe, but at worst the archiver would miss the opportunity to
2125 * compress a few records.
2126 */
2127 if (Insert->runningBackups == 0)
2128 NewPage->xlp_info |= XLP_BKP_REMOVABLE;
2129
2130 /*
2131 * If first page of an XLOG segment file, make it a long header.
2132 */
2133 if ((XLogSegmentOffset(NewPage->xlp_pageaddr, wal_segment_size)) == 0)
2134 {
2135 XLogLongPageHeader NewLongPage = (XLogLongPageHeader) NewPage;
2136
2137 NewLongPage->xlp_sysid = ControlFile->system_identifier;
2138 NewLongPage->xlp_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
2139 NewLongPage->xlp_xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2140 NewPage->xlp_info |= XLP_LONG_HEADER;
2141 }
2142
2143 /*
2144 * Make sure the initialization of the page becomes visible to others
2145 * before the xlblocks update. GetXLogBuffer() reads xlblocks without
2146 * holding a lock.
2147 */
2149
2150 pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[nextidx], NewPageEndPtr);
2151 XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = NewPageEndPtr;
2152
2153 npages++;
2154 }
2155 LWLockRelease(WALBufMappingLock);
2156
2157#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
2158 if (XLOG_DEBUG && npages > 0)
2159 {
2160 elog(DEBUG1, "initialized %d pages, up to %X/%08X",
2161 npages, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(NewPageEndPtr));
2162 }
2163#endif
2164}
static void pg_atomic_write_u64(volatile pg_atomic_uint64 *ptr, uint64 val)
Definition: atomics.h:483
#define pg_write_barrier()
Definition: atomics.h:155
#define pg_attribute_unused()
Definition: c.h:132
#define MemSet(start, val, len)
Definition: c.h:1020
size_t Size
Definition: c.h:611
#define DEBUG1
Definition: elog.h:30
#define elog(elevel,...)
Definition: elog.h:226
static void Insert(File file)
Definition: fd.c:1314
Assert(PointerIsAligned(start, uint64))
WalUsage pgWalUsage
Definition: instrument.c:22
bool LWLockAcquire(LWLock *lock, LWLockMode mode)
Definition: lwlock.c:1174
void LWLockRelease(LWLock *lock)
Definition: lwlock.c:1894
@ LW_EXCLUSIVE
Definition: lwlock.h:112
bool pgstat_report_fixed
Definition: pgstat.c:218
#define SpinLockRelease(lock)
Definition: spin.h:61
#define SpinLockAcquire(lock)
Definition: spin.h:59
uint64 system_identifier
Definition: pg_control.h:110
int64 wal_buffers_full
Definition: instrument.h:56
XLogwrtRqst LogwrtRqst
Definition: xlog.c:456
slock_t info_lck
Definition: xlog.c:553
XLogRecPtr InitializedUpTo
Definition: xlog.c:485
char * pages
Definition: xlog.c:492
pg_atomic_uint64 * xlblocks
Definition: xlog.c:493
XLogCtlInsert Insert
Definition: xlog.c:453
TimeLineID xlp_tli
Definition: xlog_internal.h:40
XLogRecPtr xlp_pageaddr
Definition: xlog_internal.h:41
XLogRecPtr Write
Definition: xlog.c:328
XLogRecPtr Flush
Definition: xlog.c:323
XLogRecPtr Write
Definition: xlog.c:322
static XLogRecPtr WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(XLogRecPtr upto)
Definition: xlog.c:1507
#define RefreshXLogWriteResult(_target)
Definition: xlog.c:620
int wal_segment_size
Definition: xlog.c:144
static XLogwrtResult LogwrtResult
Definition: xlog.c:612
#define XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr)
Definition: xlog.c:591
static void XLogWrite(XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst, TimeLineID tli, bool flexible)
Definition: xlog.c:2304
static ControlFileData * ControlFile
Definition: xlog.c:574
XLogLongPageHeaderData * XLogLongPageHeader
Definition: xlog_internal.h:71
#define XLogSegmentOffset(xlogptr, wal_segsz_bytes)
XLogPageHeaderData * XLogPageHeader
Definition: xlog_internal.h:54
#define XLP_LONG_HEADER
Definition: xlog_internal.h:76
#define XLP_BKP_REMOVABLE
Definition: xlog_internal.h:78
#define XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC
Definition: xlog_internal.h:34
#define LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn)
Definition: xlogdefs.h:46
uint64 XLogRecPtr
Definition: xlogdefs.h:21
#define InvalidXLogRecPtr
Definition: xlogdefs.h:28

References Assert(), ControlFile, DEBUG1, elog, XLogwrtRqst::Flush, XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::InitializedUpTo, XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), InvalidXLogRecPtr, LogwrtResult, XLogCtlData::LogwrtRqst, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), MemSet, XLogCtlData::pages, pg_atomic_read_u64(), pg_atomic_write_u64(), pg_attribute_unused, pg_write_barrier, pgstat_report_fixed, pgWalUsage, RefreshXLogWriteResult, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, ControlFileData::system_identifier, WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(), WalUsage::wal_buffers_full, wal_segment_size, XLogwrtRqst::Write, XLogwrtResult::Write, XLogCtlData::xlblocks, XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, XLogCtl, XLogRecPtrToBufIdx, XLogSegmentOffset, XLogWrite(), XLP_BKP_REMOVABLE, XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_info, XLP_LONG_HEADER, XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_magic, XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_pageaddr, XLogLongPageHeaderData::xlp_seg_size, XLogLongPageHeaderData::xlp_sysid, XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_tli, and XLogLongPageHeaderData::xlp_xlog_blcksz.

Referenced by GetXLogBuffer(), and XLogBackgroundFlush().

◆ assign_checkpoint_completion_target()

void assign_checkpoint_completion_target ( double  newval,
void *  extra 
)

Definition at line 2207 of file xlog.c.

2208{
2211}
double CheckPointCompletionTarget
Definition: checkpointer.c:159
#define newval
static void CalculateCheckpointSegments(void)
Definition: xlog.c:2171

References CalculateCheckpointSegments(), CheckPointCompletionTarget, and newval.

◆ assign_max_wal_size()

void assign_max_wal_size ( int  newval,
void *  extra 
)

Definition at line 2200 of file xlog.c.

2201{
2204}
int max_wal_size_mb
Definition: xlog.c:115

References CalculateCheckpointSegments(), max_wal_size_mb, and newval.

◆ assign_wal_consistency_checking()

void assign_wal_consistency_checking ( const char *  newval,
void *  extra 
)

Definition at line 4796 of file xlog.c.

4797{
4798 /*
4799 * If some checks were deferred, it's possible that the checks will fail
4800 * later during InitializeWalConsistencyChecking(). But in that case, the
4801 * postmaster will exit anyway, so it's safe to proceed with the
4802 * assignment.
4803 *
4804 * Any built-in resource managers specified are assigned immediately,
4805 * which affects WAL created before shared_preload_libraries are
4806 * processed. Any custom resource managers specified won't be assigned
4807 * until after shared_preload_libraries are processed, but that's OK
4808 * because WAL for a custom resource manager can't be written before the
4809 * module is loaded anyway.
4810 */
4812}
bool * wal_consistency_checking
Definition: xlog.c:127

References wal_consistency_checking.

◆ assign_wal_sync_method()

void assign_wal_sync_method ( int  new_wal_sync_method,
void *  extra 
)

Definition at line 8694 of file xlog.c.

8695{
8696 if (wal_sync_method != new_wal_sync_method)
8697 {
8698 /*
8699 * To ensure that no blocks escape unsynced, force an fsync on the
8700 * currently open log segment (if any). Also, if the open flag is
8701 * changing, close the log file so it will be reopened (with new flag
8702 * bit) at next use.
8703 */
8704 if (openLogFile >= 0)
8705 {
8706 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_SYNC_METHOD_ASSIGN);
8707 if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
8708 {
8709 char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
8710 int save_errno;
8711
8712 save_errno = errno;
8715 errno = save_errno;
8716 ereport(PANIC,
8718 errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
8719 }
8720
8722 if (get_sync_bit(wal_sync_method) != get_sync_bit(new_wal_sync_method))
8723 XLogFileClose();
8724 }
8725 }
8726}
int errcode_for_file_access(void)
Definition: elog.c:877
int errmsg(const char *fmt,...)
Definition: elog.c:1071
#define PANIC
Definition: elog.h:42
#define ereport(elevel,...)
Definition: elog.h:150
int pg_fsync(int fd)
Definition: fd.c:386
static void pgstat_report_wait_start(uint32 wait_event_info)
Definition: wait_event.h:69
static void pgstat_report_wait_end(void)
Definition: wait_event.h:85
static int openLogFile
Definition: xlog.c:635
static int get_sync_bit(int method)
Definition: xlog.c:8646
int wal_sync_method
Definition: xlog.c:131
static TimeLineID openLogTLI
Definition: xlog.c:637
static void XLogFileClose(void)
Definition: xlog.c:3652
static XLogSegNo openLogSegNo
Definition: xlog.c:636
#define MAXFNAMELEN
static void XLogFileName(char *fname, TimeLineID tli, XLogSegNo logSegNo, int wal_segsz_bytes)

References ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), get_sync_bit(), MAXFNAMELEN, openLogFile, openLogSegNo, openLogTLI, PANIC, pg_fsync(), pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), wal_segment_size, wal_sync_method, XLogFileClose(), and XLogFileName().

◆ BootStrapXLOG()

void BootStrapXLOG ( uint32  data_checksum_version)

Definition at line 5072 of file xlog.c.

5073{
5074 CheckPoint checkPoint;
5075 char *buffer;
5076 XLogPageHeader page;
5077 XLogLongPageHeader longpage;
5078 XLogRecord *record;
5079 char *recptr;
5080 uint64 sysidentifier;
5081 struct timeval tv;
5082 pg_crc32c crc;
5083
5084 /* allow ordinary WAL segment creation, like StartupXLOG() would */
5086
5087 /*
5088 * Select a hopefully-unique system identifier code for this installation.
5089 * We use the result of gettimeofday(), including the fractional seconds
5090 * field, as being about as unique as we can easily get. (Think not to
5091 * use random(), since it hasn't been seeded and there's no portable way
5092 * to seed it other than the system clock value...) The upper half of the
5093 * uint64 value is just the tv_sec part, while the lower half contains the
5094 * tv_usec part (which must fit in 20 bits), plus 12 bits from our current
5095 * PID for a little extra uniqueness. A person knowing this encoding can
5096 * determine the initialization time of the installation, which could
5097 * perhaps be useful sometimes.
5098 */
5099 gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
5100 sysidentifier = ((uint64) tv.tv_sec) << 32;
5101 sysidentifier |= ((uint64) tv.tv_usec) << 12;
5102 sysidentifier |= getpid() & 0xFFF;
5103
5104 /* page buffer must be aligned suitably for O_DIRECT */
5105 buffer = (char *) palloc(XLOG_BLCKSZ + XLOG_BLCKSZ);
5106 page = (XLogPageHeader) TYPEALIGN(XLOG_BLCKSZ, buffer);
5107 memset(page, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ);
5108
5109 /*
5110 * Set up information for the initial checkpoint record
5111 *
5112 * The initial checkpoint record is written to the beginning of the WAL
5113 * segment with logid=0 logseg=1. The very first WAL segment, 0/0, is not
5114 * used, so that we can use 0/0 to mean "before any valid WAL segment".
5115 */
5119 checkPoint.fullPageWrites = fullPageWrites;
5120 checkPoint.wal_level = wal_level;
5121 checkPoint.nextXid =
5123 checkPoint.nextOid = FirstGenbkiObjectId;
5124 checkPoint.nextMulti = FirstMultiXactId;
5125 checkPoint.nextMultiOffset = 0;
5127 checkPoint.oldestXidDB = Template1DbOid;
5128 checkPoint.oldestMulti = FirstMultiXactId;
5129 checkPoint.oldestMultiDB = Template1DbOid;
5132 checkPoint.time = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
5134
5135 TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5136 TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
5138 MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
5139 AdvanceOldestClogXid(checkPoint.oldestXid);
5140 SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
5141 SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB, true);
5143
5144 /* Set up the XLOG page header */
5145 page->xlp_magic = XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC;
5146 page->xlp_info = XLP_LONG_HEADER;
5149 longpage = (XLogLongPageHeader) page;
5150 longpage->xlp_sysid = sysidentifier;
5151 longpage->xlp_seg_size = wal_segment_size;
5152 longpage->xlp_xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
5153
5154 /* Insert the initial checkpoint record */
5155 recptr = ((char *) page + SizeOfXLogLongPHD);
5156 record = (XLogRecord *) recptr;
5157 record->xl_prev = 0;
5158 record->xl_xid = InvalidTransactionId;
5159 record->xl_tot_len = SizeOfXLogRecord + SizeOfXLogRecordDataHeaderShort + sizeof(checkPoint);
5161 record->xl_rmid = RM_XLOG_ID;
5162 recptr += SizeOfXLogRecord;
5163 /* fill the XLogRecordDataHeaderShort struct */
5164 *(recptr++) = (char) XLR_BLOCK_ID_DATA_SHORT;
5165 *(recptr++) = sizeof(checkPoint);
5166 memcpy(recptr, &checkPoint, sizeof(checkPoint));
5167 recptr += sizeof(checkPoint);
5168 Assert(recptr - (char *) record == record->xl_tot_len);
5169
5171 COMP_CRC32C(crc, ((char *) record) + SizeOfXLogRecord, record->xl_tot_len - SizeOfXLogRecord);
5172 COMP_CRC32C(crc, (char *) record, offsetof(XLogRecord, xl_crc));
5173 FIN_CRC32C(crc);
5174 record->xl_crc = crc;
5175
5176 /* Create first XLOG segment file */
5179
5180 /*
5181 * We needn't bother with Reserve/ReleaseExternalFD here, since we'll
5182 * close the file again in a moment.
5183 */
5184
5185 /* Write the first page with the initial record */
5186 errno = 0;
5187 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_BOOTSTRAP_WRITE);
5188 if (write(openLogFile, page, XLOG_BLCKSZ) != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
5189 {
5190 /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
5191 if (errno == 0)
5192 errno = ENOSPC;
5193 ereport(PANIC,
5195 errmsg("could not write bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
5196 }
5198
5199 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_BOOTSTRAP_SYNC);
5200 if (pg_fsync(openLogFile) != 0)
5201 ereport(PANIC,
5203 errmsg("could not fsync bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
5205
5206 if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
5207 ereport(PANIC,
5209 errmsg("could not close bootstrap write-ahead log file: %m")));
5210
5211 openLogFile = -1;
5212
5213 /* Now create pg_control */
5214 InitControlFile(sysidentifier, data_checksum_version);
5215 ControlFile->time = checkPoint.time;
5216 ControlFile->checkPoint = checkPoint.redo;
5217 ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
5218
5219 /* some additional ControlFile fields are set in WriteControlFile() */
5221
5222 /* Bootstrap the commit log, too */
5223 BootStrapCLOG();
5227
5228 pfree(buffer);
5229
5230 /*
5231 * Force control file to be read - in contrast to normal processing we'd
5232 * otherwise never run the checks and GUC related initializations therein.
5233 */
5235}
#define TYPEALIGN(ALIGNVAL, LEN)
Definition: c.h:804
uint64_t uint64
Definition: c.h:540
void BootStrapCLOG(void)
Definition: clog.c:831
void BootStrapCommitTs(void)
Definition: commit_ts.c:594
void SetCommitTsLimit(TransactionId oldestXact, TransactionId newestXact)
Definition: commit_ts.c:887
#define close(a)
Definition: win32.h:12
#define write(a, b, c)
Definition: win32.h:14
void pfree(void *pointer)
Definition: mcxt.c:1594
void * palloc(Size size)
Definition: mcxt.c:1365
void MultiXactSetNextMXact(MultiXactId nextMulti, MultiXactOffset nextMultiOffset)
Definition: multixact.c:2258
void SetMultiXactIdLimit(MultiXactId oldest_datminmxid, Oid oldest_datoid, bool is_startup)
Definition: multixact.c:2292
void BootStrapMultiXact(void)
Definition: multixact.c:2025
#define FirstMultiXactId
Definition: multixact.h:26
#define XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN
Definition: pg_control.h:68
uint32 pg_crc32c
Definition: pg_crc32c.h:38
#define COMP_CRC32C(crc, data, len)
Definition: pg_crc32c.h:153
#define INIT_CRC32C(crc)
Definition: pg_crc32c.h:41
#define FIN_CRC32C(crc)
Definition: pg_crc32c.h:158
return crc
int64 pg_time_t
Definition: pgtime.h:23
Oid oldestMultiDB
Definition: pg_control.h:51
MultiXactId oldestMulti
Definition: pg_control.h:50
MultiXactOffset nextMultiOffset
Definition: pg_control.h:47
TransactionId newestCommitTsXid
Definition: pg_control.h:55
TransactionId oldestXid
Definition: pg_control.h:48
TimeLineID PrevTimeLineID
Definition: pg_control.h:40
TimeLineID ThisTimeLineID
Definition: pg_control.h:39
Oid nextOid
Definition: pg_control.h:45
TransactionId oldestActiveXid
Definition: pg_control.h:64
bool fullPageWrites
Definition: pg_control.h:42
MultiXactId nextMulti
Definition: pg_control.h:46
FullTransactionId nextXid
Definition: pg_control.h:44
TransactionId oldestCommitTsXid
Definition: pg_control.h:53
pg_time_t time
Definition: pg_control.h:52
int wal_level
Definition: pg_control.h:43
XLogRecPtr redo
Definition: pg_control.h:37
Oid oldestXidDB
Definition: pg_control.h:49
CheckPoint checkPointCopy
Definition: pg_control.h:135
pg_time_t time
Definition: pg_control.h:132
XLogRecPtr checkPoint
Definition: pg_control.h:133
FullTransactionId nextXid
Definition: transam.h:220
XLogRecPtr xl_prev
Definition: xlogrecord.h:45
uint8 xl_info
Definition: xlogrecord.h:46
uint32 xl_tot_len
Definition: xlogrecord.h:43
TransactionId xl_xid
Definition: xlogrecord.h:44
RmgrId xl_rmid
Definition: xlogrecord.h:47
void BootStrapSUBTRANS(void)
Definition: subtrans.c:269
#define InvalidTransactionId
Definition: transam.h:31
#define FirstGenbkiObjectId
Definition: transam.h:195
#define FirstNormalTransactionId
Definition: transam.h:34
static FullTransactionId FullTransactionIdFromEpochAndXid(uint32 epoch, TransactionId xid)
Definition: transam.h:71
void SetTransactionIdLimit(TransactionId oldest_datfrozenxid, Oid oldest_datoid)
Definition: varsup.c:372
void AdvanceOldestClogXid(TransactionId oldest_datfrozenxid)
Definition: varsup.c:355
TransamVariablesData * TransamVariables
Definition: varsup.c:34
int gettimeofday(struct timeval *tp, void *tzp)
int XLogFileInit(XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli)
Definition: xlog.c:3393
bool fullPageWrites
Definition: xlog.c:123
static void InitControlFile(uint64 sysidentifier, uint32 data_checksum_version)
Definition: xlog.c:4217
void SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(void)
Definition: xlog.c:9525
int wal_level
Definition: xlog.c:132
static void WriteControlFile(void)
Definition: xlog.c:4252
#define BootstrapTimeLineID
Definition: xlog.c:112
static void ReadControlFile(void)
Definition: xlog.c:4361
#define SizeOfXLogLongPHD
Definition: xlog_internal.h:69
#define SizeOfXLogRecordDataHeaderShort
Definition: xlogrecord.h:217
#define XLR_BLOCK_ID_DATA_SHORT
Definition: xlogrecord.h:241
#define SizeOfXLogRecord
Definition: xlogrecord.h:55

References AdvanceOldestClogXid(), Assert(), BootStrapCLOG(), BootStrapCommitTs(), BootStrapMultiXact(), BootStrapSUBTRANS(), BootstrapTimeLineID, ControlFileData::checkPoint, ControlFileData::checkPointCopy, close, COMP_CRC32C, ControlFile, crc, ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), FIN_CRC32C, FirstGenbkiObjectId, FirstMultiXactId, FirstNormalTransactionId, fullPageWrites, CheckPoint::fullPageWrites, FullTransactionIdFromEpochAndXid(), gettimeofday(), INIT_CRC32C, InitControlFile(), InvalidTransactionId, MultiXactSetNextMXact(), CheckPoint::newestCommitTsXid, CheckPoint::nextMulti, CheckPoint::nextMultiOffset, TransamVariablesData::nextOid, CheckPoint::nextOid, TransamVariablesData::nextXid, CheckPoint::nextXid, TransamVariablesData::oidCount, CheckPoint::oldestActiveXid, CheckPoint::oldestCommitTsXid, CheckPoint::oldestMulti, CheckPoint::oldestMultiDB, CheckPoint::oldestXid, CheckPoint::oldestXidDB, openLogFile, openLogTLI, palloc(), PANIC, pfree(), pg_fsync(), pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), CheckPoint::PrevTimeLineID, ReadControlFile(), CheckPoint::redo, SetCommitTsLimit(), SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(), SetMultiXactIdLimit(), SetTransactionIdLimit(), SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogRecord, SizeOfXLogRecordDataHeaderShort, CheckPoint::ThisTimeLineID, CheckPoint::time, ControlFileData::time, TransamVariables, TYPEALIGN, wal_level, CheckPoint::wal_level, wal_segment_size, write, WriteControlFile(), XLogRecord::xl_crc, XLogRecord::xl_info, XLogRecord::xl_prev, XLogRecord::xl_rmid, XLogRecord::xl_tot_len, XLogRecord::xl_xid, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN, XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, XLogFileInit(), XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_info, XLP_LONG_HEADER, XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_magic, XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_pageaddr, XLogLongPageHeaderData::xlp_seg_size, XLogLongPageHeaderData::xlp_sysid, XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_tli, XLogLongPageHeaderData::xlp_xlog_blcksz, and XLR_BLOCK_ID_DATA_SHORT.

Referenced by BootstrapModeMain().

◆ CalculateCheckpointSegments()

static void CalculateCheckpointSegments ( void  )
static

Definition at line 2171 of file xlog.c.

2172{
2173 double target;
2174
2175 /*-------
2176 * Calculate the distance at which to trigger a checkpoint, to avoid
2177 * exceeding max_wal_size_mb. This is based on two assumptions:
2178 *
2179 * a) we keep WAL for only one checkpoint cycle (prior to PG11 we kept
2180 * WAL for two checkpoint cycles to allow us to recover from the
2181 * secondary checkpoint if the first checkpoint failed, though we
2182 * only did this on the primary anyway, not on standby. Keeping just
2183 * one checkpoint simplifies processing and reduces disk space in
2184 * many smaller databases.)
2185 * b) during checkpoint, we consume checkpoint_completion_target *
2186 * number of segments consumed between checkpoints.
2187 *-------
2188 */
2189 target = (double) ConvertToXSegs(max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size) /
2191
2192 /* round down */
2193 CheckPointSegments = (int) target;
2194
2195 if (CheckPointSegments < 1)
2197}
#define ConvertToXSegs(x, segsize)
Definition: xlog.c:603
int CheckPointSegments
Definition: xlog.c:157

References CheckPointCompletionTarget, CheckPointSegments, ConvertToXSegs, max_wal_size_mb, and wal_segment_size.

Referenced by assign_checkpoint_completion_target(), assign_max_wal_size(), and ReadControlFile().

◆ check_wal_buffers()

bool check_wal_buffers ( int *  newval,
void **  extra,
GucSource  source 
)

Definition at line 4674 of file xlog.c.

4675{
4676 /*
4677 * -1 indicates a request for auto-tune.
4678 */
4679 if (*newval == -1)
4680 {
4681 /*
4682 * If we haven't yet changed the boot_val default of -1, just let it
4683 * be. We'll fix it when XLOGShmemSize is called.
4684 */
4685 if (XLOGbuffers == -1)
4686 return true;
4687
4688 /* Otherwise, substitute the auto-tune value */
4690 }
4691
4692 /*
4693 * We clamp manually-set values to at least 4 blocks. Prior to PostgreSQL
4694 * 9.1, a minimum of 4 was enforced by guc.c, but since that is no longer
4695 * the case, we just silently treat such values as a request for the
4696 * minimum. (We could throw an error instead, but that doesn't seem very
4697 * helpful.)
4698 */
4699 if (*newval < 4)
4700 *newval = 4;
4701
4702 return true;
4703}
static int XLOGChooseNumBuffers(void)
Definition: xlog.c:4658
int XLOGbuffers
Definition: xlog.c:118

References newval, XLOGbuffers, and XLOGChooseNumBuffers().

◆ check_wal_consistency_checking()

bool check_wal_consistency_checking ( char **  newval,
void **  extra,
GucSource  source 
)

Definition at line 4709 of file xlog.c.

4710{
4711 char *rawstring;
4712 List *elemlist;
4713 ListCell *l;
4714 bool newwalconsistency[RM_MAX_ID + 1];
4715
4716 /* Initialize the array */
4717 MemSet(newwalconsistency, 0, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
4718
4719 /* Need a modifiable copy of string */
4720 rawstring = pstrdup(*newval);
4721
4722 /* Parse string into list of identifiers */
4723 if (!SplitIdentifierString(rawstring, ',', &elemlist))
4724 {
4725 /* syntax error in list */
4726 GUC_check_errdetail("List syntax is invalid.");
4727 pfree(rawstring);
4728 list_free(elemlist);
4729 return false;
4730 }
4731
4732 foreach(l, elemlist)
4733 {
4734 char *tok = (char *) lfirst(l);
4735 int rmid;
4736
4737 /* Check for 'all'. */
4738 if (pg_strcasecmp(tok, "all") == 0)
4739 {
4740 for (rmid = 0; rmid <= RM_MAX_ID; rmid++)
4741 if (RmgrIdExists(rmid) && GetRmgr(rmid).rm_mask != NULL)
4742 newwalconsistency[rmid] = true;
4743 }
4744 else
4745 {
4746 /* Check if the token matches any known resource manager. */
4747 bool found = false;
4748
4749 for (rmid = 0; rmid <= RM_MAX_ID; rmid++)
4750 {
4751 if (RmgrIdExists(rmid) && GetRmgr(rmid).rm_mask != NULL &&
4752 pg_strcasecmp(tok, GetRmgr(rmid).rm_name) == 0)
4753 {
4754 newwalconsistency[rmid] = true;
4755 found = true;
4756 break;
4757 }
4758 }
4759 if (!found)
4760 {
4761 /*
4762 * During startup, it might be a not-yet-loaded custom
4763 * resource manager. Defer checking until
4764 * InitializeWalConsistencyChecking().
4765 */
4767 {
4769 }
4770 else
4771 {
4772 GUC_check_errdetail("Unrecognized key word: \"%s\".", tok);
4773 pfree(rawstring);
4774 list_free(elemlist);
4775 return false;
4776 }
4777 }
4778 }
4779 }
4780
4781 pfree(rawstring);
4782 list_free(elemlist);
4783
4784 /* assign new value */
4785 *extra = guc_malloc(LOG, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
4786 if (!*extra)
4787 return false;
4788 memcpy(*extra, newwalconsistency, (RM_MAX_ID + 1) * sizeof(bool));
4789 return true;
4790}
#define LOG
Definition: elog.h:31
void * guc_malloc(int elevel, size_t size)
Definition: guc.c:639
#define GUC_check_errdetail
Definition: guc.h:505
void list_free(List *list)
Definition: list.c:1546
char * pstrdup(const char *in)
Definition: mcxt.c:1759
bool process_shared_preload_libraries_done
Definition: miscinit.c:1787
#define lfirst(lc)
Definition: pg_list.h:172
int pg_strcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
Definition: pgstrcasecmp.c:36
#define RM_MAX_ID
Definition: rmgr.h:33
Definition: pg_list.h:54
void(* rm_mask)(char *pagedata, BlockNumber blkno)
bool SplitIdentifierString(char *rawstring, char separator, List **namelist)
Definition: varlena.c:2744
static bool check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred
Definition: xlog.c:167
static RmgrData GetRmgr(RmgrId rmid)
static bool RmgrIdExists(RmgrId rmid)

References check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred, GetRmgr(), GUC_check_errdetail, guc_malloc(), lfirst, list_free(), LOG, MemSet, newval, pfree(), pg_strcasecmp(), process_shared_preload_libraries_done, pstrdup(), RmgrData::rm_mask, RM_MAX_ID, RmgrIdExists(), and SplitIdentifierString().

◆ check_wal_segment_size()

bool check_wal_segment_size ( int *  newval,
void **  extra,
GucSource  source 
)

Definition at line 2214 of file xlog.c.

2215{
2217 {
2218 GUC_check_errdetail("The WAL segment size must be a power of two between 1 MB and 1 GB.");
2219 return false;
2220 }
2221
2222 return true;
2223}
#define IsValidWalSegSize(size)
Definition: xlog_internal.h:96

References GUC_check_errdetail, IsValidWalSegSize, and newval.

◆ CheckPointGuts()

static void CheckPointGuts ( XLogRecPtr  checkPointRedo,
int  flags 
)
static

Definition at line 7556 of file xlog.c.

7557{
7563
7564 /* Write out all dirty data in SLRUs and the main buffer pool */
7565 TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_START(flags);
7572 CheckPointBuffers(flags);
7573
7574 /* Perform all queued up fsyncs */
7575 TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_SYNC_START();
7579 TRACE_POSTGRESQL_BUFFER_CHECKPOINT_DONE();
7580
7581 /* We deliberately delay 2PC checkpointing as long as possible */
7582 CheckPointTwoPhase(checkPointRedo);
7583}
TimestampTz GetCurrentTimestamp(void)
Definition: timestamp.c:1645
void CheckPointBuffers(int flags)
Definition: bufmgr.c:4184
void CheckPointCLOG(void)
Definition: clog.c:902
void CheckPointCommitTs(void)
Definition: commit_ts.c:794
void CheckPointMultiXact(void)
Definition: multixact.c:2234
void CheckPointReplicationOrigin(void)
Definition: origin.c:596
void CheckPointPredicate(void)
Definition: predicate.c:1041
void CheckPointRelationMap(void)
Definition: relmapper.c:611
void CheckPointLogicalRewriteHeap(void)
Definition: rewriteheap.c:1155
void CheckPointReplicationSlots(bool is_shutdown)
Definition: slot.c:2115
void CheckPointSnapBuild(void)
Definition: snapbuild.c:1970
TimestampTz ckpt_write_t
Definition: xlog.h:162
TimestampTz ckpt_sync_end_t
Definition: xlog.h:164
TimestampTz ckpt_sync_t
Definition: xlog.h:163
void CheckPointSUBTRANS(void)
Definition: subtrans.c:329
void ProcessSyncRequests(void)
Definition: sync.c:286
void CheckPointTwoPhase(XLogRecPtr redo_horizon)
Definition: twophase.c:1822
CheckpointStatsData CheckpointStats
Definition: xlog.c:210
#define CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN
Definition: xlog.h:139

References CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN, CheckPointBuffers(), CheckPointCLOG(), CheckPointCommitTs(), CheckPointLogicalRewriteHeap(), CheckPointMultiXact(), CheckPointPredicate(), CheckPointRelationMap(), CheckPointReplicationOrigin(), CheckPointReplicationSlots(), CheckPointSnapBuild(), CheckpointStats, CheckPointSUBTRANS(), CheckPointTwoPhase(), CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_sync_end_t, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_sync_t, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_write_t, GetCurrentTimestamp(), and ProcessSyncRequests().

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), and CreateRestartPoint().

◆ CheckRequiredParameterValues()

static void CheckRequiredParameterValues ( void  )
static

Definition at line 5422 of file xlog.c.

5423{
5424 /*
5425 * For archive recovery, the WAL must be generated with at least 'replica'
5426 * wal_level.
5427 */
5429 {
5430 ereport(FATAL,
5431 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
5432 errmsg("WAL was generated with \"wal_level=minimal\", cannot continue recovering"),
5433 errdetail("This happens if you temporarily set \"wal_level=minimal\" on the server."),
5434 errhint("Use a backup taken after setting \"wal_level\" to higher than \"minimal\".")));
5435 }
5436
5437 /*
5438 * For Hot Standby, the WAL must be generated with 'replica' mode, and we
5439 * must have at least as many backend slots as the primary.
5440 */
5442 {
5443 /* We ignore autovacuum_worker_slots when we make this test. */
5444 RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_connections",
5447 RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_worker_processes",
5450 RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_wal_senders",
5453 RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_prepared_transactions",
5456 RecoveryRequiresIntParameter("max_locks_per_transaction",
5459 }
5460}
int errdetail(const char *fmt,...)
Definition: elog.c:1207
int errhint(const char *fmt,...)
Definition: elog.c:1321
int errcode(int sqlerrcode)
Definition: elog.c:854
#define FATAL
Definition: elog.h:41
int MaxConnections
Definition: globals.c:143
int max_worker_processes
Definition: globals.c:144
int max_locks_per_xact
Definition: lock.c:53
int max_worker_processes
Definition: pg_control.h:181
int max_locks_per_xact
Definition: pg_control.h:184
int max_prepared_xacts
Definition: pg_control.h:183
int max_prepared_xacts
Definition: twophase.c:116
int max_wal_senders
Definition: walsender.c:129
bool EnableHotStandby
Definition: xlog.c:122
@ WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL
Definition: xlog.h:74
bool ArchiveRecoveryRequested
Definition: xlogrecovery.c:139
void RecoveryRequiresIntParameter(const char *param_name, int currValue, int minValue)

References ArchiveRecoveryRequested, ControlFile, EnableHotStandby, ereport, errcode(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), FATAL, max_locks_per_xact, ControlFileData::max_locks_per_xact, max_prepared_xacts, ControlFileData::max_prepared_xacts, max_wal_senders, ControlFileData::max_wal_senders, max_worker_processes, ControlFileData::max_worker_processes, MaxConnections, ControlFileData::MaxConnections, RecoveryRequiresIntParameter(), ControlFileData::wal_level, and WAL_LEVEL_MINIMAL.

Referenced by StartupXLOG(), and xlog_redo().

◆ CheckXLogRemoved()

void CheckXLogRemoved ( XLogSegNo  segno,
TimeLineID  tli 
)

Definition at line 3740 of file xlog.c.

3741{
3742 int save_errno = errno;
3743 XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo;
3744
3746 lastRemovedSegNo = XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo;
3748
3749 if (segno <= lastRemovedSegNo)
3750 {
3751 char filename[MAXFNAMELEN];
3752
3754 errno = save_errno;
3755 ereport(ERROR,
3757 errmsg("requested WAL segment %s has already been removed",
3758 filename)));
3759 }
3760 errno = save_errno;
3761}
#define ERROR
Definition: elog.h:39
static char * filename
Definition: pg_dumpall.c:120
XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo
Definition: xlog.c:461
uint64 XLogSegNo
Definition: xlogdefs.h:51

References ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), ERROR, filename, XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::lastRemovedSegNo, MAXFNAMELEN, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, wal_segment_size, XLogCtl, and XLogFileName().

Referenced by logical_read_xlog_page(), perform_base_backup(), and XLogSendPhysical().

◆ CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery()

static void CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery ( TimeLineID  EndOfLogTLI,
XLogRecPtr  EndOfLog,
TimeLineID  newTLI 
)
static

Definition at line 5326 of file xlog.c.

5328{
5329 /*
5330 * Execute the recovery_end_command, if any.
5331 */
5332 if (recoveryEndCommand && strcmp(recoveryEndCommand, "") != 0)
5334 "recovery_end_command",
5335 true,
5336 WAIT_EVENT_RECOVERY_END_COMMAND);
5337
5338 /*
5339 * We switched to a new timeline. Clean up segments on the old timeline.
5340 *
5341 * If there are any higher-numbered segments on the old timeline, remove
5342 * them. They might contain valid WAL, but they might also be
5343 * pre-allocated files containing garbage. In any case, they are not part
5344 * of the new timeline's history so we don't need them.
5345 */
5346 RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(EndOfLog, newTLI);
5347
5348 /*
5349 * If the switch happened in the middle of a segment, what to do with the
5350 * last, partial segment on the old timeline? If we don't archive it, and
5351 * the server that created the WAL never archives it either (e.g. because
5352 * it was hit by a meteor), it will never make it to the archive. That's
5353 * OK from our point of view, because the new segment that we created with
5354 * the new TLI contains all the WAL from the old timeline up to the switch
5355 * point. But if you later try to do PITR to the "missing" WAL on the old
5356 * timeline, recovery won't find it in the archive. It's physically
5357 * present in the new file with new TLI, but recovery won't look there
5358 * when it's recovering to the older timeline. On the other hand, if we
5359 * archive the partial segment, and the original server on that timeline
5360 * is still running and archives the completed version of the same segment
5361 * later, it will fail. (We used to do that in 9.4 and below, and it
5362 * caused such problems).
5363 *
5364 * As a compromise, we rename the last segment with the .partial suffix,
5365 * and archive it. Archive recovery will never try to read .partial
5366 * segments, so they will normally go unused. But in the odd PITR case,
5367 * the administrator can copy them manually to the pg_wal directory
5368 * (removing the suffix). They can be useful in debugging, too.
5369 *
5370 * If a .done or .ready file already exists for the old timeline, however,
5371 * we had already determined that the segment is complete, so we can let
5372 * it be archived normally. (In particular, if it was restored from the
5373 * archive to begin with, it's expected to have a .done file).
5374 */
5375 if (XLogSegmentOffset(EndOfLog, wal_segment_size) != 0 &&
5377 {
5378 char origfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5379 XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
5380
5381 XLByteToPrevSeg(EndOfLog, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5382 XLogFileName(origfname, EndOfLogTLI, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5383
5384 if (!XLogArchiveIsReadyOrDone(origfname))
5385 {
5386 char origpath[MAXPGPATH];
5387 char partialfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5388 char partialpath[MAXPGPATH];
5389
5390 /*
5391 * If we're summarizing WAL, we can't rename the partial file
5392 * until the summarizer finishes with it, else it will fail.
5393 */
5394 if (summarize_wal)
5395 WaitForWalSummarization(EndOfLog);
5396
5397 XLogFilePath(origpath, EndOfLogTLI, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5398 snprintf(partialfname, MAXFNAMELEN, "%s.partial", origfname);
5399 snprintf(partialpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s.partial", origpath);
5400
5401 /*
5402 * Make sure there's no .done or .ready file for the .partial
5403 * file.
5404 */
5405 XLogArchiveCleanup(partialfname);
5406
5407 durable_rename(origpath, partialpath, ERROR);
5408 XLogArchiveNotify(partialfname);
5409 }
5410 }
5411}
int durable_rename(const char *oldfile, const char *newfile, int elevel)
Definition: fd.c:779
#define MAXPGPATH
#define snprintf
Definition: port.h:239
bool summarize_wal
void WaitForWalSummarization(XLogRecPtr lsn)
void RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr switchpoint, TimeLineID newTLI)
Definition: xlog.c:3953
#define XLogArchivingActive()
Definition: xlog.h:99
#define XLByteToPrevSeg(xlrp, logSegNo, wal_segsz_bytes)
static void XLogFilePath(char *path, TimeLineID tli, XLogSegNo logSegNo, int wal_segsz_bytes)
bool XLogArchiveIsReadyOrDone(const char *xlog)
Definition: xlogarchive.c:664
void ExecuteRecoveryCommand(const char *command, const char *commandName, bool failOnSignal, uint32 wait_event_info)
Definition: xlogarchive.c:295
void XLogArchiveNotify(const char *xlog)
Definition: xlogarchive.c:444
void XLogArchiveCleanup(const char *xlog)
Definition: xlogarchive.c:712
char * recoveryEndCommand
Definition: xlogrecovery.c:85

References durable_rename(), ERROR, ExecuteRecoveryCommand(), MAXFNAMELEN, MAXPGPATH, recoveryEndCommand, RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(), snprintf, summarize_wal, WaitForWalSummarization(), wal_segment_size, XLByteToPrevSeg, XLogArchiveCleanup(), XLogArchiveIsReadyOrDone(), XLogArchiveNotify(), XLogArchivingActive, XLogFileName(), XLogFilePath(), and XLogSegmentOffset.

Referenced by StartupXLOG().

◆ CleanupBackupHistory()

static void CleanupBackupHistory ( void  )
static

Definition at line 4174 of file xlog.c.

4175{
4176 DIR *xldir;
4177 struct dirent *xlde;
4178 char path[MAXPGPATH + sizeof(XLOGDIR)];
4179
4180 xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
4181
4182 while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
4183 {
4185 {
4186 if (XLogArchiveCheckDone(xlde->d_name))
4187 {
4188 elog(DEBUG2, "removing WAL backup history file \"%s\"",
4189 xlde->d_name);
4190 snprintf(path, sizeof(path), XLOGDIR "/%s", xlde->d_name);
4191 unlink(path);
4193 }
4194 }
4195 }
4196
4197 FreeDir(xldir);
4198}
#define DEBUG2
Definition: elog.h:29
int FreeDir(DIR *dir)
Definition: fd.c:3022
DIR * AllocateDir(const char *dirname)
Definition: fd.c:2904
struct dirent * ReadDir(DIR *dir, const char *dirname)
Definition: fd.c:2970
Definition: dirent.c:26
Definition: dirent.h:10
char d_name[MAX_PATH]
Definition: dirent.h:15
#define XLOGDIR
static bool IsBackupHistoryFileName(const char *fname)
bool XLogArchiveCheckDone(const char *xlog)
Definition: xlogarchive.c:565

References AllocateDir(), dirent::d_name, DEBUG2, elog, FreeDir(), IsBackupHistoryFileName(), MAXPGPATH, ReadDir(), snprintf, XLogArchiveCheckDone(), XLogArchiveCleanup(), and XLOGDIR.

Referenced by do_pg_backup_stop().

◆ CopyXLogRecordToWAL()

static void CopyXLogRecordToWAL ( int  write_len,
bool  isLogSwitch,
XLogRecData rdata,
XLogRecPtr  StartPos,
XLogRecPtr  EndPos,
TimeLineID  tli 
)
static

Definition at line 1228 of file xlog.c.

1230{
1231 char *currpos;
1232 int freespace;
1233 int written;
1234 XLogRecPtr CurrPos;
1235 XLogPageHeader pagehdr;
1236
1237 /*
1238 * Get a pointer to the right place in the right WAL buffer to start
1239 * inserting to.
1240 */
1241 CurrPos = StartPos;
1242 currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
1243 freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(CurrPos);
1244
1245 /*
1246 * there should be enough space for at least the first field (xl_tot_len)
1247 * on this page.
1248 */
1249 Assert(freespace >= sizeof(uint32));
1250
1251 /* Copy record data */
1252 written = 0;
1253 while (rdata != NULL)
1254 {
1255 const char *rdata_data = rdata->data;
1256 int rdata_len = rdata->len;
1257
1258 while (rdata_len > freespace)
1259 {
1260 /*
1261 * Write what fits on this page, and continue on the next page.
1262 */
1263 Assert(CurrPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD || freespace == 0);
1264 memcpy(currpos, rdata_data, freespace);
1265 rdata_data += freespace;
1266 rdata_len -= freespace;
1267 written += freespace;
1268 CurrPos += freespace;
1269
1270 /*
1271 * Get pointer to beginning of next page, and set the xlp_rem_len
1272 * in the page header. Set XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD.
1273 *
1274 * It's safe to set the contrecord flag and xlp_rem_len without a
1275 * lock on the page. All the other flags were already set when the
1276 * page was initialized, in AdvanceXLInsertBuffer, and we're the
1277 * only backend that needs to set the contrecord flag.
1278 */
1279 currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
1280 pagehdr = (XLogPageHeader) currpos;
1281 pagehdr->xlp_rem_len = write_len - written;
1283
1284 /* skip over the page header */
1285 if (XLogSegmentOffset(CurrPos, wal_segment_size) == 0)
1286 {
1287 CurrPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1288 currpos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1289 }
1290 else
1291 {
1292 CurrPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1293 currpos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1294 }
1295 freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(CurrPos);
1296 }
1297
1298 Assert(CurrPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD || rdata_len == 0);
1299 memcpy(currpos, rdata_data, rdata_len);
1300 currpos += rdata_len;
1301 CurrPos += rdata_len;
1302 freespace -= rdata_len;
1303 written += rdata_len;
1304
1305 rdata = rdata->next;
1306 }
1307 Assert(written == write_len);
1308
1309 /*
1310 * If this was an xlog-switch, it's not enough to write the switch record,
1311 * we also have to consume all the remaining space in the WAL segment. We
1312 * have already reserved that space, but we need to actually fill it.
1313 */
1314 if (isLogSwitch && XLogSegmentOffset(CurrPos, wal_segment_size) != 0)
1315 {
1316 /* An xlog-switch record doesn't contain any data besides the header */
1317 Assert(write_len == SizeOfXLogRecord);
1318
1319 /* Assert that we did reserve the right amount of space */
1321
1322 /* Use up all the remaining space on the current page */
1323 CurrPos += freespace;
1324
1325 /*
1326 * Cause all remaining pages in the segment to be flushed, leaving the
1327 * XLog position where it should be, at the start of the next segment.
1328 * We do this one page at a time, to make sure we don't deadlock
1329 * against ourselves if wal_buffers < wal_segment_size.
1330 */
1331 while (CurrPos < EndPos)
1332 {
1333 /*
1334 * The minimal action to flush the page would be to call
1335 * WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(CurrPos) followed by
1336 * AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(...). The page would be left initialized
1337 * mostly to zeros, except for the page header (always the short
1338 * variant, as this is never a segment's first page).
1339 *
1340 * The large vistas of zeros are good for compressibility, but the
1341 * headers interrupting them every XLOG_BLCKSZ (with values that
1342 * differ from page to page) are not. The effect varies with
1343 * compression tool, but bzip2 for instance compresses about an
1344 * order of magnitude worse if those headers are left in place.
1345 *
1346 * Rather than complicating AdvanceXLInsertBuffer itself (which is
1347 * called in heavily-loaded circumstances as well as this lightly-
1348 * loaded one) with variant behavior, we just use GetXLogBuffer
1349 * (which itself calls the two methods we need) to get the pointer
1350 * and zero most of the page. Then we just zero the page header.
1351 */
1352 currpos = GetXLogBuffer(CurrPos, tli);
1353 MemSet(currpos, 0, SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
1354
1355 CurrPos += XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1356 }
1357 }
1358 else
1359 {
1360 /* Align the end position, so that the next record starts aligned */
1361 CurrPos = MAXALIGN64(CurrPos);
1362 }
1363
1364 if (CurrPos != EndPos)
1365 ereport(PANIC,
1367 errmsg_internal("space reserved for WAL record does not match what was written"));
1368}
uint32_t uint32
Definition: c.h:539
#define MAXALIGN64(LEN)
Definition: c.h:836
int errmsg_internal(const char *fmt,...)
Definition: elog.c:1161
#define ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED
Definition: pg_basebackup.c:42
const void * data
struct XLogRecData * next
#define INSERT_FREESPACE(endptr)
Definition: xlog.c:580
static char * GetXLogBuffer(XLogRecPtr ptr, TimeLineID tli)
Definition: xlog.c:1635
#define XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD
Definition: xlog_internal.h:74
#define SizeOfXLogShortPHD
Definition: xlog_internal.h:52

References Assert(), XLogRecData::data, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED, errmsg_internal(), GetXLogBuffer(), INSERT_FREESPACE, XLogRecData::len, MAXALIGN64, MemSet, XLogRecData::next, PANIC, SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogRecord, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, wal_segment_size, XLogSegmentOffset, XLP_FIRST_IS_CONTRECORD, XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_info, and XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_rem_len.

Referenced by XLogInsertRecord().

◆ CreateCheckPoint()

bool CreateCheckPoint ( int  flags)

Definition at line 6938 of file xlog.c.

6939{
6940 bool shutdown;
6941 CheckPoint checkPoint;
6942 XLogRecPtr recptr;
6943 XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
6945 uint32 freespace;
6946 XLogRecPtr PriorRedoPtr;
6947 XLogRecPtr last_important_lsn;
6948 VirtualTransactionId *vxids;
6949 int nvxids;
6950 int oldXLogAllowed = 0;
6951
6952 /*
6953 * An end-of-recovery checkpoint is really a shutdown checkpoint, just
6954 * issued at a different time.
6955 */
6957 shutdown = true;
6958 else
6959 shutdown = false;
6960
6961 /* sanity check */
6962 if (RecoveryInProgress() && (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) == 0)
6963 elog(ERROR, "can't create a checkpoint during recovery");
6964
6965 /*
6966 * Prepare to accumulate statistics.
6967 *
6968 * Note: because it is possible for log_checkpoints to change while a
6969 * checkpoint proceeds, we always accumulate stats, even if
6970 * log_checkpoints is currently off.
6971 */
6974
6975 /*
6976 * Let smgr prepare for checkpoint; this has to happen outside the
6977 * critical section and before we determine the REDO pointer. Note that
6978 * smgr must not do anything that'd have to be undone if we decide no
6979 * checkpoint is needed.
6980 */
6982
6983 /*
6984 * Use a critical section to force system panic if we have trouble.
6985 */
6987
6988 if (shutdown)
6989 {
6990 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6993 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6994 }
6995
6996 /* Begin filling in the checkpoint WAL record */
6997 MemSet(&checkPoint, 0, sizeof(checkPoint));
6998 checkPoint.time = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
6999
7000 /*
7001 * For Hot Standby, derive the oldestActiveXid before we fix the redo
7002 * pointer. This allows us to begin accumulating changes to assemble our
7003 * starting snapshot of locks and transactions.
7004 */
7005 if (!shutdown && XLogStandbyInfoActive())
7006 checkPoint.oldestActiveXid = GetOldestActiveTransactionId(false, true);
7007 else
7009
7010 /*
7011 * Get location of last important record before acquiring insert locks (as
7012 * GetLastImportantRecPtr() also locks WAL locks).
7013 */
7014 last_important_lsn = GetLastImportantRecPtr();
7015
7016 /*
7017 * If this isn't a shutdown or forced checkpoint, and if there has been no
7018 * WAL activity requiring a checkpoint, skip it. The idea here is to
7019 * avoid inserting duplicate checkpoints when the system is idle.
7020 */
7022 CHECKPOINT_FORCE)) == 0)
7023 {
7024 if (last_important_lsn == ControlFile->checkPoint)
7025 {
7028 (errmsg_internal("checkpoint skipped because system is idle")));
7029 return false;
7030 }
7031 }
7032
7033 /*
7034 * An end-of-recovery checkpoint is created before anyone is allowed to
7035 * write WAL. To allow us to write the checkpoint record, temporarily
7036 * enable XLogInsertAllowed.
7037 */
7038 if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
7039 oldXLogAllowed = LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed();
7040
7042 if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
7044 else
7045 checkPoint.PrevTimeLineID = checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID;
7046
7047 /*
7048 * We must block concurrent insertions while examining insert state.
7049 */
7051
7052 checkPoint.fullPageWrites = Insert->fullPageWrites;
7053 checkPoint.wal_level = wal_level;
7054
7055 if (shutdown)
7056 {
7057 XLogRecPtr curInsert = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(Insert->CurrBytePos);
7058
7059 /*
7060 * Compute new REDO record ptr = location of next XLOG record.
7061 *
7062 * Since this is a shutdown checkpoint, there can't be any concurrent
7063 * WAL insertion.
7064 */
7065 freespace = INSERT_FREESPACE(curInsert);
7066 if (freespace == 0)
7067 {
7068 if (XLogSegmentOffset(curInsert, wal_segment_size) == 0)
7069 curInsert += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
7070 else
7071 curInsert += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
7072 }
7073 checkPoint.redo = curInsert;
7074
7075 /*
7076 * Here we update the shared RedoRecPtr for future XLogInsert calls;
7077 * this must be done while holding all the insertion locks.
7078 *
7079 * Note: if we fail to complete the checkpoint, RedoRecPtr will be
7080 * left pointing past where it really needs to point. This is okay;
7081 * the only consequence is that XLogInsert might back up whole buffers
7082 * that it didn't really need to. We can't postpone advancing
7083 * RedoRecPtr because XLogInserts that happen while we are dumping
7084 * buffers must assume that their buffer changes are not included in
7085 * the checkpoint.
7086 */
7087 RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
7088 }
7089
7090 /*
7091 * Now we can release the WAL insertion locks, allowing other xacts to
7092 * proceed while we are flushing disk buffers.
7093 */
7095
7096 /*
7097 * If this is an online checkpoint, we have not yet determined the redo
7098 * point. We do so now by inserting the special XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
7099 * record; the LSN at which it starts becomes the new redo pointer. We
7100 * don't do this for a shutdown checkpoint, because in that case no WAL
7101 * can be written between the redo point and the insertion of the
7102 * checkpoint record itself, so the checkpoint record itself serves to
7103 * mark the redo point.
7104 */
7105 if (!shutdown)
7106 {
7107 /* Include WAL level in record for WAL summarizer's benefit. */
7110 (void) XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO);
7111
7112 /*
7113 * XLogInsertRecord will have updated XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr in
7114 * shared memory and RedoRecPtr in backend-local memory, but we need
7115 * to copy that into the record that will be inserted when the
7116 * checkpoint is complete.
7117 */
7118 checkPoint.redo = RedoRecPtr;
7119 }
7120
7121 /* Update the info_lck-protected copy of RedoRecPtr as well */
7123 XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = checkPoint.redo;
7125
7126 /*
7127 * If enabled, log checkpoint start. We postpone this until now so as not
7128 * to log anything if we decided to skip the checkpoint.
7129 */
7130 if (log_checkpoints)
7131 LogCheckpointStart(flags, false);
7132
7133 /* Update the process title */
7134 update_checkpoint_display(flags, false, false);
7135
7136 TRACE_POSTGRESQL_CHECKPOINT_START(flags);
7137
7138 /*
7139 * Get the other info we need for the checkpoint record.
7140 *
7141 * We don't need to save oldestClogXid in the checkpoint, it only matters
7142 * for the short period in which clog is being truncated, and if we crash
7143 * during that we'll redo the clog truncation and fix up oldestClogXid
7144 * there.
7145 */
7146 LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_SHARED);
7147 checkPoint.nextXid = TransamVariables->nextXid;
7148 checkPoint.oldestXid = TransamVariables->oldestXid;
7150 LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
7151
7152 LWLockAcquire(CommitTsLock, LW_SHARED);
7155 LWLockRelease(CommitTsLock);
7156
7157 LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_SHARED);
7158 checkPoint.nextOid = TransamVariables->nextOid;
7159 if (!shutdown)
7160 checkPoint.nextOid += TransamVariables->oidCount;
7161 LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
7162
7163 MultiXactGetCheckptMulti(shutdown,
7164 &checkPoint.nextMulti,
7165 &checkPoint.nextMultiOffset,
7166 &checkPoint.oldestMulti,
7167 &checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
7168
7169 /*
7170 * Having constructed the checkpoint record, ensure all shmem disk buffers
7171 * and commit-log buffers are flushed to disk.
7172 *
7173 * This I/O could fail for various reasons. If so, we will fail to
7174 * complete the checkpoint, but there is no reason to force a system
7175 * panic. Accordingly, exit critical section while doing it.
7176 */
7178
7179 /*
7180 * In some cases there are groups of actions that must all occur on one
7181 * side or the other of a checkpoint record. Before flushing the
7182 * checkpoint record we must explicitly wait for any backend currently
7183 * performing those groups of actions.
7184 *
7185 * One example is end of transaction, so we must wait for any transactions
7186 * that are currently in commit critical sections. If an xact inserted
7187 * its commit record into XLOG just before the REDO point, then a crash
7188 * restart from the REDO point would not replay that record, which means
7189 * that our flushing had better include the xact's update of pg_xact. So
7190 * we wait till he's out of his commit critical section before proceeding.
7191 * See notes in RecordTransactionCommit().
7192 *
7193 * Because we've already released the insertion locks, this test is a bit
7194 * fuzzy: it is possible that we will wait for xacts we didn't really need
7195 * to wait for. But the delay should be short and it seems better to make
7196 * checkpoint take a bit longer than to hold off insertions longer than
7197 * necessary. (In fact, the whole reason we have this issue is that xact.c
7198 * does commit record XLOG insertion and clog update as two separate steps
7199 * protected by different locks, but again that seems best on grounds of
7200 * minimizing lock contention.)
7201 *
7202 * A transaction that has not yet set delayChkptFlags when we look cannot
7203 * be at risk, since it has not inserted its commit record yet; and one
7204 * that's already cleared it is not at risk either, since it's done fixing
7205 * clog and we will correctly flush the update below. So we cannot miss
7206 * any xacts we need to wait for.
7207 */
7209 if (nvxids > 0)
7210 {
7211 do
7212 {
7213 /*
7214 * Keep absorbing fsync requests while we wait. There could even
7215 * be a deadlock if we don't, if the process that prevents the
7216 * checkpoint is trying to add a request to the queue.
7217 */
7219
7220 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CHECKPOINT_DELAY_START);
7221 pg_usleep(10000L); /* wait for 10 msec */
7223 } while (HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(vxids, nvxids,
7225 }
7226 pfree(vxids);
7227
7228 CheckPointGuts(checkPoint.redo, flags);
7229
7231 if (nvxids > 0)
7232 {
7233 do
7234 {
7236
7237 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CHECKPOINT_DELAY_COMPLETE);
7238 pg_usleep(10000L); /* wait for 10 msec */
7240 } while (HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(vxids, nvxids,
7242 }
7243 pfree(vxids);
7244
7245 /*
7246 * Take a snapshot of running transactions and write this to WAL. This
7247 * allows us to reconstruct the state of running transactions during
7248 * archive recovery, if required. Skip, if this info disabled.
7249 *
7250 * If we are shutting down, or Startup process is completing crash
7251 * recovery we don't need to write running xact data.
7252 */
7253 if (!shutdown && XLogStandbyInfoActive())
7255
7257
7258 /*
7259 * Now insert the checkpoint record into XLOG.
7260 */
7262 XLogRegisterData(&checkPoint, sizeof(checkPoint));
7263 recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID,
7264 shutdown ? XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN :
7266
7267 XLogFlush(recptr);
7268
7269 /*
7270 * We mustn't write any new WAL after a shutdown checkpoint, or it will be
7271 * overwritten at next startup. No-one should even try, this just allows
7272 * sanity-checking. In the case of an end-of-recovery checkpoint, we want
7273 * to just temporarily disable writing until the system has exited
7274 * recovery.
7275 */
7276 if (shutdown)
7277 {
7278 if (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY)
7279 LocalXLogInsertAllowed = oldXLogAllowed;
7280 else
7281 LocalXLogInsertAllowed = 0; /* never again write WAL */
7282 }
7283
7284 /*
7285 * We now have ProcLastRecPtr = start of actual checkpoint record, recptr
7286 * = end of actual checkpoint record.
7287 */
7288 if (shutdown && checkPoint.redo != ProcLastRecPtr)
7289 ereport(PANIC,
7290 (errmsg("concurrent write-ahead log activity while database system is shutting down")));
7291
7292 /*
7293 * Remember the prior checkpoint's redo ptr for
7294 * UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()
7295 */
7296 PriorRedoPtr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
7297
7298 /*
7299 * Update the control file.
7300 */
7301 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
7302 if (shutdown)
7305 ControlFile->checkPointCopy = checkPoint;
7306 /* crash recovery should always recover to the end of WAL */
7309
7310 /*
7311 * Persist unloggedLSN value. It's reset on crash recovery, so this goes
7312 * unused on non-shutdown checkpoints, but seems useful to store it always
7313 * for debugging purposes.
7314 */
7316
7318 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7319
7320 /*
7321 * We are now done with critical updates; no need for system panic if we
7322 * have trouble while fooling with old log segments.
7323 */
7325
7326 /*
7327 * WAL summaries end when the next XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO or
7328 * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record is reached. This is the first point
7329 * where (a) we're not inside of a critical section and (b) we can be
7330 * certain that the relevant record has been flushed to disk, which must
7331 * happen before it can be summarized.
7332 *
7333 * If this is a shutdown checkpoint, then this happens reasonably
7334 * promptly: we've only just inserted and flushed the
7335 * XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN record. If this is not a shutdown checkpoint,
7336 * then this might not be very prompt at all: the XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
7337 * record was written before we began flushing data to disk, and that
7338 * could be many minutes ago at this point. However, we don't XLogFlush()
7339 * after inserting that record, so we're not guaranteed that it's on disk
7340 * until after the above call that flushes the XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE
7341 * record.
7342 */
7344
7345 /*
7346 * Let smgr do post-checkpoint cleanup (eg, deleting old files).
7347 */
7349
7350 /*
7351 * Update the average distance between checkpoints if the prior checkpoint
7352 * exists.
7353 */
7354 if (PriorRedoPtr != InvalidXLogRecPtr)
7356
7357 INJECTION_POINT("checkpoint-before-old-wal-removal", NULL);
7358
7359 /*
7360 * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last checkpoint to
7361 * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full.
7362 */
7364 KeepLogSeg(recptr, &_logSegNo);
7366 _logSegNo, InvalidOid,
7368 {
7369 /*
7370 * Some slots have been invalidated; recalculate the old-segment
7371 * horizon, starting again from RedoRecPtr.
7372 */
7374 KeepLogSeg(recptr, &_logSegNo);
7375 }
7376 _logSegNo--;
7377 RemoveOldXlogFiles(_logSegNo, RedoRecPtr, recptr,
7378 checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID);
7379
7380 /*
7381 * Make more log segments if needed. (Do this after recycling old log
7382 * segments, since that may supply some of the needed files.)
7383 */
7384 if (!shutdown)
7385 PreallocXlogFiles(recptr, checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID);
7386
7387 /*
7388 * Truncate pg_subtrans if possible. We can throw away all data before
7389 * the oldest XMIN of any running transaction. No future transaction will
7390 * attempt to reference any pg_subtrans entry older than that (see Asserts
7391 * in subtrans.c). During recovery, though, we mustn't do this because
7392 * StartupSUBTRANS hasn't been called yet.
7393 */
7394 if (!RecoveryInProgress())
7396
7397 /* Real work is done; log and update stats. */
7398 LogCheckpointEnd(false);
7399
7400 /* Reset the process title */
7401 update_checkpoint_display(flags, false, true);
7402
7403 TRACE_POSTGRESQL_CHECKPOINT_DONE(CheckpointStats.ckpt_bufs_written,
7404 NBuffers,
7408
7409 return true;
7410}
static uint64 pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(volatile pg_atomic_uint64 *ptr)
Definition: atomics.h:474
void AbsorbSyncRequests(void)
int NBuffers
Definition: globals.c:142
#define INJECTION_POINT(name, arg)
@ LW_SHARED
Definition: lwlock.h:113
#define START_CRIT_SECTION()
Definition: miscadmin.h:149
#define END_CRIT_SECTION()
Definition: miscadmin.h:151
void MultiXactGetCheckptMulti(bool is_shutdown, MultiXactId *nextMulti, MultiXactOffset *nextMultiOffset, MultiXactId *oldestMulti, Oid *oldestMultiDB)
Definition: multixact.c:2212
#define XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO
Definition: pg_control.h:82
@ DB_SHUTDOWNING
Definition: pg_control.h:94
@ DB_SHUTDOWNED
Definition: pg_control.h:92
#define XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE
Definition: pg_control.h:69
#define InvalidOid
Definition: postgres_ext.h:37
#define DELAY_CHKPT_START
Definition: proc.h:135
#define DELAY_CHKPT_COMPLETE
Definition: proc.h:136
TransactionId GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning(void)
Definition: procarray.c:1982
bool HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(VirtualTransactionId *vxids, int nvxids, int type)
Definition: procarray.c:3051
TransactionId GetOldestActiveTransactionId(bool inCommitOnly, bool allDbs)
Definition: procarray.c:2833
VirtualTransactionId * GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(int *nvxids, int type)
Definition: procarray.c:3005
void pg_usleep(long microsec)
Definition: signal.c:53
bool InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(uint32 possible_causes, XLogSegNo oldestSegno, Oid dboid, TransactionId snapshotConflictHorizon)
Definition: slot.c:2055
@ RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED
Definition: slot.h:62
@ RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT
Definition: slot.h:68
XLogRecPtr LogStandbySnapshot(void)
Definition: standby.c:1282
TimestampTz ckpt_start_t
Definition: xlog.h:161
int ckpt_segs_removed
Definition: xlog.h:171
int ckpt_segs_added
Definition: xlog.h:170
int ckpt_bufs_written
Definition: xlog.h:167
int ckpt_segs_recycled
Definition: xlog.h:172
XLogRecPtr minRecoveryPoint
Definition: pg_control.h:168
XLogRecPtr unloggedLSN
Definition: pg_control.h:137
TimeLineID minRecoveryPointTLI
Definition: pg_control.h:169
TransactionId oldestCommitTsXid
Definition: transam.h:232
TransactionId newestCommitTsXid
Definition: transam.h:233
TransactionId oldestXid
Definition: transam.h:222
TimeLineID InsertTimeLineID
Definition: xlog.c:509
XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr
Definition: xlog.c:457
TimeLineID PrevTimeLineID
Definition: xlog.c:510
pg_atomic_uint64 unloggedLSN
Definition: xlog.c:464
XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr
Definition: xlog.c:431
void TruncateSUBTRANS(TransactionId oldestXact)
Definition: subtrans.c:385
void SyncPreCheckpoint(void)
Definition: sync.c:177
void SyncPostCheckpoint(void)
Definition: sync.c:202
void WakeupWalSummarizer(void)
XLogRecPtr ProcLastRecPtr
Definition: xlog.c:254
bool RecoveryInProgress(void)
Definition: xlog.c:6383
static void WALInsertLockRelease(void)
Definition: xlog.c:1448
static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToRecPtr(uint64 bytepos)
Definition: xlog.c:1861
static void WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(void)
Definition: xlog.c:1419
static void UpdateControlFile(void)
Definition: xlog.c:4583
static void RemoveOldXlogFiles(XLogSegNo segno, XLogRecPtr lastredoptr, XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID insertTLI)
Definition: xlog.c:3878
static void LogCheckpointStart(int flags, bool restartpoint)
Definition: xlog.c:6698
static XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr
Definition: xlog.c:274
static void LogCheckpointEnd(bool restartpoint)
Definition: xlog.c:6730
static void PreallocXlogFiles(XLogRecPtr endptr, TimeLineID tli)
Definition: xlog.c:3703
bool log_checkpoints
Definition: xlog.c:130
static void KeepLogSeg(XLogRecPtr recptr, XLogSegNo *logSegNo)
Definition: xlog.c:7998
static int LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(void)
Definition: xlog.c:6471
XLogRecPtr GetLastImportantRecPtr(void)
Definition: xlog.c:6605
static void UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(uint64 nbytes)
Definition: xlog.c:6835
static int LocalXLogInsertAllowed
Definition: xlog.c:237
void XLogFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
Definition: xlog.c:2780
static void CheckPointGuts(XLogRecPtr checkPointRedo, int flags)
Definition: xlog.c:7556
static void update_checkpoint_display(int flags, bool restartpoint, bool reset)
Definition: xlog.c:6873
#define CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY
Definition: xlog.h:140
#define CHECKPOINT_FORCE
Definition: xlog.h:142
#define XLogStandbyInfoActive()
Definition: xlog.h:123
#define XLByteToSeg(xlrp, logSegNo, wal_segsz_bytes)
XLogRecPtr XLogInsert(RmgrId rmid, uint8 info)
Definition: xloginsert.c:474
void XLogRegisterData(const void *data, uint32 len)
Definition: xloginsert.c:364
void XLogBeginInsert(void)
Definition: xloginsert.c:149

References AbsorbSyncRequests(), ControlFileData::checkPoint, CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY, CHECKPOINT_FORCE, CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN, ControlFileData::checkPointCopy, CheckPointGuts(), CheckpointStats, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_bufs_written, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_added, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_recycled, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_removed, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_start_t, ControlFile, DB_SHUTDOWNED, DB_SHUTDOWNING, DEBUG1, DELAY_CHKPT_COMPLETE, DELAY_CHKPT_START, elog, END_CRIT_SECTION, ereport, errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), ERROR, CheckPoint::fullPageWrites, GetCurrentTimestamp(), GetLastImportantRecPtr(), GetOldestActiveTransactionId(), GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning(), GetVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(), HaveVirtualXIDsDelayingChkpt(), XLogCtlData::info_lck, INJECTION_POINT, XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), INSERT_FREESPACE, XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(), InvalidOid, InvalidTransactionId, InvalidXLogRecPtr, KeepLogSeg(), LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(), LocalXLogInsertAllowed, log_checkpoints, LogCheckpointEnd(), LogCheckpointStart(), LogStandbySnapshot(), LW_EXCLUSIVE, LW_SHARED, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), MemSet, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, MultiXactGetCheckptMulti(), NBuffers, TransamVariablesData::newestCommitTsXid, CheckPoint::newestCommitTsXid, CheckPoint::nextMulti, CheckPoint::nextMultiOffset, TransamVariablesData::nextOid, CheckPoint::nextOid, TransamVariablesData::nextXid, CheckPoint::nextXid, TransamVariablesData::oidCount, CheckPoint::oldestActiveXid, TransamVariablesData::oldestCommitTsXid, CheckPoint::oldestCommitTsXid, CheckPoint::oldestMulti, CheckPoint::oldestMultiDB, TransamVariablesData::oldestXid, CheckPoint::oldestXid, TransamVariablesData::oldestXidDB, CheckPoint::oldestXidDB, PANIC, pfree(), pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(), pg_usleep(), pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), PreallocXlogFiles(), XLogCtlData::PrevTimeLineID, CheckPoint::PrevTimeLineID, ProcLastRecPtr, RecoveryInProgress(), CheckPoint::redo, RedoRecPtr, XLogCtlInsert::RedoRecPtr, XLogCtlData::RedoRecPtr, RemoveOldXlogFiles(), RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT, RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED, SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, START_CRIT_SECTION, ControlFileData::state, SyncPostCheckpoint(), SyncPreCheckpoint(), CheckPoint::ThisTimeLineID, CheckPoint::time, TransamVariables, TruncateSUBTRANS(), XLogCtlData::unloggedLSN, ControlFileData::unloggedLSN, update_checkpoint_display(), UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(), UpdateControlFile(), WakeupWalSummarizer(), wal_level, CheckPoint::wal_level, wal_segment_size, WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(), WALInsertLockRelease(), XLByteToSeg, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogBytePosToRecPtr(), XLogCtl, XLogFlush(), XLogInsert(), XLogRegisterData(), XLogSegmentOffset, and XLogStandbyInfoActive.

Referenced by CheckpointerMain(), RequestCheckpoint(), and ShutdownXLOG().

◆ CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord()

static void CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord ( void  )
static

Definition at line 7421 of file xlog.c.

7422{
7423 xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
7424 XLogRecPtr recptr;
7425
7426 /* sanity check */
7427 if (!RecoveryInProgress())
7428 elog(ERROR, "can only be used to end recovery");
7429
7430 xlrec.end_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
7431 xlrec.wal_level = wal_level;
7432
7437
7439
7441 XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
7442 recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY);
7443
7444 XLogFlush(recptr);
7445
7446 /*
7447 * Update the control file so that crash recovery can follow the timeline
7448 * changes to this point.
7449 */
7450 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
7451 ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = recptr;
7454 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7455
7457}
#define XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY
Definition: pg_control.h:77
TimeLineID PrevTimeLineID
TimestampTz end_time
TimeLineID ThisTimeLineID

References ControlFile, elog, END_CRIT_SECTION, xl_end_of_recovery::end_time, ERROR, GetCurrentTimestamp(), XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, XLogCtlData::PrevTimeLineID, xl_end_of_recovery::PrevTimeLineID, RecoveryInProgress(), START_CRIT_SECTION, xl_end_of_recovery::ThisTimeLineID, UpdateControlFile(), wal_level, xl_end_of_recovery::wal_level, WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(), WALInsertLockRelease(), XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogCtl, XLogFlush(), XLogInsert(), and XLogRegisterData().

Referenced by PerformRecoveryXLogAction().

◆ CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord()

static XLogRecPtr CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord ( XLogRecPtr  aborted_lsn,
XLogRecPtr  pagePtr,
TimeLineID  newTLI 
)
static

Definition at line 7486 of file xlog.c.

7488{
7490 XLogRecPtr recptr;
7491 XLogPageHeader pagehdr;
7492 XLogRecPtr startPos;
7493
7494 /* sanity checks */
7495 if (!RecoveryInProgress())
7496 elog(ERROR, "can only be used at end of recovery");
7497 if (pagePtr % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
7498 elog(ERROR, "invalid position for missing continuation record %X/%08X",
7499 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(pagePtr));
7500
7501 /* The current WAL insert position should be right after the page header */
7502 startPos = pagePtr;
7503 if (XLogSegmentOffset(startPos, wal_segment_size) == 0)
7504 startPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
7505 else
7506 startPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
7507 recptr = GetXLogInsertRecPtr();
7508 if (recptr != startPos)
7509 elog(ERROR, "invalid WAL insert position %X/%08X for OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD",
7510 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(recptr));
7511
7513
7514 /*
7515 * Initialize the XLOG page header (by GetXLogBuffer), and set the
7516 * XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD flag.
7517 *
7518 * No other backend is allowed to write WAL yet, so acquiring the WAL
7519 * insertion lock is just pro forma.
7520 */
7522 pagehdr = (XLogPageHeader) GetXLogBuffer(pagePtr, newTLI);
7525
7526 /*
7527 * Insert the XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD record as the first record on the
7528 * page. We know it becomes the first record, because no other backend is
7529 * allowed to write WAL yet.
7530 */
7532 xlrec.overwritten_lsn = aborted_lsn;
7535 recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD);
7536
7537 /* check that the record was inserted to the right place */
7538 if (ProcLastRecPtr != startPos)
7539 elog(ERROR, "OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD was inserted to unexpected position %X/%08X",
7541
7542 XLogFlush(recptr);
7543
7545
7546 return recptr;
7547}
#define XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD
Definition: pg_control.h:81
static void WALInsertLockAcquire(void)
Definition: xlog.c:1374
XLogRecPtr GetXLogInsertRecPtr(void)
Definition: xlog.c:9476
#define XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD
Definition: xlog_internal.h:80

References elog, END_CRIT_SECTION, ERROR, GetCurrentTimestamp(), GetXLogBuffer(), GetXLogInsertRecPtr(), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, xl_overwrite_contrecord::overwrite_time, xl_overwrite_contrecord::overwritten_lsn, ProcLastRecPtr, RecoveryInProgress(), SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, START_CRIT_SECTION, wal_segment_size, WALInsertLockAcquire(), WALInsertLockRelease(), XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogFlush(), XLogInsert(), XLogRegisterData(), XLogSegmentOffset, XLP_FIRST_IS_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD, and XLogPageHeaderData::xlp_info.

Referenced by StartupXLOG().

◆ CreateRestartPoint()

bool CreateRestartPoint ( int  flags)

Definition at line 7636 of file xlog.c.

7637{
7638 XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointRecPtr;
7639 XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointEndPtr;
7640 CheckPoint lastCheckPoint;
7641 XLogRecPtr PriorRedoPtr;
7642 XLogRecPtr receivePtr;
7643 XLogRecPtr replayPtr;
7644 TimeLineID replayTLI;
7645 XLogRecPtr endptr;
7646 XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
7647 TimestampTz xtime;
7648
7649 /* Concurrent checkpoint/restartpoint cannot happen */
7651
7652 /* Get a local copy of the last safe checkpoint record. */
7654 lastCheckPointRecPtr = XLogCtl->lastCheckPointRecPtr;
7655 lastCheckPointEndPtr = XLogCtl->lastCheckPointEndPtr;
7656 lastCheckPoint = XLogCtl->lastCheckPoint;
7658
7659 /*
7660 * Check that we're still in recovery mode. It's ok if we exit recovery
7661 * mode after this check, the restart point is valid anyway.
7662 */
7663 if (!RecoveryInProgress())
7664 {
7666 (errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, recovery has already ended")));
7667 return false;
7668 }
7669
7670 /*
7671 * If the last checkpoint record we've replayed is already our last
7672 * restartpoint, we can't perform a new restart point. We still update
7673 * minRecoveryPoint in that case, so that if this is a shutdown restart
7674 * point, we won't start up earlier than before. That's not strictly
7675 * necessary, but when hot standby is enabled, it would be rather weird if
7676 * the database opened up for read-only connections at a point-in-time
7677 * before the last shutdown. Such time travel is still possible in case of
7678 * immediate shutdown, though.
7679 *
7680 * We don't explicitly advance minRecoveryPoint when we do create a
7681 * restartpoint. It's assumed that flushing the buffers will do that as a
7682 * side-effect.
7683 */
7684 if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(lastCheckPointRecPtr) ||
7685 lastCheckPoint.redo <= ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo)
7686 {
7688 errmsg_internal("skipping restartpoint, already performed at %X/%08X",
7689 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)));
7690
7692 if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)
7693 {
7694 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
7697 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7698 }
7699 return false;
7700 }
7701
7702 /*
7703 * Update the shared RedoRecPtr so that the startup process can calculate
7704 * the number of segments replayed since last restartpoint, and request a
7705 * restartpoint if it exceeds CheckPointSegments.
7706 *
7707 * Like in CreateCheckPoint(), hold off insertions to update it, although
7708 * during recovery this is just pro forma, because no WAL insertions are
7709 * happening.
7710 */
7712 RedoRecPtr = XLogCtl->Insert.RedoRecPtr = lastCheckPoint.redo;
7714
7715 /* Also update the info_lck-protected copy */
7717 XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr = lastCheckPoint.redo;
7719
7720 /*
7721 * Prepare to accumulate statistics.
7722 *
7723 * Note: because it is possible for log_checkpoints to change while a
7724 * checkpoint proceeds, we always accumulate stats, even if
7725 * log_checkpoints is currently off.
7726 */
7729
7730 if (log_checkpoints)
7731 LogCheckpointStart(flags, true);
7732
7733 /* Update the process title */
7734 update_checkpoint_display(flags, true, false);
7735
7736 CheckPointGuts(lastCheckPoint.redo, flags);
7737
7738 /*
7739 * This location needs to be after CheckPointGuts() to ensure that some
7740 * work has already happened during this checkpoint.
7741 */
7742 INJECTION_POINT("create-restart-point", NULL);
7743
7744 /*
7745 * Remember the prior checkpoint's redo ptr for
7746 * UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()
7747 */
7748 PriorRedoPtr = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
7749
7750 /*
7751 * Update pg_control, using current time. Check that it still shows an
7752 * older checkpoint, else do nothing; this is a quick hack to make sure
7753 * nothing really bad happens if somehow we get here after the
7754 * end-of-recovery checkpoint.
7755 */
7756 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
7757 if (ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo < lastCheckPoint.redo)
7758 {
7759 /*
7760 * Update the checkpoint information. We do this even if the cluster
7761 * does not show DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY to match with the set of WAL
7762 * segments recycled below.
7763 */
7764 ControlFile->checkPoint = lastCheckPointRecPtr;
7765 ControlFile->checkPointCopy = lastCheckPoint;
7766
7767 /*
7768 * Ensure minRecoveryPoint is past the checkpoint record and update it
7769 * if the control file still shows DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY. Normally,
7770 * this will have happened already while writing out dirty buffers,
7771 * but not necessarily - e.g. because no buffers were dirtied. We do
7772 * this because a backup performed in recovery uses minRecoveryPoint
7773 * to determine which WAL files must be included in the backup, and
7774 * the file (or files) containing the checkpoint record must be
7775 * included, at a minimum. Note that for an ordinary restart of
7776 * recovery there's no value in having the minimum recovery point any
7777 * earlier than this anyway, because redo will begin just after the
7778 * checkpoint record.
7779 */
7781 {
7782 if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < lastCheckPointEndPtr)
7783 {
7784 ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = lastCheckPointEndPtr;
7786
7787 /* update local copy */
7790 }
7791 if (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN)
7793 }
7795 }
7796 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
7797
7798 /*
7799 * Update the average distance between checkpoints/restartpoints if the
7800 * prior checkpoint exists.
7801 */
7802 if (PriorRedoPtr != InvalidXLogRecPtr)
7804
7805 /*
7806 * Delete old log files, those no longer needed for last restartpoint to
7807 * prevent the disk holding the xlog from growing full.
7808 */
7810
7811 /*
7812 * Retreat _logSegNo using the current end of xlog replayed or received,
7813 * whichever is later.
7814 */
7815 receivePtr = GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(NULL, NULL);
7816 replayPtr = GetXLogReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
7817 endptr = (receivePtr < replayPtr) ? replayPtr : receivePtr;
7818 KeepLogSeg(endptr, &_logSegNo);
7820 _logSegNo, InvalidOid,
7822 {
7823 /*
7824 * Some slots have been invalidated; recalculate the old-segment
7825 * horizon, starting again from RedoRecPtr.
7826 */
7828 KeepLogSeg(endptr, &_logSegNo);
7829 }
7830 _logSegNo--;
7831
7832 /*
7833 * Try to recycle segments on a useful timeline. If we've been promoted
7834 * since the beginning of this restartpoint, use the new timeline chosen
7835 * at end of recovery. If we're still in recovery, use the timeline we're
7836 * currently replaying.
7837 *
7838 * There is no guarantee that the WAL segments will be useful on the
7839 * current timeline; if recovery proceeds to a new timeline right after
7840 * this, the pre-allocated WAL segments on this timeline will not be used,
7841 * and will go wasted until recycled on the next restartpoint. We'll live
7842 * with that.
7843 */
7844 if (!RecoveryInProgress())
7845 replayTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
7846
7847 RemoveOldXlogFiles(_logSegNo, RedoRecPtr, endptr, replayTLI);
7848
7849 /*
7850 * Make more log segments if needed. (Do this after recycling old log
7851 * segments, since that may supply some of the needed files.)
7852 */
7853 PreallocXlogFiles(endptr, replayTLI);
7854
7855 /*
7856 * Truncate pg_subtrans if possible. We can throw away all data before
7857 * the oldest XMIN of any running transaction. No future transaction will
7858 * attempt to reference any pg_subtrans entry older than that (see Asserts
7859 * in subtrans.c). When hot standby is disabled, though, we mustn't do
7860 * this because StartupSUBTRANS hasn't been called yet.
7861 */
7862 if (EnableHotStandby)
7864
7865 /* Real work is done; log and update stats. */
7866 LogCheckpointEnd(true);
7867
7868 /* Reset the process title */
7869 update_checkpoint_display(flags, true, true);
7870
7871 xtime = GetLatestXTime();
7873 errmsg("recovery restart point at %X/%08X",
7874 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lastCheckPoint.redo)),
7875 xtime ? errdetail("Last completed transaction was at log time %s.",
7876 timestamptz_to_str(xtime)) : 0);
7877
7878 /*
7879 * Finally, execute archive_cleanup_command, if any.
7880 */
7881 if (archiveCleanupCommand && strcmp(archiveCleanupCommand, "") != 0)
7883 "archive_cleanup_command",
7884 false,
7885 WAIT_EVENT_ARCHIVE_CLEANUP_COMMAND);
7886
7887 return true;
7888}
const char * timestamptz_to_str(TimestampTz t)
Definition: timestamp.c:1862
int64 TimestampTz
Definition: timestamp.h:39
bool IsUnderPostmaster
Definition: globals.c:120
@ B_CHECKPOINTER
Definition: miscadmin.h:362
BackendType MyBackendType
Definition: miscinit.c:64
@ DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY
Definition: pg_control.h:96
@ DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY
Definition: pg_control.h:93
CheckPoint lastCheckPoint
Definition: xlog.c:545
XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointRecPtr
Definition: xlog.c:543
XLogRecPtr lastCheckPointEndPtr
Definition: xlog.c:544
XLogRecPtr GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(XLogRecPtr *latestChunkStart, TimeLineID *receiveTLI)
static void UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(XLogRecPtr lsn, bool force)
Definition: xlog.c:2700
static XLogRecPtr LocalMinRecoveryPoint
Definition: xlog.c:646
static TimeLineID LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI
Definition: xlog.c:647
#define XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(r)
Definition: xlogdefs.h:29
uint32 TimeLineID
Definition: xlogdefs.h:62
char * archiveCleanupCommand
Definition: xlogrecovery.c:86
XLogRecPtr GetXLogReplayRecPtr(TimeLineID *replayTLI)
TimestampTz GetLatestXTime(void)

References archiveCleanupCommand, Assert(), B_CHECKPOINTER, ControlFileData::checkPoint, CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN, ControlFileData::checkPointCopy, CheckPointGuts(), CheckpointStats, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_start_t, ControlFile, DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY, DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY, DEBUG2, EnableHotStandby, ereport, errdetail(), errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), ExecuteRecoveryCommand(), GetCurrentTimestamp(), GetLatestXTime(), GetOldestTransactionIdConsideredRunning(), GetWalRcvFlushRecPtr(), GetXLogReplayRecPtr(), XLogCtlData::info_lck, INJECTION_POINT, XLogCtlData::Insert, XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(), InvalidOid, InvalidTransactionId, InvalidXLogRecPtr, IsUnderPostmaster, KeepLogSeg(), XLogCtlData::lastCheckPoint, XLogCtlData::lastCheckPointEndPtr, XLogCtlData::lastCheckPointRecPtr, LocalMinRecoveryPoint, LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI, LOG, log_checkpoints, LogCheckpointEnd(), LogCheckpointStart(), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), MemSet, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, MyBackendType, PreallocXlogFiles(), RecoveryInProgress(), CheckPoint::redo, RedoRecPtr, XLogCtlInsert::RedoRecPtr, XLogCtlData::RedoRecPtr, RemoveOldXlogFiles(), RS_INVAL_IDLE_TIMEOUT, RS_INVAL_WAL_REMOVED, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, ControlFileData::state, CheckPoint::ThisTimeLineID, timestamptz_to_str(), TruncateSUBTRANS(), update_checkpoint_display(), UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(), UpdateControlFile(), UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(), wal_segment_size, WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(), WALInsertLockRelease(), XLByteToSeg, XLogCtl, and XLogRecPtrIsInvalid.

Referenced by CheckpointerMain(), and ShutdownXLOG().

◆ DataChecksumsEnabled()

◆ do_pg_abort_backup()

void do_pg_abort_backup ( int  code,
Datum  arg 
)

Definition at line 9435 of file xlog.c.

9436{
9437 bool during_backup_start = DatumGetBool(arg);
9438
9439 /* If called during backup start, there shouldn't be one already running */
9440 Assert(!during_backup_start || sessionBackupState == SESSION_BACKUP_NONE);
9441
9442 if (during_backup_start || sessionBackupState != SESSION_BACKUP_NONE)
9443 {
9447
9450
9451 if (!during_backup_start)
9453 errmsg("aborting backup due to backend exiting before pg_backup_stop was called"));
9454 }
9455}
#define WARNING
Definition: elog.h:36
void * arg
static bool DatumGetBool(Datum X)
Definition: postgres.h:100
int runningBackups
Definition: xlog.c:439
static SessionBackupState sessionBackupState
Definition: xlog.c:392
@ SESSION_BACKUP_NONE
Definition: xlog.h:288

References arg, Assert(), DatumGetBool(), ereport, errmsg(), XLogCtlData::Insert, XLogCtlInsert::runningBackups, SESSION_BACKUP_NONE, sessionBackupState, WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(), WALInsertLockRelease(), WARNING, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by do_pg_backup_start(), perform_base_backup(), and register_persistent_abort_backup_handler().

◆ do_pg_backup_start()

void do_pg_backup_start ( const char *  backupidstr,
bool  fast,
List **  tablespaces,
BackupState state,
StringInfo  tblspcmapfile 
)

Definition at line 8833 of file xlog.c.

8835{
8837
8838 Assert(state != NULL);
8840
8841 /*
8842 * During recovery, we don't need to check WAL level. Because, if WAL
8843 * level is not sufficient, it's impossible to get here during recovery.
8844 */
8846 ereport(ERROR,
8847 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8848 errmsg("WAL level not sufficient for making an online backup"),
8849 errhint("\"wal_level\" must be set to \"replica\" or \"logical\" at server start.")));
8850
8851 if (strlen(backupidstr) > MAXPGPATH)
8852 ereport(ERROR,
8853 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8854 errmsg("backup label too long (max %d bytes)",
8855 MAXPGPATH)));
8856
8857 strlcpy(state->name, backupidstr, sizeof(state->name));
8858
8859 /*
8860 * Mark backup active in shared memory. We must do full-page WAL writes
8861 * during an on-line backup even if not doing so at other times, because
8862 * it's quite possible for the backup dump to obtain a "torn" (partially
8863 * written) copy of a database page if it reads the page concurrently with
8864 * our write to the same page. This can be fixed as long as the first
8865 * write to the page in the WAL sequence is a full-page write. Hence, we
8866 * increment runningBackups then force a CHECKPOINT, to ensure there are
8867 * no dirty pages in shared memory that might get dumped while the backup
8868 * is in progress without having a corresponding WAL record. (Once the
8869 * backup is complete, we need not force full-page writes anymore, since
8870 * we expect that any pages not modified during the backup interval must
8871 * have been correctly captured by the backup.)
8872 *
8873 * Note that forcing full-page writes has no effect during an online
8874 * backup from the standby.
8875 *
8876 * We must hold all the insertion locks to change the value of
8877 * runningBackups, to ensure adequate interlocking against
8878 * XLogInsertRecord().
8879 */
8883
8884 /*
8885 * Ensure we decrement runningBackups if we fail below. NB -- for this to
8886 * work correctly, it is critical that sessionBackupState is only updated
8887 * after this block is over.
8888 */
8890 {
8891 bool gotUniqueStartpoint = false;
8892 DIR *tblspcdir;
8893 struct dirent *de;
8894 tablespaceinfo *ti;
8895 int datadirpathlen;
8896
8897 /*
8898 * Force an XLOG file switch before the checkpoint, to ensure that the
8899 * WAL segment the checkpoint is written to doesn't contain pages with
8900 * old timeline IDs. That would otherwise happen if you called
8901 * pg_backup_start() right after restoring from a PITR archive: the
8902 * first WAL segment containing the startup checkpoint has pages in
8903 * the beginning with the old timeline ID. That can cause trouble at
8904 * recovery: we won't have a history file covering the old timeline if
8905 * pg_wal directory was not included in the base backup and the WAL
8906 * archive was cleared too before starting the backup.
8907 *
8908 * This also ensures that we have emitted a WAL page header that has
8909 * XLP_BKP_REMOVABLE off before we emit the checkpoint record.
8910 * Therefore, if a WAL archiver (such as pglesslog) is trying to
8911 * compress out removable backup blocks, it won't remove any that
8912 * occur after this point.
8913 *
8914 * During recovery, we skip forcing XLOG file switch, which means that
8915 * the backup taken during recovery is not available for the special
8916 * recovery case described above.
8917 */
8919 RequestXLogSwitch(false);
8920
8921 do
8922 {
8923 bool checkpointfpw;
8924
8925 /*
8926 * Force a CHECKPOINT. Aside from being necessary to prevent torn
8927 * page problems, this guarantees that two successive backup runs
8928 * will have different checkpoint positions and hence different
8929 * history file names, even if nothing happened in between.
8930 *
8931 * During recovery, establish a restartpoint if possible. We use
8932 * the last restartpoint as the backup starting checkpoint. This
8933 * means that two successive backup runs can have same checkpoint
8934 * positions.
8935 *
8936 * Since the fact that we are executing do_pg_backup_start()
8937 * during recovery means that checkpointer is running, we can use
8938 * RequestCheckpoint() to establish a restartpoint.
8939 *
8940 * We use CHECKPOINT_FAST only if requested by user (via passing
8941 * fast = true). Otherwise this can take awhile.
8942 */
8944 (fast ? CHECKPOINT_FAST : 0));
8945
8946 /*
8947 * Now we need to fetch the checkpoint record location, and also
8948 * its REDO pointer. The oldest point in WAL that would be needed
8949 * to restore starting from the checkpoint is precisely the REDO
8950 * pointer.
8951 */
8952 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
8953 state->checkpointloc = ControlFile->checkPoint;
8954 state->startpoint = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.redo;
8956 checkpointfpw = ControlFile->checkPointCopy.fullPageWrites;
8957 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8958
8960 {
8961 XLogRecPtr recptr;
8962
8963 /*
8964 * Check to see if all WAL replayed during online backup
8965 * (i.e., since last restartpoint used as backup starting
8966 * checkpoint) contain full-page writes.
8967 */
8969 recptr = XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
8971
8972 if (!checkpointfpw || state->startpoint <= recptr)
8973 ereport(ERROR,
8974 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
8975 errmsg("WAL generated with \"full_page_writes=off\" was replayed "
8976 "since last restartpoint"),
8977 errhint("This means that the backup being taken on the standby "
8978 "is corrupt and should not be used. "
8979 "Enable \"full_page_writes\" and run CHECKPOINT on the primary, "
8980 "and then try an online backup again.")));
8981
8982 /*
8983 * During recovery, since we don't use the end-of-backup WAL
8984 * record and don't write the backup history file, the
8985 * starting WAL location doesn't need to be unique. This means
8986 * that two base backups started at the same time might use
8987 * the same checkpoint as starting locations.
8988 */
8989 gotUniqueStartpoint = true;
8990 }
8991
8992 /*
8993 * If two base backups are started at the same time (in WAL sender
8994 * processes), we need to make sure that they use different
8995 * checkpoints as starting locations, because we use the starting
8996 * WAL location as a unique identifier for the base backup in the
8997 * end-of-backup WAL record and when we write the backup history
8998 * file. Perhaps it would be better generate a separate unique ID
8999 * for each backup instead of forcing another checkpoint, but
9000 * taking a checkpoint right after another is not that expensive
9001 * either because only few buffers have been dirtied yet.
9002 */
9004 if (XLogCtl->Insert.lastBackupStart < state->startpoint)
9005 {
9006 XLogCtl->Insert.lastBackupStart = state->startpoint;
9007 gotUniqueStartpoint = true;
9008 }
9010 } while (!gotUniqueStartpoint);
9011
9012 /*
9013 * Construct tablespace_map file.
9014 */
9015 datadirpathlen = strlen(DataDir);
9016
9017 /* Collect information about all tablespaces */
9018 tblspcdir = AllocateDir(PG_TBLSPC_DIR);
9019 while ((de = ReadDir(tblspcdir, PG_TBLSPC_DIR)) != NULL)
9020 {
9021 char fullpath[MAXPGPATH + sizeof(PG_TBLSPC_DIR)];
9022 char linkpath[MAXPGPATH];
9023 char *relpath = NULL;
9024 char *s;
9025 PGFileType de_type;
9026 char *badp;
9027 Oid tsoid;
9028
9029 /*
9030 * Try to parse the directory name as an unsigned integer.
9031 *
9032 * Tablespace directories should be positive integers that can be
9033 * represented in 32 bits, with no leading zeroes or trailing
9034 * garbage. If we come across a name that doesn't meet those
9035 * criteria, skip it.
9036 */
9037 if (de->d_name[0] < '1' || de->d_name[1] > '9')
9038 continue;
9039 errno = 0;
9040 tsoid = strtoul(de->d_name, &badp, 10);
9041 if (*badp != '\0' || errno == EINVAL || errno == ERANGE)
9042 continue;
9043
9044 snprintf(fullpath, sizeof(fullpath), "%s/%s", PG_TBLSPC_DIR, de->d_name);
9045
9046 de_type = get_dirent_type(fullpath, de, false, ERROR);
9047
9048 if (de_type == PGFILETYPE_LNK)
9049 {
9050 StringInfoData escapedpath;
9051 int rllen;
9052
9053 rllen = readlink(fullpath, linkpath, sizeof(linkpath));
9054 if (rllen < 0)
9055 {
9057 (errmsg("could not read symbolic link \"%s\": %m",
9058 fullpath)));
9059 continue;
9060 }
9061 else if (rllen >= sizeof(linkpath))
9062 {
9064 (errmsg("symbolic link \"%s\" target is too long",
9065 fullpath)));
9066 continue;
9067 }
9068 linkpath[rllen] = '\0';
9069
9070 /*
9071 * Relpath holds the relative path of the tablespace directory
9072 * when it's located within PGDATA, or NULL if it's located
9073 * elsewhere.
9074 */
9075 if (rllen > datadirpathlen &&
9076 strncmp(linkpath, DataDir, datadirpathlen) == 0 &&
9077 IS_DIR_SEP(linkpath[datadirpathlen]))
9078 relpath = pstrdup(linkpath + datadirpathlen + 1);
9079
9080 /*
9081 * Add a backslash-escaped version of the link path to the
9082 * tablespace map file.
9083 */
9084 initStringInfo(&escapedpath);
9085 for (s = linkpath; *s; s++)
9086 {
9087 if (*s == '\n' || *s == '\r' || *s == '\\')
9088 appendStringInfoChar(&escapedpath, '\\');
9089 appendStringInfoChar(&escapedpath, *s);
9090 }
9091 appendStringInfo(tblspcmapfile, "%s %s\n",
9092 de->d_name, escapedpath.data);
9093 pfree(escapedpath.data);
9094 }
9095 else if (de_type == PGFILETYPE_DIR)
9096 {
9097 /*
9098 * It's possible to use allow_in_place_tablespaces to create
9099 * directories directly under pg_tblspc, for testing purposes
9100 * only.
9101 *
9102 * In this case, we store a relative path rather than an
9103 * absolute path into the tablespaceinfo.
9104 */
9105 snprintf(linkpath, sizeof(linkpath), "%s/%s",
9106 PG_TBLSPC_DIR, de->d_name);
9107 relpath = pstrdup(linkpath);
9108 }
9109 else
9110 {
9111 /* Skip any other file type that appears here. */
9112 continue;
9113 }
9114
9115 ti = palloc(sizeof(tablespaceinfo));
9116 ti->oid = tsoid;
9117 ti->path = pstrdup(linkpath);
9118 ti->rpath = relpath;
9119 ti->size = -1;
9120
9121 if (tablespaces)
9122 *tablespaces = lappend(*tablespaces, ti);
9123 }
9124 FreeDir(tblspcdir);
9125
9126 state->starttime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
9127 }
9129
9130 state->started_in_recovery = backup_started_in_recovery;
9131
9132 /*
9133 * Mark that the start phase has correctly finished for the backup.
9134 */
9136}
static bool backup_started_in_recovery
Definition: basebackup.c:123
void RequestCheckpoint(int flags)
PGFileType get_dirent_type(const char *path, const struct dirent *de, bool look_through_symlinks, int elevel)
Definition: file_utils.c:547
PGFileType
Definition: file_utils.h:19
@ PGFILETYPE_LNK
Definition: file_utils.h:24
@ PGFILETYPE_DIR
Definition: file_utils.h:23
char * DataDir
Definition: globals.c:71
#define PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP(cleanup_function, arg)
Definition: ipc.h:47
#define PG_END_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP(cleanup_function, arg)
Definition: ipc.h:52
List * lappend(List *list, void *datum)
Definition: list.c:339
#define IS_DIR_SEP(ch)
Definition: port.h:103
size_t strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t siz)
Definition: strlcpy.c:45
static Datum BoolGetDatum(bool X)
Definition: postgres.h:112
unsigned int Oid
Definition: postgres_ext.h:32
#define relpath(rlocator, forknum)
Definition: relpath.h:150
#define PG_TBLSPC_DIR
Definition: relpath.h:41
void appendStringInfo(StringInfo str, const char *fmt,...)
Definition: stringinfo.c:145
void appendStringInfoChar(StringInfo str, char ch)
Definition: stringinfo.c:242
void initStringInfo(StringInfo str)
Definition: stringinfo.c:97
XLogRecPtr lastFpwDisableRecPtr
Definition: xlog.c:551
XLogRecPtr lastBackupStart
Definition: xlog.c:440
Definition: regguts.h:323
char * rpath
Definition: basebackup.h:32
#define readlink(path, buf, size)
Definition: win32_port.h:226
XLogRecPtr RequestXLogSwitch(bool mark_unimportant)
Definition: xlog.c:8107
void do_pg_abort_backup(int code, Datum arg)
Definition: xlog.c:9435
@ SESSION_BACKUP_RUNNING
Definition: xlog.h:289
#define CHECKPOINT_WAIT
Definition: xlog.h:145
#define CHECKPOINT_FAST
Definition: xlog.h:141
#define XLogIsNeeded()
Definition: xlog.h:109

References AllocateDir(), appendStringInfo(), appendStringInfoChar(), Assert(), backup_started_in_recovery, BoolGetDatum(), ControlFileData::checkPoint, CHECKPOINT_FAST, CHECKPOINT_FORCE, CHECKPOINT_WAIT, ControlFileData::checkPointCopy, ControlFile, dirent::d_name, StringInfoData::data, DataDir, do_pg_abort_backup(), ereport, errcode(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, FreeDir(), CheckPoint::fullPageWrites, get_dirent_type(), XLogCtlData::info_lck, initStringInfo(), XLogCtlData::Insert, IS_DIR_SEP, lappend(), XLogCtlInsert::lastBackupStart, XLogCtlData::lastFpwDisableRecPtr, LW_SHARED, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), MAXPGPATH, tablespaceinfo::oid, palloc(), tablespaceinfo::path, pfree(), PG_END_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP, PG_ENSURE_ERROR_CLEANUP, PG_TBLSPC_DIR, PGFILETYPE_DIR, PGFILETYPE_LNK, pstrdup(), ReadDir(), readlink, RecoveryInProgress(), CheckPoint::redo, relpath, RequestCheckpoint(), RequestXLogSwitch(), tablespaceinfo::rpath, XLogCtlInsert::runningBackups, SESSION_BACKUP_RUNNING, sessionBackupState, tablespaceinfo::size, snprintf, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, strlcpy(), CheckPoint::ThisTimeLineID, WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(), WALInsertLockRelease(), WARNING, XLogCtl, and XLogIsNeeded.

Referenced by perform_base_backup(), and pg_backup_start().

◆ do_pg_backup_stop()

void do_pg_backup_stop ( BackupState state,
bool  waitforarchive 
)

Definition at line 9161 of file xlog.c.

9162{
9163 bool backup_stopped_in_recovery = false;
9164 char histfilepath[MAXPGPATH];
9165 char lastxlogfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
9166 char histfilename[MAXFNAMELEN];
9167 XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
9168 FILE *fp;
9169 int seconds_before_warning;
9170 int waits = 0;
9171 bool reported_waiting = false;
9172
9173 Assert(state != NULL);
9174
9175 backup_stopped_in_recovery = RecoveryInProgress();
9176
9177 /*
9178 * During recovery, we don't need to check WAL level. Because, if WAL
9179 * level is not sufficient, it's impossible to get here during recovery.
9180 */
9181 if (!backup_stopped_in_recovery && !XLogIsNeeded())
9182 ereport(ERROR,
9183 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9184 errmsg("WAL level not sufficient for making an online backup"),
9185 errhint("\"wal_level\" must be set to \"replica\" or \"logical\" at server start.")));
9186
9187 /*
9188 * OK to update backup counter and session-level lock.
9189 *
9190 * Note that CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() must not occur while updating them,
9191 * otherwise they can be updated inconsistently, which might cause
9192 * do_pg_abort_backup() to fail.
9193 */
9195
9196 /*
9197 * It is expected that each do_pg_backup_start() call is matched by
9198 * exactly one do_pg_backup_stop() call.
9199 */
9202
9203 /*
9204 * Clean up session-level lock.
9205 *
9206 * You might think that WALInsertLockRelease() can be called before
9207 * cleaning up session-level lock because session-level lock doesn't need
9208 * to be protected with WAL insertion lock. But since
9209 * CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS() can occur in it, session-level lock must be
9210 * cleaned up before it.
9211 */
9213
9215
9216 /*
9217 * If we are taking an online backup from the standby, we confirm that the
9218 * standby has not been promoted during the backup.
9219 */
9220 if (state->started_in_recovery && !backup_stopped_in_recovery)
9221 ereport(ERROR,
9222 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9223 errmsg("the standby was promoted during online backup"),
9224 errhint("This means that the backup being taken is corrupt "
9225 "and should not be used. "
9226 "Try taking another online backup.")));
9227
9228 /*
9229 * During recovery, we don't write an end-of-backup record. We assume that
9230 * pg_control was backed up last and its minimum recovery point can be
9231 * available as the backup end location. Since we don't have an
9232 * end-of-backup record, we use the pg_control value to check whether
9233 * we've reached the end of backup when starting recovery from this
9234 * backup. We have no way of checking if pg_control wasn't backed up last
9235 * however.
9236 *
9237 * We don't force a switch to new WAL file but it is still possible to
9238 * wait for all the required files to be archived if waitforarchive is
9239 * true. This is okay if we use the backup to start a standby and fetch
9240 * the missing WAL using streaming replication. But in the case of an
9241 * archive recovery, a user should set waitforarchive to true and wait for
9242 * them to be archived to ensure that all the required files are
9243 * available.
9244 *
9245 * We return the current minimum recovery point as the backup end
9246 * location. Note that it can be greater than the exact backup end
9247 * location if the minimum recovery point is updated after the backup of
9248 * pg_control. This is harmless for current uses.
9249 *
9250 * XXX currently a backup history file is for informational and debug
9251 * purposes only. It's not essential for an online backup. Furthermore,
9252 * even if it's created, it will not be archived during recovery because
9253 * an archiver is not invoked. So it doesn't seem worthwhile to write a
9254 * backup history file during recovery.
9255 */
9256 if (backup_stopped_in_recovery)
9257 {
9258 XLogRecPtr recptr;
9259
9260 /*
9261 * Check to see if all WAL replayed during online backup contain
9262 * full-page writes.
9263 */
9265 recptr = XLogCtl->lastFpwDisableRecPtr;
9267
9268 if (state->startpoint <= recptr)
9269 ereport(ERROR,
9270 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
9271 errmsg("WAL generated with \"full_page_writes=off\" was replayed "
9272 "during online backup"),
9273 errhint("This means that the backup being taken on the standby "
9274 "is corrupt and should not be used. "
9275 "Enable \"full_page_writes\" and run CHECKPOINT on the primary, "
9276 "and then try an online backup again.")));
9277
9278
9279 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
9280 state->stoppoint = ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint;
9282 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9283 }
9284 else
9285 {
9286 char *history_file;
9287
9288 /*
9289 * Write the backup-end xlog record
9290 */
9292 XLogRegisterData(&state->startpoint,
9293 sizeof(state->startpoint));
9294 state->stoppoint = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_BACKUP_END);
9295
9296 /*
9297 * Given that we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't
9298 * change, so we can read it without a lock.
9299 */
9300 state->stoptli = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
9301
9302 /*
9303 * Force a switch to a new xlog segment file, so that the backup is
9304 * valid as soon as archiver moves out the current segment file.
9305 */
9306 RequestXLogSwitch(false);
9307
9308 state->stoptime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
9309
9310 /*
9311 * Write the backup history file
9312 */
9313 XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9314 BackupHistoryFilePath(histfilepath, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9315 state->startpoint, wal_segment_size);
9316 fp = AllocateFile(histfilepath, "w");
9317 if (!fp)
9318 ereport(ERROR,
9320 errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
9321 histfilepath)));
9322
9323 /* Build and save the contents of the backup history file */
9324 history_file = build_backup_content(state, true);
9325 fprintf(fp, "%s", history_file);
9326 pfree(history_file);
9327
9328 if (fflush(fp) || ferror(fp) || FreeFile(fp))
9329 ereport(ERROR,
9331 errmsg("could not write file \"%s\": %m",
9332 histfilepath)));
9333
9334 /*
9335 * Clean out any no-longer-needed history files. As a side effect,
9336 * this will post a .ready file for the newly created history file,
9337 * notifying the archiver that history file may be archived
9338 * immediately.
9339 */
9341 }
9342
9343 /*
9344 * If archiving is enabled, wait for all the required WAL files to be
9345 * archived before returning. If archiving isn't enabled, the required WAL
9346 * needs to be transported via streaming replication (hopefully with
9347 * wal_keep_size set high enough), or some more exotic mechanism like
9348 * polling and copying files from pg_wal with script. We have no knowledge
9349 * of those mechanisms, so it's up to the user to ensure that he gets all
9350 * the required WAL.
9351 *
9352 * We wait until both the last WAL file filled during backup and the
9353 * history file have been archived, and assume that the alphabetic sorting
9354 * property of the WAL files ensures any earlier WAL files are safely
9355 * archived as well.
9356 *
9357 * We wait forever, since archive_command is supposed to work and we
9358 * assume the admin wanted his backup to work completely. If you don't
9359 * wish to wait, then either waitforarchive should be passed in as false,
9360 * or you can set statement_timeout. Also, some notices are issued to
9361 * clue in anyone who might be doing this interactively.
9362 */
9363
9364 if (waitforarchive &&
9365 ((!backup_stopped_in_recovery && XLogArchivingActive()) ||
9366 (backup_stopped_in_recovery && XLogArchivingAlways())))
9367 {
9368 XLByteToPrevSeg(state->stoppoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9369 XLogFileName(lastxlogfilename, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9371
9372 XLByteToSeg(state->startpoint, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
9373 BackupHistoryFileName(histfilename, state->stoptli, _logSegNo,
9374 state->startpoint, wal_segment_size);
9375
9376 seconds_before_warning = 60;
9377 waits = 0;
9378
9379 while (XLogArchiveIsBusy(lastxlogfilename) ||
9380 XLogArchiveIsBusy(histfilename))
9381 {
9383
9384 if (!reported_waiting && waits > 5)
9385 {
9387 (errmsg("base backup done, waiting for required WAL segments to be archived")));
9388 reported_waiting = true;
9389 }
9390
9391 (void) WaitLatch(MyLatch,
9393 1000L,
9394 WAIT_EVENT_BACKUP_WAIT_WAL_ARCHIVE);
9396
9397 if (++waits >= seconds_before_warning)
9398 {
9399 seconds_before_warning *= 2; /* This wraps in >10 years... */
9401 (errmsg("still waiting for all required WAL segments to be archived (%d seconds elapsed)",
9402 waits),
9403 errhint("Check that your \"archive_command\" is executing properly. "
9404 "You can safely cancel this backup, "
9405 "but the database backup will not be usable without all the WAL segments.")));
9406 }
9407 }
9408
9410 (errmsg("all required WAL segments have been archived")));
9411 }
9412 else if (waitforarchive)
9414 (errmsg("WAL archiving is not enabled; you must ensure that all required WAL segments are copied through other means to complete the backup")));
9415}
#define fprintf(file, fmt, msg)
Definition: cubescan.l:21
#define NOTICE
Definition: elog.h:35
int FreeFile(FILE *file)
Definition: fd.c:2840
FILE * AllocateFile(const char *name, const char *mode)
Definition: fd.c:2641
struct Latch * MyLatch
Definition: globals.c:63
void ResetLatch(Latch *latch)
Definition: latch.c:374
int WaitLatch(Latch *latch, int wakeEvents, long timeout, uint32 wait_event_info)
Definition: latch.c:172
#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS()
Definition: miscadmin.h:122
#define XLOG_BACKUP_END
Definition: pg_control.h:73
#define WL_TIMEOUT
Definition: waiteventset.h:37
#define WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH
Definition: waiteventset.h:39
#define WL_LATCH_SET
Definition: waiteventset.h:34
static void CleanupBackupHistory(void)
Definition: xlog.c:4174
#define XLogArchivingAlways()
Definition: xlog.h:102
static void BackupHistoryFileName(char *fname, TimeLineID tli, XLogSegNo logSegNo, XLogRecPtr startpoint, int wal_segsz_bytes)
static void BackupHistoryFilePath(char *path, TimeLineID tli, XLogSegNo logSegNo, XLogRecPtr startpoint, int wal_segsz_bytes)
bool XLogArchiveIsBusy(const char *xlog)
Definition: xlogarchive.c:619
char * build_backup_content(BackupState *state, bool ishistoryfile)
Definition: xlogbackup.c:29

References AllocateFile(), Assert(), BackupHistoryFileName(), BackupHistoryFilePath(), build_backup_content(), CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS, CleanupBackupHistory(), ControlFile, ereport, errcode(), errcode_for_file_access(), errhint(), errmsg(), ERROR, fprintf, FreeFile(), XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::Insert, XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, XLogCtlData::lastFpwDisableRecPtr, LW_SHARED, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), MAXFNAMELEN, MAXPGPATH, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, MyLatch, NOTICE, pfree(), RecoveryInProgress(), RequestXLogSwitch(), ResetLatch(), XLogCtlInsert::runningBackups, SESSION_BACKUP_NONE, sessionBackupState, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, WaitLatch(), wal_segment_size, WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(), WALInsertLockRelease(), WARNING, WL_EXIT_ON_PM_DEATH, WL_LATCH_SET, WL_TIMEOUT, XLByteToPrevSeg, XLByteToSeg, XLOG_BACKUP_END, XLogArchiveIsBusy(), XLogArchivingActive, XLogArchivingAlways, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogCtl, XLogFileName(), XLogInsert(), XLogIsNeeded, and XLogRegisterData().

Referenced by perform_base_backup(), and pg_backup_stop().

◆ get_backup_status()

SessionBackupState get_backup_status ( void  )

Definition at line 9142 of file xlog.c.

9143{
9144 return sessionBackupState;
9145}

References sessionBackupState.

Referenced by pg_backup_start(), pg_backup_stop(), and SendBaseBackup().

◆ get_sync_bit()

static int get_sync_bit ( int  method)
static

Definition at line 8646 of file xlog.c.

8647{
8648 int o_direct_flag = 0;
8649
8650 /*
8651 * Use O_DIRECT if requested, except in walreceiver process. The WAL
8652 * written by walreceiver is normally read by the startup process soon
8653 * after it's written. Also, walreceiver performs unaligned writes, which
8654 * don't work with O_DIRECT, so it is required for correctness too.
8655 */
8657 o_direct_flag = PG_O_DIRECT;
8658
8659 /* If fsync is disabled, never open in sync mode */
8660 if (!enableFsync)
8661 return o_direct_flag;
8662
8663 switch (method)
8664 {
8665 /*
8666 * enum values for all sync options are defined even if they are
8667 * not supported on the current platform. But if not, they are
8668 * not included in the enum option array, and therefore will never
8669 * be seen here.
8670 */
8674 return o_direct_flag;
8675#ifdef O_SYNC
8677 return O_SYNC | o_direct_flag;
8678#endif
8679#ifdef O_DSYNC
8681 return O_DSYNC | o_direct_flag;
8682#endif
8683 default:
8684 /* can't happen (unless we are out of sync with option array) */
8685 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized \"wal_sync_method\": %d", method);
8686 return 0; /* silence warning */
8687 }
8688}
int io_direct_flags
Definition: fd.c:168
#define IO_DIRECT_WAL
Definition: fd.h:55
#define PG_O_DIRECT
Definition: fd.h:97
bool enableFsync
Definition: globals.c:129
#define AmWalReceiverProcess()
Definition: miscadmin.h:390
#define O_DSYNC
Definition: win32_port.h:342
@ WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN
Definition: xlog.h:26
@ WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC
Definition: xlog.h:25
@ WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH
Definition: xlog.h:27
@ WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC
Definition: xlog.h:28
@ WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC
Definition: xlog.h:24

References AmWalReceiverProcess, elog, enableFsync, ERROR, io_direct_flags, IO_DIRECT_WAL, O_DSYNC, PG_O_DIRECT, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN, and WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC.

Referenced by assign_wal_sync_method(), XLogFileInit(), XLogFileInitInternal(), and XLogFileOpen().

◆ GetActiveWalLevelOnStandby()

WalLevel GetActiveWalLevelOnStandby ( void  )

Definition at line 4898 of file xlog.c.

4899{
4900 return ControlFile->wal_level;
4901}

References ControlFile, and ControlFileData::wal_level.

Referenced by CheckLogicalDecodingRequirements().

◆ GetDefaultCharSignedness()

bool GetDefaultCharSignedness ( void  )

Definition at line 4626 of file xlog.c.

4627{
4629}
bool default_char_signedness
Definition: pg_control.h:228

References ControlFile, and ControlFileData::default_char_signedness.

Referenced by CMPTRGM_CHOOSE().

◆ GetFakeLSNForUnloggedRel()

XLogRecPtr GetFakeLSNForUnloggedRel ( void  )

Definition at line 4641 of file xlog.c.

4642{
4644}
static uint64 pg_atomic_fetch_add_u64(volatile pg_atomic_uint64 *ptr, int64 add_)
Definition: atomics.h:520

References pg_atomic_fetch_add_u64(), XLogCtlData::unloggedLSN, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by gistGetFakeLSN().

◆ GetFlushRecPtr()

XLogRecPtr GetFlushRecPtr ( TimeLineID insertTLI)

◆ GetFullPageWriteInfo()

void GetFullPageWriteInfo ( XLogRecPtr RedoRecPtr_p,
bool *  doPageWrites_p 
)

Definition at line 6516 of file xlog.c.

6517{
6518 *RedoRecPtr_p = RedoRecPtr;
6519 *doPageWrites_p = doPageWrites;
6520}
static bool doPageWrites
Definition: xlog.c:287

References doPageWrites, and RedoRecPtr.

Referenced by XLogCheckBufferNeedsBackup(), and XLogInsert().

◆ GetInsertRecPtr()

XLogRecPtr GetInsertRecPtr ( void  )

◆ GetLastImportantRecPtr()

XLogRecPtr GetLastImportantRecPtr ( void  )

Definition at line 6605 of file xlog.c.

6606{
6608 int i;
6609
6610 for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
6611 {
6612 XLogRecPtr last_important;
6613
6614 /*
6615 * Need to take a lock to prevent torn reads of the LSN, which are
6616 * possible on some of the supported platforms. WAL insert locks only
6617 * support exclusive mode, so we have to use that.
6618 */
6620 last_important = WALInsertLocks[i].l.lastImportantAt;
6621 LWLockRelease(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock);
6622
6623 if (res < last_important)
6624 res = last_important;
6625 }
6626
6627 return res;
6628}
int i
Definition: isn.c:77
XLogRecPtr lastImportantAt
Definition: xlog.c:372
WALInsertLock l
Definition: xlog.c:384
static WALInsertLockPadded * WALInsertLocks
Definition: xlog.c:569
#define NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS
Definition: xlog.c:151

References i, InvalidXLogRecPtr, WALInsertLockPadded::l, WALInsertLock::lastImportantAt, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS, and WALInsertLocks.

Referenced by BackgroundWriterMain(), CheckArchiveTimeout(), and CreateCheckPoint().

◆ GetLastSegSwitchData()

pg_time_t GetLastSegSwitchData ( XLogRecPtr lastSwitchLSN)

Definition at line 6634 of file xlog.c.

6635{
6636 pg_time_t result;
6637
6638 /* Need WALWriteLock, but shared lock is sufficient */
6639 LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_SHARED);
6640 result = XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime;
6641 *lastSwitchLSN = XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN;
6642 LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
6643
6644 return result;
6645}
pg_time_t lastSegSwitchTime
Definition: xlog.c:467
XLogRecPtr lastSegSwitchLSN
Definition: xlog.c:468

References XLogCtlData::lastSegSwitchLSN, XLogCtlData::lastSegSwitchTime, LW_SHARED, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), and XLogCtl.

Referenced by CheckArchiveTimeout().

◆ GetMockAuthenticationNonce()

char * GetMockAuthenticationNonce ( void  )

Definition at line 4602 of file xlog.c.

4603{
4604 Assert(ControlFile != NULL);
4606}
char mock_authentication_nonce[MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN]
Definition: pg_control.h:235

References Assert(), ControlFile, and ControlFileData::mock_authentication_nonce.

Referenced by scram_mock_salt().

◆ GetOldestRestartPoint()

void GetOldestRestartPoint ( XLogRecPtr oldrecptr,
TimeLineID oldtli 
)

◆ GetRecoveryState()

RecoveryState GetRecoveryState ( void  )

Definition at line 6419 of file xlog.c.

6420{
6421 RecoveryState retval;
6422
6424 retval = XLogCtl->SharedRecoveryState;
6426
6427 return retval;
6428}
RecoveryState
Definition: xlog.h:90

References XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::SharedRecoveryState, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by XLogArchiveCheckDone().

◆ GetRedoRecPtr()

XLogRecPtr GetRedoRecPtr ( void  )

Definition at line 6486 of file xlog.c.

6487{
6488 XLogRecPtr ptr;
6489
6490 /*
6491 * The possibly not up-to-date copy in XlogCtl is enough. Even if we
6492 * grabbed a WAL insertion lock to read the authoritative value in
6493 * Insert->RedoRecPtr, someone might update it just after we've released
6494 * the lock.
6495 */
6497 ptr = XLogCtl->RedoRecPtr;
6499
6500 if (RedoRecPtr < ptr)
6501 RedoRecPtr = ptr;
6502
6503 return RedoRecPtr;
6504}

References XLogCtlData::info_lck, RedoRecPtr, XLogCtlData::RedoRecPtr, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by CheckPointLogicalRewriteHeap(), CheckPointSnapBuild(), MaybeRemoveOldWalSummaries(), nextval_internal(), ReplicationSlotReserveWal(), smgr_bulk_finish(), smgr_bulk_start_smgr(), XLogPageRead(), XLogSaveBufferForHint(), and XLogWrite().

◆ GetSystemIdentifier()

◆ GetWALAvailability()

WALAvailability GetWALAvailability ( XLogRecPtr  targetLSN)

Definition at line 7914 of file xlog.c.

7915{
7916 XLogRecPtr currpos; /* current write LSN */
7917 XLogSegNo currSeg; /* segid of currpos */
7918 XLogSegNo targetSeg; /* segid of targetLSN */
7919 XLogSegNo oldestSeg; /* actual oldest segid */
7920 XLogSegNo oldestSegMaxWalSize; /* oldest segid kept by max_wal_size */
7921 XLogSegNo oldestSlotSeg; /* oldest segid kept by slot */
7922 uint64 keepSegs;
7923
7924 /*
7925 * slot does not reserve WAL. Either deactivated, or has never been active
7926 */
7927 if (XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(targetLSN))
7928 return WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN;
7929
7930 /*
7931 * Calculate the oldest segment currently reserved by all slots,
7932 * considering wal_keep_size and max_slot_wal_keep_size. Initialize
7933 * oldestSlotSeg to the current segment.
7934 */
7935 currpos = GetXLogWriteRecPtr();
7936 XLByteToSeg(currpos, oldestSlotSeg, wal_segment_size);
7937 KeepLogSeg(currpos, &oldestSlotSeg);
7938
7939 /*
7940 * Find the oldest extant segment file. We get 1 until checkpoint removes
7941 * the first WAL segment file since startup, which causes the status being
7942 * wrong under certain abnormal conditions but that doesn't actually harm.
7943 */
7944 oldestSeg = XLogGetLastRemovedSegno() + 1;
7945
7946 /* calculate oldest segment by max_wal_size */
7947 XLByteToSeg(currpos, currSeg, wal_segment_size);
7949
7950 if (currSeg > keepSegs)
7951 oldestSegMaxWalSize = currSeg - keepSegs;
7952 else
7953 oldestSegMaxWalSize = 1;
7954
7955 /* the segment we care about */
7956 XLByteToSeg(targetLSN, targetSeg, wal_segment_size);
7957
7958 /*
7959 * No point in returning reserved or extended status values if the
7960 * targetSeg is known to be lost.
7961 */
7962 if (targetSeg >= oldestSlotSeg)
7963 {
7964 /* show "reserved" when targetSeg is within max_wal_size */
7965 if (targetSeg >= oldestSegMaxWalSize)
7966 return WALAVAIL_RESERVED;
7967
7968 /* being retained by slots exceeding max_wal_size */
7969 return WALAVAIL_EXTENDED;
7970 }
7971
7972 /* WAL segments are no longer retained but haven't been removed yet */
7973 if (targetSeg >= oldestSeg)
7974 return WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED;
7975
7976 /* Definitely lost */
7977 return WALAVAIL_REMOVED;
7978}
XLogSegNo XLogGetLastRemovedSegno(void)
Definition: xlog.c:3771
XLogRecPtr GetXLogWriteRecPtr(void)
Definition: xlog.c:9492
@ WALAVAIL_REMOVED
Definition: xlog.h:194
@ WALAVAIL_RESERVED
Definition: xlog.h:190
@ WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED
Definition: xlog.h:193
@ WALAVAIL_EXTENDED
Definition: xlog.h:191
@ WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN
Definition: xlog.h:189

References ConvertToXSegs, GetXLogWriteRecPtr(), KeepLogSeg(), max_wal_size_mb, wal_segment_size, WALAVAIL_EXTENDED, WALAVAIL_INVALID_LSN, WALAVAIL_REMOVED, WALAVAIL_RESERVED, WALAVAIL_UNRESERVED, XLByteToSeg, XLogGetLastRemovedSegno(), and XLogRecPtrIsInvalid.

Referenced by pg_get_replication_slots().

◆ GetWALInsertionTimeLine()

TimeLineID GetWALInsertionTimeLine ( void  )

◆ GetWALInsertionTimeLineIfSet()

TimeLineID GetWALInsertionTimeLineIfSet ( void  )

Definition at line 6585 of file xlog.c.

6586{
6587 TimeLineID insertTLI;
6588
6590 insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
6592
6593 return insertTLI;
6594}

References XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by GetLatestLSN().

◆ GetXLogBuffer()

static char * GetXLogBuffer ( XLogRecPtr  ptr,
TimeLineID  tli 
)
static

Definition at line 1635 of file xlog.c.

1636{
1637 int idx;
1638 XLogRecPtr endptr;
1639 static uint64 cachedPage = 0;
1640 static char *cachedPos = NULL;
1641 XLogRecPtr expectedEndPtr;
1642
1643 /*
1644 * Fast path for the common case that we need to access again the same
1645 * page as last time.
1646 */
1647 if (ptr / XLOG_BLCKSZ == cachedPage)
1648 {
1649 Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_magic == XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC);
1650 Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_pageaddr == ptr - (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ));
1651 return cachedPos + ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1652 }
1653
1654 /*
1655 * The XLog buffer cache is organized so that a page is always loaded to a
1656 * particular buffer. That way we can easily calculate the buffer a given
1657 * page must be loaded into, from the XLogRecPtr alone.
1658 */
1659 idx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(ptr);
1660
1661 /*
1662 * See what page is loaded in the buffer at the moment. It could be the
1663 * page we're looking for, or something older. It can't be anything newer
1664 * - that would imply the page we're looking for has already been written
1665 * out to disk and evicted, and the caller is responsible for making sure
1666 * that doesn't happen.
1667 *
1668 * We don't hold a lock while we read the value. If someone is just about
1669 * to initialize or has just initialized the page, it's possible that we
1670 * get InvalidXLogRecPtr. That's ok, we'll grab the mapping lock (in
1671 * AdvanceXLInsertBuffer) and retry if we see anything other than the page
1672 * we're looking for.
1673 */
1674 expectedEndPtr = ptr;
1675 expectedEndPtr += XLOG_BLCKSZ - ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1676
1678 if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1679 {
1680 XLogRecPtr initializedUpto;
1681
1682 /*
1683 * Before calling AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), which can block, let others
1684 * know how far we're finished with inserting the record.
1685 *
1686 * NB: If 'ptr' points to just after the page header, advertise a
1687 * position at the beginning of the page rather than 'ptr' itself. If
1688 * there are no other insertions running, someone might try to flush
1689 * up to our advertised location. If we advertised a position after
1690 * the page header, someone might try to flush the page header, even
1691 * though page might actually not be initialized yet. As the first
1692 * inserter on the page, we are effectively responsible for making
1693 * sure that it's initialized, before we let insertingAt to move past
1694 * the page header.
1695 */
1696 if (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ == SizeOfXLogShortPHD &&
1697 XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) > XLOG_BLCKSZ)
1698 initializedUpto = ptr - SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1699 else if (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ == SizeOfXLogLongPHD &&
1700 XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) < XLOG_BLCKSZ)
1701 initializedUpto = ptr - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1702 else
1703 initializedUpto = ptr;
1704
1705 WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(initializedUpto);
1706
1707 AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(ptr, tli, false);
1709
1710 if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1711 elog(PANIC, "could not find WAL buffer for %X/%08X",
1712 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(ptr));
1713 }
1714 else
1715 {
1716 /*
1717 * Make sure the initialization of the page is visible to us, and
1718 * won't arrive later to overwrite the WAL data we write on the page.
1719 */
1721 }
1722
1723 /*
1724 * Found the buffer holding this page. Return a pointer to the right
1725 * offset within the page.
1726 */
1727 cachedPage = ptr / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1728 cachedPos = XLogCtl->pages + idx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1729
1730 Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_magic == XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC);
1731 Assert(((XLogPageHeader) cachedPos)->xlp_pageaddr == ptr - (ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ));
1732
1733 return cachedPos + ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1734}
Datum idx(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
Definition: _int_op.c:262
#define pg_memory_barrier()
Definition: atomics.h:141
static void WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(XLogRecPtr insertingAt)
Definition: xlog.c:1474
static void AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(XLogRecPtr upto, TimeLineID tli, bool opportunistic)
Definition: xlog.c:1988

References AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), Assert(), elog, idx(), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, XLogCtlData::pages, PANIC, pg_atomic_read_u64(), pg_memory_barrier, SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, wal_segment_size, WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt(), XLogCtlData::xlblocks, XLOG_PAGE_MAGIC, XLogCtl, XLogRecPtrToBufIdx, and XLogSegmentOffset.

Referenced by CopyXLogRecordToWAL(), and CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord().

◆ GetXLogInsertRecPtr()

XLogRecPtr GetXLogInsertRecPtr ( void  )

Definition at line 9476 of file xlog.c.

9477{
9479 uint64 current_bytepos;
9480
9481 SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
9482 current_bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
9483 SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
9484
9485 return XLogBytePosToRecPtr(current_bytepos);
9486}

References XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, XLogBytePosToRecPtr(), and XLogCtl.

Referenced by CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(), gistGetFakeLSN(), logical_begin_heap_rewrite(), pg_current_wal_insert_lsn(), and ReplicationSlotReserveWal().

◆ GetXLogWriteRecPtr()

◆ InitControlFile()

static void InitControlFile ( uint64  sysidentifier,
uint32  data_checksum_version 
)
static

Definition at line 4217 of file xlog.c.

4218{
4219 char mock_auth_nonce[MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN];
4220
4221 /*
4222 * Generate a random nonce. This is used for authentication requests that
4223 * will fail because the user does not exist. The nonce is used to create
4224 * a genuine-looking password challenge for the non-existent user, in lieu
4225 * of an actual stored password.
4226 */
4227 if (!pg_strong_random(mock_auth_nonce, MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN))
4228 ereport(PANIC,
4229 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
4230 errmsg("could not generate secret authorization token")));
4231
4232 memset(ControlFile, 0, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4233 /* Initialize pg_control status fields */
4234 ControlFile->system_identifier = sysidentifier;
4238
4239 /* Set important parameter values for use when replaying WAL */
4248 ControlFile->data_checksum_version = data_checksum_version;
4249}
bool track_commit_timestamp
Definition: commit_ts.c:109
#define MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN
Definition: pg_control.h:28
bool pg_strong_random(void *buf, size_t len)
bool track_commit_timestamp
Definition: pg_control.h:185
bool wal_log_hints
Definition: xlog.c:124
#define FirstNormalUnloggedLSN
Definition: xlogdefs.h:36

References ControlFile, ControlFileData::data_checksum_version, DB_SHUTDOWNED, ereport, errcode(), errmsg(), FirstNormalUnloggedLSN, max_locks_per_xact, ControlFileData::max_locks_per_xact, max_prepared_xacts, ControlFileData::max_prepared_xacts, max_wal_senders, ControlFileData::max_wal_senders, max_worker_processes, ControlFileData::max_worker_processes, MaxConnections, ControlFileData::MaxConnections, MOCK_AUTH_NONCE_LEN, ControlFileData::mock_authentication_nonce, PANIC, pg_strong_random(), ControlFileData::state, ControlFileData::system_identifier, track_commit_timestamp, ControlFileData::track_commit_timestamp, ControlFileData::unloggedLSN, wal_level, ControlFileData::wal_level, wal_log_hints, and ControlFileData::wal_log_hints.

Referenced by BootStrapXLOG().

◆ InitializeWalConsistencyChecking()

void InitializeWalConsistencyChecking ( void  )

Definition at line 4823 of file xlog.c.

4824{
4826
4828 {
4829 struct config_generic *guc;
4830
4831 guc = find_option("wal_consistency_checking", false, false, ERROR);
4832
4834
4835 set_config_option_ext("wal_consistency_checking",
4837 guc->scontext, guc->source, guc->srole,
4838 GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, false);
4839
4840 /* checking should not be deferred again */
4842 }
4843}
int set_config_option_ext(const char *name, const char *value, GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole, GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel, bool is_reload)
Definition: guc.c:3387
struct config_generic * find_option(const char *name, bool create_placeholders, bool skip_errors, int elevel)
Definition: guc.c:1236
@ GUC_ACTION_SET
Definition: guc.h:203
GucContext scontext
Definition: guc_tables.h:185
GucSource source
Definition: guc_tables.h:183
char * wal_consistency_checking_string
Definition: xlog.c:126

References Assert(), check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred, ERROR, find_option(), GUC_ACTION_SET, process_shared_preload_libraries_done, config_generic::scontext, set_config_option_ext(), config_generic::source, config_generic::srole, and wal_consistency_checking_string.

Referenced by PostgresSingleUserMain(), and PostmasterMain().

◆ InstallXLogFileSegment()

static bool InstallXLogFileSegment ( XLogSegNo segno,
char *  tmppath,
bool  find_free,
XLogSegNo  max_segno,
TimeLineID  tli 
)
static

Definition at line 3576 of file xlog.c.

3578{
3579 char path[MAXPGPATH];
3580 struct stat stat_buf;
3581
3582 Assert(tli != 0);
3583
3584 XLogFilePath(path, tli, *segno, wal_segment_size);
3585
3586 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
3588 {
3589 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3590 return false;
3591 }
3592
3593 if (!find_free)
3594 {
3595 /* Force installation: get rid of any pre-existing segment file */
3596 durable_unlink(path, DEBUG1);
3597 }
3598 else
3599 {
3600 /* Find a free slot to put it in */
3601 while (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
3602 {
3603 if ((*segno) >= max_segno)
3604 {
3605 /* Failed to find a free slot within specified range */
3606 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3607 return false;
3608 }
3609 (*segno)++;
3610 XLogFilePath(path, tli, *segno, wal_segment_size);
3611 }
3612 }
3613
3614 Assert(access(path, F_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT);
3615 if (durable_rename(tmppath, path, LOG) != 0)
3616 {
3617 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3618 /* durable_rename already emitted log message */
3619 return false;
3620 }
3621
3622 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3623
3624 return true;
3625}
int durable_unlink(const char *fname, int elevel)
Definition: fd.c:869
short access
Definition: preproc-type.c:36
bool InstallXLogFileSegmentActive
Definition: xlog.c:526
#define stat
Definition: win32_port.h:274

References Assert(), DEBUG1, durable_rename(), durable_unlink(), XLogCtlData::InstallXLogFileSegmentActive, LOG, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), MAXPGPATH, stat, wal_segment_size, XLogCtl, and XLogFilePath().

Referenced by RemoveXlogFile(), XLogFileCopy(), and XLogFileInitInternal().

◆ IsInstallXLogFileSegmentActive()

bool IsInstallXLogFileSegmentActive ( void  )

Definition at line 9533 of file xlog.c.

9534{
9535 bool result;
9536
9537 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED);
9539 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9540
9541 return result;
9542}

References XLogCtlData::InstallXLogFileSegmentActive, LW_SHARED, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), and XLogCtl.

Referenced by XLogFileRead().

◆ issue_xlog_fsync()

void issue_xlog_fsync ( int  fd,
XLogSegNo  segno,
TimeLineID  tli 
)

Definition at line 8736 of file xlog.c.

8737{
8738 char *msg = NULL;
8740
8741 Assert(tli != 0);
8742
8743 /*
8744 * Quick exit if fsync is disabled or write() has already synced the WAL
8745 * file.
8746 */
8747 if (!enableFsync ||
8750 return;
8751
8752 /*
8753 * Measure I/O timing to sync the WAL file for pg_stat_io.
8754 */
8756
8757 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_SYNC);
8758 switch (wal_sync_method)
8759 {
8761 if (pg_fsync_no_writethrough(fd) != 0)
8762 msg = _("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m");
8763 break;
8764#ifdef HAVE_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH
8766 if (pg_fsync_writethrough(fd) != 0)
8767 msg = _("could not fsync write-through file \"%s\": %m");
8768 break;
8769#endif
8771 if (pg_fdatasync(fd) != 0)
8772 msg = _("could not fdatasync file \"%s\": %m");
8773 break;
8776 /* not reachable */
8777 Assert(false);
8778 break;
8779 default:
8780 ereport(PANIC,
8781 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
8782 errmsg_internal("unrecognized \"wal_sync_method\": %d", wal_sync_method));
8783 break;
8784 }
8785
8786 /* PANIC if failed to fsync */
8787 if (msg)
8788 {
8789 char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
8790 int save_errno = errno;
8791
8792 XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
8793 errno = save_errno;
8794 ereport(PANIC,
8796 errmsg(msg, xlogfname)));
8797 }
8798
8800
8802 start, 1, 0);
8803}
#define _(x)
Definition: elog.c:91
int pg_fsync_no_writethrough(int fd)
Definition: fd.c:438
int pg_fdatasync(int fd)
Definition: fd.c:477
int pg_fsync_writethrough(int fd)
Definition: fd.c:458
return str start
@ IOOBJECT_WAL
Definition: pgstat.h:277
@ IOCONTEXT_NORMAL
Definition: pgstat.h:287
@ IOOP_FSYNC
Definition: pgstat.h:306
instr_time pgstat_prepare_io_time(bool track_io_guc)
Definition: pgstat_io.c:91
void pgstat_count_io_op_time(IOObject io_object, IOContext io_context, IOOp io_op, instr_time start_time, uint32 cnt, uint64 bytes)
Definition: pgstat_io.c:122
static int fd(const char *x, int i)
Definition: preproc-init.c:105
bool track_wal_io_timing
Definition: xlog.c:138

References _, Assert(), enableFsync, ereport, errcode(), errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), fd(), IOCONTEXT_NORMAL, IOOBJECT_WAL, IOOP_FSYNC, MAXFNAMELEN, PANIC, pg_fdatasync(), pg_fsync_no_writethrough(), pg_fsync_writethrough(), pgstat_count_io_op_time(), pgstat_prepare_io_time(), pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), start, track_wal_io_timing, wal_segment_size, wal_sync_method, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC_WRITETHROUGH, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC, and XLogFileName().

Referenced by XLogWalRcvFlush(), and XLogWrite().

◆ KeepLogSeg()

static void KeepLogSeg ( XLogRecPtr  recptr,
XLogSegNo logSegNo 
)
static

Definition at line 7998 of file xlog.c.

7999{
8000 XLogSegNo currSegNo;
8001 XLogSegNo segno;
8002 XLogRecPtr keep;
8003
8004 XLByteToSeg(recptr, currSegNo, wal_segment_size);
8005 segno = currSegNo;
8006
8007 /* Calculate how many segments are kept by slots. */
8009 if (keep != InvalidXLogRecPtr && keep < recptr)
8010 {
8011 XLByteToSeg(keep, segno, wal_segment_size);
8012
8013 /*
8014 * Account for max_slot_wal_keep_size to avoid keeping more than
8015 * configured. However, don't do that during a binary upgrade: if
8016 * slots were to be invalidated because of this, it would not be
8017 * possible to preserve logical ones during the upgrade.
8018 */
8020 {
8021 uint64 slot_keep_segs;
8022
8023 slot_keep_segs =
8025
8026 if (currSegNo - segno > slot_keep_segs)
8027 segno = currSegNo - slot_keep_segs;
8028 }
8029 }
8030
8031 /*
8032 * If WAL summarization is in use, don't remove WAL that has yet to be
8033 * summarized.
8034 */
8035 keep = GetOldestUnsummarizedLSN(NULL, NULL);
8036 if (keep != InvalidXLogRecPtr)
8037 {
8038 XLogSegNo unsummarized_segno;
8039
8040 XLByteToSeg(keep, unsummarized_segno, wal_segment_size);
8041 if (unsummarized_segno < segno)
8042 segno = unsummarized_segno;
8043 }
8044
8045 /* but, keep at least wal_keep_size if that's set */
8046 if (wal_keep_size_mb > 0)
8047 {
8048 uint64 keep_segs;
8049
8051 if (currSegNo - segno < keep_segs)
8052 {
8053 /* avoid underflow, don't go below 1 */
8054 if (currSegNo <= keep_segs)
8055 segno = 1;
8056 else
8057 segno = currSegNo - keep_segs;
8058 }
8059 }
8060
8061 /* don't delete WAL segments newer than the calculated segment */
8062 if (segno < *logSegNo)
8063 *logSegNo = segno;
8064}
bool IsBinaryUpgrade
Definition: globals.c:121
XLogRecPtr GetOldestUnsummarizedLSN(TimeLineID *tli, bool *lsn_is_exact)
int wal_keep_size_mb
Definition: xlog.c:117
static XLogRecPtr XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN(void)
Definition: xlog.c:2679
int max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb
Definition: xlog.c:136

References ConvertToXSegs, GetOldestUnsummarizedLSN(), InvalidXLogRecPtr, IsBinaryUpgrade, max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb, wal_keep_size_mb, wal_segment_size, XLByteToSeg, and XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN().

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), CreateRestartPoint(), and GetWALAvailability().

◆ LocalProcessControlFile()

void LocalProcessControlFile ( bool  reset)

Definition at line 4885 of file xlog.c.

4886{
4887 Assert(reset || ControlFile == NULL);
4890}
void reset(void)
Definition: sql-declare.c:600

References Assert(), ControlFile, palloc(), ReadControlFile(), and reset().

Referenced by PostgresSingleUserMain(), PostmasterMain(), and PostmasterStateMachine().

◆ LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed()

static int LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed ( void  )
static

Definition at line 6471 of file xlog.c.

6472{
6473 int oldXLogAllowed = LocalXLogInsertAllowed;
6474
6476
6477 return oldXLogAllowed;
6478}

References LocalXLogInsertAllowed.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), and StartupXLOG().

◆ LogCheckpointEnd()

static void LogCheckpointEnd ( bool  restartpoint)
static

Definition at line 6730 of file xlog.c.

6731{
6732 long write_msecs,
6733 sync_msecs,
6734 total_msecs,
6735 longest_msecs,
6736 average_msecs;
6737 uint64 average_sync_time;
6738
6740
6743
6746
6747 /* Accumulate checkpoint timing summary data, in milliseconds. */
6748 PendingCheckpointerStats.write_time += write_msecs;
6749 PendingCheckpointerStats.sync_time += sync_msecs;
6750
6751 /*
6752 * All of the published timing statistics are accounted for. Only
6753 * continue if a log message is to be written.
6754 */
6755 if (!log_checkpoints)
6756 return;
6757
6760
6761 /*
6762 * Timing values returned from CheckpointStats are in microseconds.
6763 * Convert to milliseconds for consistent printing.
6764 */
6765 longest_msecs = (long) ((CheckpointStats.ckpt_longest_sync + 999) / 1000);
6766
6767 average_sync_time = 0;
6769 average_sync_time = CheckpointStats.ckpt_agg_sync_time /
6771 average_msecs = (long) ((average_sync_time + 999) / 1000);
6772
6773 /*
6774 * ControlFileLock is not required to see ControlFile->checkPoint and
6775 * ->checkPointCopy here as we are the only updator of those variables at
6776 * this moment.
6777 */
6778 if (restartpoint)
6779 ereport(LOG,
6780 (errmsg("restartpoint complete: wrote %d buffers (%.1f%%), "
6781 "wrote %d SLRU buffers; %d WAL file(s) added, "
6782 "%d removed, %d recycled; write=%ld.%03d s, "
6783 "sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; sync files=%d, "
6784 "longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; distance=%d kB, "
6785 "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%08X, redo lsn=%X/%08X",
6792 write_msecs / 1000, (int) (write_msecs % 1000),
6793 sync_msecs / 1000, (int) (sync_msecs % 1000),
6794 total_msecs / 1000, (int) (total_msecs % 1000),
6796 longest_msecs / 1000, (int) (longest_msecs % 1000),
6797 average_msecs / 1000, (int) (average_msecs % 1000),
6798 (int) (PrevCheckPointDistance / 1024.0),
6799 (int) (CheckPointDistanceEstimate / 1024.0),
6802 else
6803 ereport(LOG,
6804 (errmsg("checkpoint complete: wrote %d buffers (%.1f%%), "
6805 "wrote %d SLRU buffers; %d WAL file(s) added, "
6806 "%d removed, %d recycled; write=%ld.%03d s, "
6807 "sync=%ld.%03d s, total=%ld.%03d s; sync files=%d, "
6808 "longest=%ld.%03d s, average=%ld.%03d s; distance=%d kB, "
6809 "estimate=%d kB; lsn=%X/%08X, redo lsn=%X/%08X",
6816 write_msecs / 1000, (int) (write_msecs % 1000),
6817 sync_msecs / 1000, (int) (sync_msecs % 1000),
6818 total_msecs / 1000, (int) (total_msecs % 1000),
6820 longest_msecs / 1000, (int) (longest_msecs % 1000),
6821 average_msecs / 1000, (int) (average_msecs % 1000),
6822 (int) (PrevCheckPointDistance / 1024.0),
6823 (int) (CheckPointDistanceEstimate / 1024.0),
6826}
long TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(TimestampTz start_time, TimestampTz stop_time)
Definition: timestamp.c:1757
PgStat_CheckpointerStats PendingCheckpointerStats
uint64 ckpt_agg_sync_time
Definition: xlog.h:176
uint64 ckpt_longest_sync
Definition: xlog.h:175
TimestampTz ckpt_end_t
Definition: xlog.h:165
int ckpt_slru_written
Definition: xlog.h:168
int ckpt_sync_rels
Definition: xlog.h:174
PgStat_Counter sync_time
Definition: pgstat.h:263
PgStat_Counter write_time
Definition: pgstat.h:262
static double CheckPointDistanceEstimate
Definition: xlog.c:160
static double PrevCheckPointDistance
Definition: xlog.c:161

References ControlFileData::checkPoint, ControlFileData::checkPointCopy, CheckPointDistanceEstimate, CheckpointStats, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_agg_sync_time, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_bufs_written, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_end_t, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_longest_sync, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_added, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_recycled, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_removed, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_slru_written, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_start_t, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_sync_end_t, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_sync_rels, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_sync_t, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_write_t, ControlFile, ereport, errmsg(), GetCurrentTimestamp(), LOG, log_checkpoints, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, NBuffers, PendingCheckpointerStats, PrevCheckPointDistance, CheckPoint::redo, PgStat_CheckpointerStats::sync_time, TimestampDifferenceMilliseconds(), and PgStat_CheckpointerStats::write_time.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), and CreateRestartPoint().

◆ LogCheckpointStart()

static void LogCheckpointStart ( int  flags,
bool  restartpoint 
)
static

Definition at line 6698 of file xlog.c.

6699{
6700 if (restartpoint)
6701 ereport(LOG,
6702 /* translator: the placeholders show checkpoint options */
6703 (errmsg("restartpoint starting:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
6704 (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? " shutdown" : "",
6705 (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? " end-of-recovery" : "",
6706 (flags & CHECKPOINT_FAST) ? " fast" : "",
6707 (flags & CHECKPOINT_FORCE) ? " force" : "",
6708 (flags & CHECKPOINT_WAIT) ? " wait" : "",
6709 (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG) ? " wal" : "",
6710 (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME) ? " time" : "",
6711 (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED) ? " flush-unlogged" : "")));
6712 else
6713 ereport(LOG,
6714 /* translator: the placeholders show checkpoint options */
6715 (errmsg("checkpoint starting:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
6716 (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? " shutdown" : "",
6717 (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? " end-of-recovery" : "",
6718 (flags & CHECKPOINT_FAST) ? " fast" : "",
6719 (flags & CHECKPOINT_FORCE) ? " force" : "",
6720 (flags & CHECKPOINT_WAIT) ? " wait" : "",
6721 (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG) ? " wal" : "",
6722 (flags & CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME) ? " time" : "",
6723 (flags & CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED) ? " flush-unlogged" : "")));
6724}
#define CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED
Definition: xlog.h:143
#define CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG
Definition: xlog.h:148
#define CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME
Definition: xlog.h:149

References CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_TIME, CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG, CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY, CHECKPOINT_FAST, CHECKPOINT_FLUSH_UNLOGGED, CHECKPOINT_FORCE, CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN, CHECKPOINT_WAIT, ereport, errmsg(), and LOG.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), and CreateRestartPoint().

◆ PerformRecoveryXLogAction()

static bool PerformRecoveryXLogAction ( void  )
static

Definition at line 6333 of file xlog.c.

6334{
6335 bool promoted = false;
6336
6337 /*
6338 * Perform a checkpoint to update all our recovery activity to disk.
6339 *
6340 * Note that we write a shutdown checkpoint rather than an on-line one.
6341 * This is not particularly critical, but since we may be assigning a new
6342 * TLI, using a shutdown checkpoint allows us to have the rule that TLI
6343 * only changes in shutdown checkpoints, which allows some extra error
6344 * checking in xlog_redo.
6345 *
6346 * In promotion, only create a lightweight end-of-recovery record instead
6347 * of a full checkpoint. A checkpoint is requested later, after we're
6348 * fully out of recovery mode and already accepting queries.
6349 */
6352 {
6353 promoted = true;
6354
6355 /*
6356 * Insert a special WAL record to mark the end of recovery, since we
6357 * aren't doing a checkpoint. That means that the checkpointer process
6358 * may likely be in the middle of a time-smoothed restartpoint and
6359 * could continue to be for minutes after this. That sounds strange,
6360 * but the effect is roughly the same and it would be stranger to try
6361 * to come out of the restartpoint and then checkpoint. We request a
6362 * checkpoint later anyway, just for safety.
6363 */
6365 }
6366 else
6367 {
6371 }
6372
6373 return promoted;
6374}
static void CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(void)
Definition: xlog.c:7421
bool PromoteIsTriggered(void)

References ArchiveRecoveryRequested, CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY, CHECKPOINT_FAST, CHECKPOINT_WAIT, CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(), IsUnderPostmaster, PromoteIsTriggered(), and RequestCheckpoint().

Referenced by StartupXLOG().

◆ PreallocXlogFiles()

static void PreallocXlogFiles ( XLogRecPtr  endptr,
TimeLineID  tli 
)
static

Definition at line 3703 of file xlog.c.

3704{
3705 XLogSegNo _logSegNo;
3706 int lf;
3707 bool added;
3708 char path[MAXPGPATH];
3709 uint64 offset;
3710
3712 return; /* unlocked check says no */
3713
3714 XLByteToPrevSeg(endptr, _logSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3715 offset = XLogSegmentOffset(endptr - 1, wal_segment_size);
3716 if (offset >= (uint32) (0.75 * wal_segment_size))
3717 {
3718 _logSegNo++;
3719 lf = XLogFileInitInternal(_logSegNo, tli, &added, path);
3720 if (lf >= 0)
3721 close(lf);
3722 if (added)
3724 }
3725}
static int XLogFileInitInternal(XLogSegNo logsegno, TimeLineID logtli, bool *added, char *path)
Definition: xlog.c:3205

References CheckpointStats, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_added, close, XLogCtlData::InstallXLogFileSegmentActive, MAXPGPATH, wal_segment_size, XLByteToPrevSeg, XLogCtl, XLogFileInitInternal(), and XLogSegmentOffset.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), CreateRestartPoint(), and StartupXLOG().

◆ ReachedEndOfBackup()

void ReachedEndOfBackup ( XLogRecPtr  EndRecPtr,
TimeLineID  tli 
)

Definition at line 6296 of file xlog.c.

6297{
6298 /*
6299 * We have reached the end of base backup, as indicated by pg_control. The
6300 * data on disk is now consistent (unless minRecoveryPoint is further
6301 * ahead, which can happen if we crashed during previous recovery). Reset
6302 * backupStartPoint and backupEndPoint, and update minRecoveryPoint to
6303 * make sure we don't allow starting up at an earlier point even if
6304 * recovery is stopped and restarted soon after this.
6305 */
6306 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6307
6308 if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr)
6309 {
6310 ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = EndRecPtr;
6312 }
6313
6318
6319 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6320}
XLogRecPtr backupStartPoint
Definition: pg_control.h:170
bool backupEndRequired
Definition: pg_control.h:172
XLogRecPtr backupEndPoint
Definition: pg_control.h:171

References ControlFileData::backupEndPoint, ControlFileData::backupEndRequired, ControlFileData::backupStartPoint, ControlFile, InvalidXLogRecPtr, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, and UpdateControlFile().

Referenced by CheckRecoveryConsistency().

◆ ReadControlFile()

static void ReadControlFile ( void  )
static

Definition at line 4361 of file xlog.c.

4362{
4363 pg_crc32c crc;
4364 int fd;
4365 char wal_segsz_str[20];
4366 int r;
4367
4368 /*
4369 * Read data...
4370 */
4372 O_RDWR | PG_BINARY);
4373 if (fd < 0)
4374 ereport(PANIC,
4376 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
4378
4379 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_READ);
4380 r = read(fd, ControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4381 if (r != sizeof(ControlFileData))
4382 {
4383 if (r < 0)
4384 ereport(PANIC,
4386 errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
4388 else
4389 ereport(PANIC,
4391 errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": read %d of %zu",
4392 XLOG_CONTROL_FILE, r, sizeof(ControlFileData))));
4393 }
4395
4396 close(fd);
4397
4398 /*
4399 * Check for expected pg_control format version. If this is wrong, the
4400 * CRC check will likely fail because we'll be checking the wrong number
4401 * of bytes. Complaining about wrong version will probably be more
4402 * enlightening than complaining about wrong CRC.
4403 */
4404
4406 ereport(FATAL,
4407 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4408 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4409 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d (0x%08x),"
4410 " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d (0x%08x).",
4413 errhint("This could be a problem of mismatched byte ordering. It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4414
4416 ereport(FATAL,
4417 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4418 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4419 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d,"
4420 " but the server was compiled with PG_CONTROL_VERSION %d.",
4422 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4423
4424 /* Now check the CRC. */
4428 offsetof(ControlFileData, crc));
4429 FIN_CRC32C(crc);
4430
4431 if (!EQ_CRC32C(crc, ControlFile->crc))
4432 ereport(FATAL,
4433 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4434 errmsg("incorrect checksum in control file")));
4435
4436 /*
4437 * Do compatibility checking immediately. If the database isn't
4438 * compatible with the backend executable, we want to abort before we can
4439 * possibly do any damage.
4440 */
4442 ereport(FATAL,
4443 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4444 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4445 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4446 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4447 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4448 "CATALOG_VERSION_NO", ControlFile->catalog_version_no,
4449 "CATALOG_VERSION_NO", CATALOG_VERSION_NO),
4450 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4451 if (ControlFile->maxAlign != MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF)
4452 ereport(FATAL,
4453 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4454 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4455 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4456 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4457 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4458 "MAXALIGN", ControlFile->maxAlign,
4459 "MAXALIGN", MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF),
4460 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4462 ereport(FATAL,
4463 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4464 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4465 errdetail("The database cluster appears to use a different floating-point number format than the server executable."),
4466 errhint("It looks like you need to initdb.")));
4467 if (ControlFile->blcksz != BLCKSZ)
4468 ereport(FATAL,
4469 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4470 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4471 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4472 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4473 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4474 "BLCKSZ", ControlFile->blcksz,
4475 "BLCKSZ", BLCKSZ),
4476 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4477 if (ControlFile->relseg_size != RELSEG_SIZE)
4478 ereport(FATAL,
4479 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4480 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4481 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4482 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4483 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4484 "RELSEG_SIZE", ControlFile->relseg_size,
4485 "RELSEG_SIZE", RELSEG_SIZE),
4486 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4487 if (ControlFile->xlog_blcksz != XLOG_BLCKSZ)
4488 ereport(FATAL,
4489 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4490 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4491 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4492 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4493 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4494 "XLOG_BLCKSZ", ControlFile->xlog_blcksz,
4495 "XLOG_BLCKSZ", XLOG_BLCKSZ),
4496 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4498 ereport(FATAL,
4499 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4500 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4501 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4502 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4503 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4504 "NAMEDATALEN", ControlFile->nameDataLen,
4505 "NAMEDATALEN", NAMEDATALEN),
4506 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4508 ereport(FATAL,
4509 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4510 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4511 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4512 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4513 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4514 "INDEX_MAX_KEYS", ControlFile->indexMaxKeys,
4515 "INDEX_MAX_KEYS", INDEX_MAX_KEYS),
4516 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4518 ereport(FATAL,
4519 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4520 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4521 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4522 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4523 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4524 "TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE", ControlFile->toast_max_chunk_size,
4525 "TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE", (int) TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE),
4526 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4528 ereport(FATAL,
4529 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
4530 errmsg("database files are incompatible with server"),
4531 /* translator: %s is a variable name and %d is its value */
4532 errdetail("The database cluster was initialized with %s %d,"
4533 " but the server was compiled with %s %d.",
4534 "LOBLKSIZE", ControlFile->loblksize,
4535 "LOBLKSIZE", (int) LOBLKSIZE),
4536 errhint("It looks like you need to recompile or initdb.")));
4537
4538 Assert(ControlFile->float8ByVal); /* vestigial, not worth an error msg */
4539
4541
4543 ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4544 errmsg_plural("invalid WAL segment size in control file (%d byte)",
4545 "invalid WAL segment size in control file (%d bytes)",
4548 errdetail("The WAL segment size must be a power of two between 1 MB and 1 GB.")));
4549
4550 snprintf(wal_segsz_str, sizeof(wal_segsz_str), "%d", wal_segment_size);
4551 SetConfigOption("wal_segment_size", wal_segsz_str, PGC_INTERNAL,
4553
4554 /* check and update variables dependent on wal_segment_size */
4556 ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4557 /* translator: both %s are GUC names */
4558 errmsg("\"%s\" must be at least twice \"%s\"",
4559 "min_wal_size", "wal_segment_size")));
4560
4562 ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
4563 /* translator: both %s are GUC names */
4564 errmsg("\"%s\" must be at least twice \"%s\"",
4565 "max_wal_size", "wal_segment_size")));
4566
4568 (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ * UsableBytesInPage) -
4570
4572
4573 /* Make the initdb settings visible as GUC variables, too */
4574 SetConfigOption("data_checksums", DataChecksumsEnabled() ? "yes" : "no",
4576}
#define PG_BINARY
Definition: c.h:1273
#define CATALOG_VERSION_NO
Definition: catversion.h:60
int errmsg_plural(const char *fmt_singular, const char *fmt_plural, unsigned long n,...)
Definition: elog.c:1184
int BasicOpenFile(const char *fileName, int fileFlags)
Definition: fd.c:1086
void SetConfigOption(const char *name, const char *value, GucContext context, GucSource source)
Definition: guc.c:4337
@ PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT
Definition: guc.h:114
@ PGC_INTERNAL
Definition: guc.h:73
#define TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE
Definition: heaptoast.h:84
#define read(a, b, c)
Definition: win32.h:13
#define LOBLKSIZE
Definition: large_object.h:70
#define INDEX_MAX_KEYS
#define NAMEDATALEN
#define FLOATFORMAT_VALUE
Definition: pg_control.h:201
#define PG_CONTROL_VERSION
Definition: pg_control.h:25
#define EQ_CRC32C(c1, c2)
Definition: pg_crc32c.h:42
uint32 pg_control_version
Definition: pg_control.h:125
uint32 xlog_seg_size
Definition: pg_control.h:211
uint32 nameDataLen
Definition: pg_control.h:213
uint32 indexMaxKeys
Definition: pg_control.h:214
uint32 relseg_size
Definition: pg_control.h:208
uint32 catalog_version_no
Definition: pg_control.h:126
double floatFormat
Definition: pg_control.h:200
uint32 xlog_blcksz
Definition: pg_control.h:210
uint32 loblksize
Definition: pg_control.h:217
pg_crc32c crc
Definition: pg_control.h:238
uint32 toast_max_chunk_size
Definition: pg_control.h:216
#define UsableBytesInPage
Definition: xlog.c:597
bool DataChecksumsEnabled(void)
Definition: xlog.c:4612
static int UsableBytesInSegment
Definition: xlog.c:606
int min_wal_size_mb
Definition: xlog.c:116
#define XLOG_CONTROL_FILE

References Assert(), BasicOpenFile(), ControlFileData::blcksz, CalculateCheckpointSegments(), CATALOG_VERSION_NO, ControlFileData::catalog_version_no, close, COMP_CRC32C, ControlFile, ConvertToXSegs, ControlFileData::crc, crc, DataChecksumsEnabled(), EQ_CRC32C, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED, errcode_for_file_access(), errdetail(), errhint(), errmsg(), errmsg_plural(), ERROR, FATAL, fd(), FIN_CRC32C, ControlFileData::float8ByVal, ControlFileData::floatFormat, FLOATFORMAT_VALUE, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, ControlFileData::indexMaxKeys, INIT_CRC32C, IsValidWalSegSize, ControlFileData::loblksize, LOBLKSIZE, max_wal_size_mb, ControlFileData::maxAlign, min_wal_size_mb, ControlFileData::nameDataLen, NAMEDATALEN, PANIC, PG_BINARY, PG_CONTROL_VERSION, ControlFileData::pg_control_version, PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT, pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), read, ControlFileData::relseg_size, SetConfigOption(), SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, snprintf, TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE, ControlFileData::toast_max_chunk_size, UsableBytesInPage, UsableBytesInSegment, wal_segment_size, ControlFileData::xlog_blcksz, XLOG_CONTROL_FILE, and ControlFileData::xlog_seg_size.

Referenced by BootStrapXLOG(), and LocalProcessControlFile().

◆ RecoveryInProgress()

bool RecoveryInProgress ( void  )

Definition at line 6383 of file xlog.c.

6384{
6385 /*
6386 * We check shared state each time only until we leave recovery mode. We
6387 * can't re-enter recovery, so there's no need to keep checking after the
6388 * shared variable has once been seen false.
6389 */
6391 return false;
6392 else
6393 {
6394 /*
6395 * use volatile pointer to make sure we make a fresh read of the
6396 * shared variable.
6397 */
6398 volatile XLogCtlData *xlogctl = XLogCtl;
6399
6401
6402 /*
6403 * Note: We don't need a memory barrier when we're still in recovery.
6404 * We might exit recovery immediately after return, so the caller
6405 * can't rely on 'true' meaning that we're still in recovery anyway.
6406 */
6407
6409 }
6410}
static bool LocalRecoveryInProgress
Definition: xlog.c:225

References LocalRecoveryInProgress, RECOVERY_STATE_DONE, XLogCtlData::SharedRecoveryState, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by amcheck_index_mainfork_expected(), attribute_statistics_update(), BackgroundWriterMain(), BeginReportingGUCOptions(), brin_desummarize_range(), brin_summarize_range(), CanInvalidateIdleSlot(), check_transaction_isolation(), check_transaction_read_only(), CheckArchiveTimeout(), CheckLogicalDecodingRequirements(), CheckpointerMain(), ComputeXidHorizons(), CreateCheckPoint(), CreateDecodingContext(), CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(), CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(), CreateRestartPoint(), do_pg_backup_start(), do_pg_backup_stop(), error_commit_ts_disabled(), ExecCheckpoint(), get_relation_info(), GetCurrentLSN(), GetLatestLSN(), GetNewMultiXactId(), GetNewObjectId(), GetNewTransactionId(), GetOldestActiveTransactionId(), GetOldestSafeDecodingTransactionId(), GetRunningTransactionData(), GetSerializableTransactionSnapshot(), GetSerializableTransactionSnapshotInt(), GetSnapshotData(), GetStrictOldestNonRemovableTransactionId(), gin_clean_pending_list(), GlobalVisHorizonKindForRel(), heap_force_common(), heap_page_prune_opt(), IdentifySystem(), InitTempTableNamespace(), InitWalSender(), IsCheckpointOnSchedule(), LockAcquireExtended(), logical_read_xlog_page(), MaintainLatestCompletedXid(), MarkBufferDirtyHint(), perform_base_backup(), pg_clear_attribute_stats(), pg_create_restore_point(), pg_current_wal_flush_lsn(), pg_current_wal_insert_lsn(), pg_current_wal_lsn(), pg_get_sequence_data(), pg_get_wal_replay_pause_state(), pg_is_in_recovery(), pg_is_wal_replay_paused(), pg_log_standby_snapshot(), pg_logical_slot_get_changes_guts(), pg_promote(), pg_replication_slot_advance(), pg_sequence_last_value(), pg_switch_wal(), pg_sync_replication_slots(), pg_wal_replay_pause(), pg_wal_replay_resume(), pg_walfile_name(), pg_walfile_name_offset(), PhysicalWakeupLogicalWalSnd(), PrepareRedoAdd(), PrepareRedoRemoveFull(), PreventCommandDuringRecovery(), ProcessStandbyPSRequestMessage(), ProcSleep(), read_local_xlog_page_guts(), ReadReplicationSlot(), recovery_create_dbdir(), relation_statistics_update(), ReplicationSlotAlter(), ReplicationSlotCreate(), ReplicationSlotDrop(), ReplicationSlotReserveWal(), replorigin_check_prerequisites(), ReportChangedGUCOptions(), sendDir(), SerialSetActiveSerXmin(), show_in_hot_standby(), ShutdownXLOG(), SnapBuildWaitSnapshot(), StandbySlotsHaveCaughtup(), StartLogicalReplication(), StartReplication(), StartTransaction(), TransactionIdIsInProgress(), TruncateMultiXact(), UpdateFullPageWrites(), verify_heapam(), WALReadFromBuffers(), WalReceiverMain(), WalSndWaitForWal(), xlog_decode(), XLogBackgroundFlush(), XLogFlush(), XLogInsertAllowed(), and XLogSendPhysical().

◆ RecoveryRestartPoint()

static void RecoveryRestartPoint ( const CheckPoint checkPoint,
XLogReaderState record 
)
static

Definition at line 7596 of file xlog.c.

7597{
7598 /*
7599 * Also refrain from creating a restartpoint if we have seen any
7600 * references to non-existent pages. Restarting recovery from the
7601 * restartpoint would not see the references, so we would lose the
7602 * cross-check that the pages belonged to a relation that was dropped
7603 * later.
7604 */
7606 {
7607 elog(DEBUG2,
7608 "could not record restart point at %X/%08X because there are unresolved references to invalid pages",
7609 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(checkPoint->redo));
7610 return;
7611 }
7612
7613 /*
7614 * Copy the checkpoint record to shared memory, so that checkpointer can
7615 * work out the next time it wants to perform a restartpoint.
7616 */
7620 XLogCtl->lastCheckPoint = *checkPoint;
7622}
XLogRecPtr EndRecPtr
Definition: xlogreader.h:207
XLogRecPtr ReadRecPtr
Definition: xlogreader.h:206
bool XLogHaveInvalidPages(void)
Definition: xlogutils.c:224

References DEBUG2, elog, XLogReaderState::EndRecPtr, XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::lastCheckPoint, XLogCtlData::lastCheckPointEndPtr, XLogCtlData::lastCheckPointRecPtr, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, XLogReaderState::ReadRecPtr, CheckPoint::redo, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, XLogCtl, and XLogHaveInvalidPages().

Referenced by xlog_redo().

◆ register_persistent_abort_backup_handler()

void register_persistent_abort_backup_handler ( void  )

Definition at line 9462 of file xlog.c.

9463{
9464 static bool already_done = false;
9465
9466 if (already_done)
9467 return;
9469 already_done = true;
9470}
void before_shmem_exit(pg_on_exit_callback function, Datum arg)
Definition: ipc.c:337

References before_shmem_exit(), BoolGetDatum(), and do_pg_abort_backup().

Referenced by pg_backup_start().

◆ RemoveNonParentXlogFiles()

void RemoveNonParentXlogFiles ( XLogRecPtr  switchpoint,
TimeLineID  newTLI 
)

Definition at line 3953 of file xlog.c.

3954{
3955 DIR *xldir;
3956 struct dirent *xlde;
3957 char switchseg[MAXFNAMELEN];
3958 XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
3959 XLogSegNo switchLogSegNo;
3960 XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
3961
3962 /*
3963 * Initialize info about where to begin the work. This will recycle,
3964 * somewhat arbitrarily, 10 future segments.
3965 */
3966 XLByteToPrevSeg(switchpoint, switchLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3967 XLByteToSeg(switchpoint, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3968 recycleSegNo = endLogSegNo + 10;
3969
3970 /*
3971 * Construct a filename of the last segment to be kept.
3972 */
3973 XLogFileName(switchseg, newTLI, switchLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3974
3975 elog(DEBUG2, "attempting to remove WAL segments newer than log file %s",
3976 switchseg);
3977
3978 xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3979
3980 while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3981 {
3982 /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments */
3983 if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
3984 continue;
3985
3986 /*
3987 * Remove files that are on a timeline older than the new one we're
3988 * switching to, but with a segment number >= the first segment on the
3989 * new timeline.
3990 */
3991 if (strncmp(xlde->d_name, switchseg, 8) < 0 &&
3992 strcmp(xlde->d_name + 8, switchseg + 8) > 0)
3993 {
3994 /*
3995 * If the file has already been marked as .ready, however, don't
3996 * remove it yet. It should be OK to remove it - files that are
3997 * not part of our timeline history are not required for recovery
3998 * - but seems safer to let them be archived and removed later.
3999 */
4000 if (!XLogArchiveIsReady(xlde->d_name))
4001 RemoveXlogFile(xlde, recycleSegNo, &endLogSegNo, newTLI);
4002 }
4003 }
4004
4005 FreeDir(xldir);
4006}
static void RemoveXlogFile(const struct dirent *segment_de, XLogSegNo recycleSegNo, XLogSegNo *endlogSegNo, TimeLineID insertTLI)
Definition: xlog.c:4022
static bool IsXLogFileName(const char *fname)
bool XLogArchiveIsReady(const char *xlog)
Definition: xlogarchive.c:694

References AllocateDir(), dirent::d_name, DEBUG2, elog, FreeDir(), IsXLogFileName(), MAXFNAMELEN, ReadDir(), RemoveXlogFile(), wal_segment_size, XLByteToPrevSeg, XLByteToSeg, XLogArchiveIsReady(), XLOGDIR, and XLogFileName().

Referenced by ApplyWalRecord(), and CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery().

◆ RemoveOldXlogFiles()

static void RemoveOldXlogFiles ( XLogSegNo  segno,
XLogRecPtr  lastredoptr,
XLogRecPtr  endptr,
TimeLineID  insertTLI 
)
static

Definition at line 3878 of file xlog.c.

3880{
3881 DIR *xldir;
3882 struct dirent *xlde;
3883 char lastoff[MAXFNAMELEN];
3884 XLogSegNo endlogSegNo;
3885 XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
3886
3887 /* Initialize info about where to try to recycle to */
3888 XLByteToSeg(endptr, endlogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
3889 recycleSegNo = XLOGfileslop(lastredoptr);
3890
3891 /*
3892 * Construct a filename of the last segment to be kept. The timeline ID
3893 * doesn't matter, we ignore that in the comparison. (During recovery,
3894 * InsertTimeLineID isn't set, so we can't use that.)
3895 */
3896 XLogFileName(lastoff, 0, segno, wal_segment_size);
3897
3898 elog(DEBUG2, "attempting to remove WAL segments older than log file %s",
3899 lastoff);
3900
3901 xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3902
3903 while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3904 {
3905 /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments */
3906 if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name) &&
3908 continue;
3909
3910 /*
3911 * We ignore the timeline part of the XLOG segment identifiers in
3912 * deciding whether a segment is still needed. This ensures that we
3913 * won't prematurely remove a segment from a parent timeline. We could
3914 * probably be a little more proactive about removing segments of
3915 * non-parent timelines, but that would be a whole lot more
3916 * complicated.
3917 *
3918 * We use the alphanumeric sorting property of the filenames to decide
3919 * which ones are earlier than the lastoff segment.
3920 */
3921 if (strcmp(xlde->d_name + 8, lastoff + 8) <= 0)
3922 {
3923 if (XLogArchiveCheckDone(xlde->d_name))
3924 {
3925 /* Update the last removed location in shared memory first */
3927
3928 RemoveXlogFile(xlde, recycleSegNo, &endlogSegNo, insertTLI);
3929 }
3930 }
3931 }
3932
3933 FreeDir(xldir);
3934}
static XLogSegNo XLOGfileslop(XLogRecPtr lastredoptr)
Definition: xlog.c:2230
static void UpdateLastRemovedPtr(char *filename)
Definition: xlog.c:3825
static bool IsPartialXLogFileName(const char *fname)

References AllocateDir(), dirent::d_name, DEBUG2, elog, FreeDir(), IsPartialXLogFileName(), IsXLogFileName(), MAXFNAMELEN, ReadDir(), RemoveXlogFile(), UpdateLastRemovedPtr(), wal_segment_size, XLByteToSeg, XLogArchiveCheckDone(), XLOGDIR, XLogFileName(), and XLOGfileslop().

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), and CreateRestartPoint().

◆ RemoveTempXlogFiles()

static void RemoveTempXlogFiles ( void  )
static

Definition at line 3845 of file xlog.c.

3846{
3847 DIR *xldir;
3848 struct dirent *xlde;
3849
3850 elog(DEBUG2, "removing all temporary WAL segments");
3851
3852 xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3853 while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3854 {
3855 char path[MAXPGPATH];
3856
3857 if (strncmp(xlde->d_name, "xlogtemp.", 9) != 0)
3858 continue;
3859
3860 snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", xlde->d_name);
3861 unlink(path);
3862 elog(DEBUG2, "removed temporary WAL segment \"%s\"", path);
3863 }
3864 FreeDir(xldir);
3865}

References AllocateDir(), dirent::d_name, DEBUG2, elog, FreeDir(), MAXPGPATH, ReadDir(), snprintf, and XLOGDIR.

Referenced by StartupXLOG().

◆ RemoveXlogFile()

static void RemoveXlogFile ( const struct dirent segment_de,
XLogSegNo  recycleSegNo,
XLogSegNo endlogSegNo,
TimeLineID  insertTLI 
)
static

Definition at line 4022 of file xlog.c.

4025{
4026 char path[MAXPGPATH];
4027#ifdef WIN32
4028 char newpath[MAXPGPATH];
4029#endif
4030 const char *segname = segment_de->d_name;
4031
4032 snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/%s", segname);
4033
4034 /*
4035 * Before deleting the file, see if it can be recycled as a future log
4036 * segment. Only recycle normal files, because we don't want to recycle
4037 * symbolic links pointing to a separate archive directory.
4038 */
4039 if (wal_recycle &&
4040 *endlogSegNo <= recycleSegNo &&
4041 XLogCtl->InstallXLogFileSegmentActive && /* callee rechecks this */
4042 get_dirent_type(path, segment_de, false, DEBUG2) == PGFILETYPE_REG &&
4043 InstallXLogFileSegment(endlogSegNo, path,
4044 true, recycleSegNo, insertTLI))
4045 {
4047 (errmsg_internal("recycled write-ahead log file \"%s\"",
4048 segname)));
4050 /* Needn't recheck that slot on future iterations */
4051 (*endlogSegNo)++;
4052 }
4053 else
4054 {
4055 /* No need for any more future segments, or recycling failed ... */
4056 int rc;
4057
4059 (errmsg_internal("removing write-ahead log file \"%s\"",
4060 segname)));
4061
4062#ifdef WIN32
4063
4064 /*
4065 * On Windows, if another process (e.g another backend) holds the file
4066 * open in FILE_SHARE_DELETE mode, unlink will succeed, but the file
4067 * will still show up in directory listing until the last handle is
4068 * closed. To avoid confusing the lingering deleted file for a live
4069 * WAL file that needs to be archived, rename it before deleting it.
4070 *
4071 * If another process holds the file open without FILE_SHARE_DELETE
4072 * flag, rename will fail. We'll try again at the next checkpoint.
4073 */
4074 snprintf(newpath, MAXPGPATH, "%s.deleted", path);
4075 if (rename(path, newpath) != 0)
4076 {
4077 ereport(LOG,
4079 errmsg("could not rename file \"%s\": %m",
4080 path)));
4081 return;
4082 }
4083 rc = durable_unlink(newpath, LOG);
4084#else
4085 rc = durable_unlink(path, LOG);
4086#endif
4087 if (rc != 0)
4088 {
4089 /* Message already logged by durable_unlink() */
4090 return;
4091 }
4093 }
4094
4095 XLogArchiveCleanup(segname);
4096}
@ PGFILETYPE_REG
Definition: file_utils.h:22
static bool InstallXLogFileSegment(XLogSegNo *segno, char *tmppath, bool find_free, XLogSegNo max_segno, TimeLineID tli)
Definition: xlog.c:3576
bool wal_recycle
Definition: xlog.c:129

References CheckpointStats, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_recycled, CheckpointStatsData::ckpt_segs_removed, dirent::d_name, DEBUG2, durable_unlink(), ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), get_dirent_type(), InstallXLogFileSegment(), XLogCtlData::InstallXLogFileSegmentActive, LOG, MAXPGPATH, PGFILETYPE_REG, snprintf, wal_recycle, XLogArchiveCleanup(), XLogCtl, and XLOGDIR.

Referenced by RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(), and RemoveOldXlogFiles().

◆ RequestXLogSwitch()

XLogRecPtr RequestXLogSwitch ( bool  mark_unimportant)

Definition at line 8107 of file xlog.c.

8108{
8109 XLogRecPtr RecPtr;
8110
8111 /* XLOG SWITCH has no data */
8113
8114 if (mark_unimportant)
8116 RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_SWITCH);
8117
8118 return RecPtr;
8119}
#define XLOG_SWITCH
Definition: pg_control.h:72
#define XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT
Definition: xlog.h:155
void XLogSetRecordFlags(uint8 flags)
Definition: xloginsert.c:456

References XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT, XLOG_SWITCH, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogInsert(), and XLogSetRecordFlags().

Referenced by CheckArchiveTimeout(), do_pg_backup_start(), do_pg_backup_stop(), pg_switch_wal(), and ShutdownXLOG().

◆ ReserveXLogInsertLocation()

static pg_attribute_always_inline void ReserveXLogInsertLocation ( int  size,
XLogRecPtr StartPos,
XLogRecPtr EndPos,
XLogRecPtr PrevPtr 
)
static

Definition at line 1111 of file xlog.c.

1113{
1115 uint64 startbytepos;
1116 uint64 endbytepos;
1117 uint64 prevbytepos;
1118
1119 size = MAXALIGN(size);
1120
1121 /* All (non xlog-switch) records should contain data. */
1122 Assert(size > SizeOfXLogRecord);
1123
1124 /*
1125 * The duration the spinlock needs to be held is minimized by minimizing
1126 * the calculations that have to be done while holding the lock. The
1127 * current tip of reserved WAL is kept in CurrBytePos, as a byte position
1128 * that only counts "usable" bytes in WAL, that is, it excludes all WAL
1129 * page headers. The mapping between "usable" byte positions and physical
1130 * positions (XLogRecPtrs) can be done outside the locked region, and
1131 * because the usable byte position doesn't include any headers, reserving
1132 * X bytes from WAL is almost as simple as "CurrBytePos += X".
1133 */
1134 SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1135
1136 startbytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1137 endbytepos = startbytepos + size;
1138 prevbytepos = Insert->PrevBytePos;
1139 Insert->CurrBytePos = endbytepos;
1140 Insert->PrevBytePos = startbytepos;
1141
1142 SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1143
1144 *StartPos = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(startbytepos);
1145 *EndPos = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(endbytepos);
1146 *PrevPtr = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(prevbytepos);
1147
1148 /*
1149 * Check that the conversions between "usable byte positions" and
1150 * XLogRecPtrs work consistently in both directions.
1151 */
1152 Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*StartPos) == startbytepos);
1153 Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos) == endbytepos);
1154 Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*PrevPtr) == prevbytepos);
1155}
#define MAXALIGN(LEN)
Definition: c.h:811
static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(uint64 bytepos)
Definition: xlog.c:1901
static uint64 XLogRecPtrToBytePos(XLogRecPtr ptr)
Definition: xlog.c:1944

References Assert(), XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), MAXALIGN, SizeOfXLogRecord, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(), XLogBytePosToRecPtr(), XLogCtl, and XLogRecPtrToBytePos().

Referenced by XLogInsertRecord().

◆ ReserveXLogSwitch()

static bool ReserveXLogSwitch ( XLogRecPtr StartPos,
XLogRecPtr EndPos,
XLogRecPtr PrevPtr 
)
static

Definition at line 1167 of file xlog.c.

1168{
1170 uint64 startbytepos;
1171 uint64 endbytepos;
1172 uint64 prevbytepos;
1174 XLogRecPtr ptr;
1175 uint32 segleft;
1176
1177 /*
1178 * These calculations are a bit heavy-weight to be done while holding a
1179 * spinlock, but since we're holding all the WAL insertion locks, there
1180 * are no other inserters competing for it. GetXLogInsertRecPtr() does
1181 * compete for it, but that's not called very frequently.
1182 */
1183 SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1184
1185 startbytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1186
1187 ptr = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(startbytepos);
1188 if (XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size) == 0)
1189 {
1190 SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1191 *EndPos = *StartPos = ptr;
1192 return false;
1193 }
1194
1195 endbytepos = startbytepos + size;
1196 prevbytepos = Insert->PrevBytePos;
1197
1198 *StartPos = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(startbytepos);
1199 *EndPos = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(endbytepos);
1200
1202 if (segleft != wal_segment_size)
1203 {
1204 /* consume the rest of the segment */
1205 *EndPos += segleft;
1206 endbytepos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos);
1207 }
1208 Insert->CurrBytePos = endbytepos;
1209 Insert->PrevBytePos = startbytepos;
1210
1211 SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1212
1213 *PrevPtr = XLogBytePosToRecPtr(prevbytepos);
1214
1216 Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*EndPos) == endbytepos);
1217 Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*StartPos) == startbytepos);
1218 Assert(XLogRecPtrToBytePos(*PrevPtr) == prevbytepos);
1219
1220 return true;
1221}

References Assert(), XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), MAXALIGN, SizeOfXLogRecord, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, wal_segment_size, XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(), XLogBytePosToRecPtr(), XLogCtl, XLogRecPtrToBytePos(), and XLogSegmentOffset.

Referenced by XLogInsertRecord().

◆ SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive()

void SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive ( void  )

Definition at line 9525 of file xlog.c.

9526{
9527 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
9529 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9530}

References XLogCtlData::InstallXLogFileSegmentActive, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), and XLogCtl.

Referenced by BootStrapXLOG(), StartupXLOG(), and WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable().

◆ SetWalWriterSleeping()

void SetWalWriterSleeping ( bool  sleeping)

Definition at line 9548 of file xlog.c.

9549{
9551 XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping = sleeping;
9553}
bool WalWriterSleeping
Definition: xlog.c:533

References XLogCtlData::info_lck, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, XLogCtlData::WalWriterSleeping, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by WalWriterMain().

◆ show_archive_command()

const char * show_archive_command ( void  )

Definition at line 4849 of file xlog.c.

4850{
4851 if (XLogArchivingActive())
4852 return XLogArchiveCommand;
4853 else
4854 return "(disabled)";
4855}
char * XLogArchiveCommand
Definition: xlog.c:121

References XLogArchiveCommand, and XLogArchivingActive.

◆ show_in_hot_standby()

const char * show_in_hot_standby ( void  )

Definition at line 4861 of file xlog.c.

4862{
4863 /*
4864 * We display the actual state based on shared memory, so that this GUC
4865 * reports up-to-date state if examined intra-query. The underlying
4866 * variable (in_hot_standby_guc) changes only when we transmit a new value
4867 * to the client.
4868 */
4869 return RecoveryInProgress() ? "on" : "off";
4870}

References RecoveryInProgress().

◆ ShutdownXLOG()

void ShutdownXLOG ( int  code,
Datum  arg 
)

Definition at line 6651 of file xlog.c.

6652{
6653 /*
6654 * We should have an aux process resource owner to use, and we should not
6655 * be in a transaction that's installed some other resowner.
6656 */
6658 Assert(CurrentResourceOwner == NULL ||
6661
6662 /* Don't be chatty in standalone mode */
6664 (errmsg("shutting down")));
6665
6666 /*
6667 * Signal walsenders to move to stopping state.
6668 */
6670
6671 /*
6672 * Wait for WAL senders to be in stopping state. This prevents commands
6673 * from writing new WAL.
6674 */
6676
6677 if (RecoveryInProgress())
6679 else
6680 {
6681 /*
6682 * If archiving is enabled, rotate the last XLOG file so that all the
6683 * remaining records are archived (postmaster wakes up the archiver
6684 * process one more time at the end of shutdown). The checkpoint
6685 * record will go to the next XLOG file and won't be archived (yet).
6686 */
6687 if (XLogArchivingActive())
6688 RequestXLogSwitch(false);
6689
6691 }
6692}
bool IsPostmasterEnvironment
Definition: globals.c:119
ResourceOwner CurrentResourceOwner
Definition: resowner.c:173
ResourceOwner AuxProcessResourceOwner
Definition: resowner.c:176
void WalSndInitStopping(void)
Definition: walsender.c:3858
void WalSndWaitStopping(void)
Definition: walsender.c:3884
bool CreateRestartPoint(int flags)
Definition: xlog.c:7636
bool CreateCheckPoint(int flags)
Definition: xlog.c:6938

References Assert(), AuxProcessResourceOwner, CHECKPOINT_FAST, CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN, CreateCheckPoint(), CreateRestartPoint(), CurrentResourceOwner, ereport, errmsg(), IsPostmasterEnvironment, LOG, NOTICE, RecoveryInProgress(), RequestXLogSwitch(), WalSndInitStopping(), WalSndWaitStopping(), and XLogArchivingActive.

Referenced by CheckpointerMain(), and InitPostgres().

◆ StartupXLOG()

void StartupXLOG ( void  )

Definition at line 5466 of file xlog.c.

5467{
5469 CheckPoint checkPoint;
5470 bool wasShutdown;
5471 bool didCrash;
5472 bool haveTblspcMap;
5473 bool haveBackupLabel;
5474 XLogRecPtr EndOfLog;
5475 TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI;
5476 TimeLineID newTLI;
5477 bool performedWalRecovery;
5478 EndOfWalRecoveryInfo *endOfRecoveryInfo;
5481 TransactionId oldestActiveXID;
5482 bool promoted = false;
5483 char timebuf[128];
5484
5485 /*
5486 * We should have an aux process resource owner to use, and we should not
5487 * be in a transaction that's installed some other resowner.
5488 */
5490 Assert(CurrentResourceOwner == NULL ||
5493
5494 /*
5495 * Check that contents look valid.
5496 */
5498 ereport(FATAL,
5500 errmsg("control file contains invalid checkpoint location")));
5501
5502 switch (ControlFile->state)
5503 {
5504 case DB_SHUTDOWNED:
5505
5506 /*
5507 * This is the expected case, so don't be chatty in standalone
5508 * mode
5509 */
5511 (errmsg("database system was shut down at %s",
5513 timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
5514 break;
5515
5517 ereport(LOG,
5518 (errmsg("database system was shut down in recovery at %s",
5520 timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
5521 break;
5522
5523 case DB_SHUTDOWNING:
5524 ereport(LOG,
5525 (errmsg("database system shutdown was interrupted; last known up at %s",
5527 timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
5528 break;
5529
5531 ereport(LOG,
5532 (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at %s",
5534 timebuf, sizeof(timebuf))),
5535 errhint("This probably means that some data is corrupted and"
5536 " you will have to use the last backup for recovery.")));
5537 break;
5538
5540 ereport(LOG,
5541 (errmsg("database system was interrupted while in recovery at log time %s",
5543 timebuf, sizeof(timebuf))),
5544 errhint("If this has occurred more than once some data might be corrupted"
5545 " and you might need to choose an earlier recovery target.")));
5546 break;
5547
5548 case DB_IN_PRODUCTION:
5549 ereport(LOG,
5550 (errmsg("database system was interrupted; last known up at %s",
5552 timebuf, sizeof(timebuf)))));
5553 break;
5554
5555 default:
5556 ereport(FATAL,
5558 errmsg("control file contains invalid database cluster state")));
5559 }
5560
5561 /* This is just to allow attaching to startup process with a debugger */
5562#ifdef XLOG_REPLAY_DELAY
5564 pg_usleep(60000000L);
5565#endif
5566
5567 /*
5568 * Verify that pg_wal, pg_wal/archive_status, and pg_wal/summaries exist.
5569 * In cases where someone has performed a copy for PITR, these directories
5570 * may have been excluded and need to be re-created.
5571 */
5573
5574 /* Set up timeout handler needed to report startup progress. */
5578
5579 /*----------
5580 * If we previously crashed, perform a couple of actions:
5581 *
5582 * - The pg_wal directory may still include some temporary WAL segments
5583 * used when creating a new segment, so perform some clean up to not
5584 * bloat this path. This is done first as there is no point to sync
5585 * this temporary data.
5586 *
5587 * - There might be data which we had written, intending to fsync it, but
5588 * which we had not actually fsync'd yet. Therefore, a power failure in
5589 * the near future might cause earlier unflushed writes to be lost, even
5590 * though more recent data written to disk from here on would be
5591 * persisted. To avoid that, fsync the entire data directory.
5592 */
5595 {
5598 didCrash = true;
5599 }
5600 else
5601 didCrash = false;
5602
5603 /*
5604 * Prepare for WAL recovery if needed.
5605 *
5606 * InitWalRecovery analyzes the control file and the backup label file, if
5607 * any. It updates the in-memory ControlFile buffer according to the
5608 * starting checkpoint, and sets InRecovery and ArchiveRecoveryRequested.
5609 * It also applies the tablespace map file, if any.
5610 */
5611 InitWalRecovery(ControlFile, &wasShutdown,
5612 &haveBackupLabel, &haveTblspcMap);
5613 checkPoint = ControlFile->checkPointCopy;
5614
5615 /* initialize shared memory variables from the checkpoint record */
5616 TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
5617 TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
5619 MultiXactSetNextMXact(checkPoint.nextMulti, checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
5620 AdvanceOldestClogXid(checkPoint.oldestXid);
5621 SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
5622 SetMultiXactIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestMulti, checkPoint.oldestMultiDB, true);
5624 checkPoint.newestCommitTsXid);
5625
5626 /*
5627 * Clear out any old relcache cache files. This is *necessary* if we do
5628 * any WAL replay, since that would probably result in the cache files
5629 * being out of sync with database reality. In theory we could leave them
5630 * in place if the database had been cleanly shut down, but it seems
5631 * safest to just remove them always and let them be rebuilt during the
5632 * first backend startup. These files needs to be removed from all
5633 * directories including pg_tblspc, however the symlinks are created only
5634 * after reading tablespace_map file in case of archive recovery from
5635 * backup, so needs to clear old relcache files here after creating
5636 * symlinks.
5637 */
5639
5640 /*
5641 * Initialize replication slots, before there's a chance to remove
5642 * required resources.
5643 */
5645
5646 /*
5647 * Startup logical state, needs to be setup now so we have proper data
5648 * during crash recovery.
5649 */
5651
5652 /*
5653 * Startup CLOG. This must be done after TransamVariables->nextXid has
5654 * been initialized and before we accept connections or begin WAL replay.
5655 */
5656 StartupCLOG();
5657
5658 /*
5659 * Startup MultiXact. We need to do this early to be able to replay
5660 * truncations.
5661 */
5663
5664 /*
5665 * Ditto for commit timestamps. Activate the facility if the setting is
5666 * enabled in the control file, as there should be no tracking of commit
5667 * timestamps done when the setting was disabled. This facility can be
5668 * started or stopped when replaying a XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE record.
5669 */
5672
5673 /*
5674 * Recover knowledge about replay progress of known replication partners.
5675 */
5677
5678 /*
5679 * Initialize unlogged LSN. On a clean shutdown, it's restored from the
5680 * control file. On recovery, all unlogged relations are blown away, so
5681 * the unlogged LSN counter can be reset too.
5682 */
5686 else
5689
5690 /*
5691 * Copy any missing timeline history files between 'now' and the recovery
5692 * target timeline from archive to pg_wal. While we don't need those files
5693 * ourselves - the history file of the recovery target timeline covers all
5694 * the previous timelines in the history too - a cascading standby server
5695 * might be interested in them. Or, if you archive the WAL from this
5696 * server to a different archive than the primary, it'd be good for all
5697 * the history files to get archived there after failover, so that you can
5698 * use one of the old timelines as a PITR target. Timeline history files
5699 * are small, so it's better to copy them unnecessarily than not copy them
5700 * and regret later.
5701 */
5703
5704 /*
5705 * Before running in recovery, scan pg_twophase and fill in its status to
5706 * be able to work on entries generated by redo. Doing a scan before
5707 * taking any recovery action has the merit to discard any 2PC files that
5708 * are newer than the first record to replay, saving from any conflicts at
5709 * replay. This avoids as well any subsequent scans when doing recovery
5710 * of the on-disk two-phase data.
5711 */
5713
5714 /*
5715 * When starting with crash recovery, reset pgstat data - it might not be
5716 * valid. Otherwise restore pgstat data. It's safe to do this here,
5717 * because postmaster will not yet have started any other processes.
5718 *
5719 * NB: Restoring replication slot stats relies on slot state to have
5720 * already been restored from disk.
5721 *
5722 * TODO: With a bit of extra work we could just start with a pgstat file
5723 * associated with the checkpoint redo location we're starting from.
5724 */
5725 if (didCrash)
5727 else
5729
5731
5734
5735 /* REDO */
5736 if (InRecovery)
5737 {
5738 /* Initialize state for RecoveryInProgress() */
5742 else
5745
5746 /*
5747 * Update pg_control to show that we are recovering and to show the
5748 * selected checkpoint as the place we are starting from. We also mark
5749 * pg_control with any minimum recovery stop point obtained from a
5750 * backup history file.
5751 *
5752 * No need to hold ControlFileLock yet, we aren't up far enough.
5753 */
5755
5756 /*
5757 * If there was a backup label file, it's done its job and the info
5758 * has now been propagated into pg_control. We must get rid of the
5759 * label file so that if we crash during recovery, we'll pick up at
5760 * the latest recovery restartpoint instead of going all the way back
5761 * to the backup start point. It seems prudent though to just rename
5762 * the file out of the way rather than delete it completely.
5763 */
5764 if (haveBackupLabel)
5765 {
5766 unlink(BACKUP_LABEL_OLD);
5768 }
5769
5770 /*
5771 * If there was a tablespace_map file, it's done its job and the
5772 * symlinks have been created. We must get rid of the map file so
5773 * that if we crash during recovery, we don't create symlinks again.
5774 * It seems prudent though to just rename the file out of the way
5775 * rather than delete it completely.
5776 */
5777 if (haveTblspcMap)
5778 {
5779 unlink(TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD);
5781 }
5782
5783 /*
5784 * Initialize our local copy of minRecoveryPoint. When doing crash
5785 * recovery we want to replay up to the end of WAL. Particularly, in
5786 * the case of a promoted standby minRecoveryPoint value in the
5787 * control file is only updated after the first checkpoint. However,
5788 * if the instance crashes before the first post-recovery checkpoint
5789 * is completed then recovery will use a stale location causing the
5790 * startup process to think that there are still invalid page
5791 * references when checking for data consistency.
5792 */
5794 {
5797 }
5798 else
5799 {
5802 }
5803
5804 /* Check that the GUCs used to generate the WAL allow recovery */
5806
5807 /*
5808 * We're in recovery, so unlogged relations may be trashed and must be
5809 * reset. This should be done BEFORE allowing Hot Standby
5810 * connections, so that read-only backends don't try to read whatever
5811 * garbage is left over from before.
5812 */
5814
5815 /*
5816 * Likewise, delete any saved transaction snapshot files that got left
5817 * behind by crashed backends.
5818 */
5820
5821 /*
5822 * Initialize for Hot Standby, if enabled. We won't let backends in
5823 * yet, not until we've reached the min recovery point specified in
5824 * control file and we've established a recovery snapshot from a
5825 * running-xacts WAL record.
5826 */
5828 {
5829 TransactionId *xids;
5830 int nxids;
5831
5833 (errmsg_internal("initializing for hot standby")));
5834
5836
5837 if (wasShutdown)
5838 oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(&xids, &nxids);
5839 else
5840 oldestActiveXID = checkPoint.oldestActiveXid;
5841 Assert(TransactionIdIsValid(oldestActiveXID));
5842
5843 /* Tell procarray about the range of xids it has to deal with */
5845
5846 /*
5847 * Startup subtrans only. CLOG, MultiXact and commit timestamp
5848 * have already been started up and other SLRUs are not maintained
5849 * during recovery and need not be started yet.
5850 */
5851 StartupSUBTRANS(oldestActiveXID);
5852
5853 /*
5854 * If we're beginning at a shutdown checkpoint, we know that
5855 * nothing was running on the primary at this point. So fake-up an
5856 * empty running-xacts record and use that here and now. Recover
5857 * additional standby state for prepared transactions.
5858 */
5859 if (wasShutdown)
5860 {
5862 TransactionId latestCompletedXid;
5863
5864 /* Update pg_subtrans entries for any prepared transactions */
5866
5867 /*
5868 * Construct a RunningTransactions snapshot representing a
5869 * shut down server, with only prepared transactions still
5870 * alive. We're never overflowed at this point because all
5871 * subxids are listed with their parent prepared transactions.
5872 */
5873 running.xcnt = nxids;
5874 running.subxcnt = 0;
5876 running.nextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5877 running.oldestRunningXid = oldestActiveXID;
5878 latestCompletedXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
5879 TransactionIdRetreat(latestCompletedXid);
5880 Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(latestCompletedXid));
5881 running.latestCompletedXid = latestCompletedXid;
5882 running.xids = xids;
5883
5885 }
5886 }
5887
5888 /*
5889 * We're all set for replaying the WAL now. Do it.
5890 */
5892 performedWalRecovery = true;
5893 }
5894 else
5895 performedWalRecovery = false;
5896
5897 /*
5898 * Finish WAL recovery.
5899 */
5900 endOfRecoveryInfo = FinishWalRecovery();
5901 EndOfLog = endOfRecoveryInfo->endOfLog;
5902 EndOfLogTLI = endOfRecoveryInfo->endOfLogTLI;
5903 abortedRecPtr = endOfRecoveryInfo->abortedRecPtr;
5904 missingContrecPtr = endOfRecoveryInfo->missingContrecPtr;
5905
5906 /*
5907 * Reset ps status display, so as no information related to recovery shows
5908 * up.
5909 */
5910 set_ps_display("");
5911
5912 /*
5913 * When recovering from a backup (we are in recovery, and archive recovery
5914 * was requested), complain if we did not roll forward far enough to reach
5915 * the point where the database is consistent. For regular online
5916 * backup-from-primary, that means reaching the end-of-backup WAL record
5917 * (at which point we reset backupStartPoint to be Invalid), for
5918 * backup-from-replica (which can't inject records into the WAL stream),
5919 * that point is when we reach the minRecoveryPoint in pg_control (which
5920 * we purposefully copy last when backing up from a replica). For
5921 * pg_rewind (which creates a backup_label with a method of "pg_rewind")
5922 * or snapshot-style backups (which don't), backupEndRequired will be set
5923 * to false.
5924 *
5925 * Note: it is indeed okay to look at the local variable
5926 * LocalMinRecoveryPoint here, even though ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint
5927 * might be further ahead --- ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint cannot have
5928 * been advanced beyond the WAL we processed.
5929 */
5930 if (InRecovery &&
5931 (EndOfLog < LocalMinRecoveryPoint ||
5933 {
5934 /*
5935 * Ran off end of WAL before reaching end-of-backup WAL record, or
5936 * minRecoveryPoint. That's a bad sign, indicating that you tried to
5937 * recover from an online backup but never called pg_backup_stop(), or
5938 * you didn't archive all the WAL needed.
5939 */
5941 {
5943 ereport(FATAL,
5944 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
5945 errmsg("WAL ends before end of online backup"),
5946 errhint("All WAL generated while online backup was taken must be available at recovery.")));
5947 else
5948 ereport(FATAL,
5949 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
5950 errmsg("WAL ends before consistent recovery point")));
5951 }
5952 }
5953
5954 /*
5955 * Reset unlogged relations to the contents of their INIT fork. This is
5956 * done AFTER recovery is complete so as to include any unlogged relations
5957 * created during recovery, but BEFORE recovery is marked as having
5958 * completed successfully. Otherwise we'd not retry if any of the post
5959 * end-of-recovery steps fail.
5960 */
5961 if (InRecovery)
5963
5964 /*
5965 * Pre-scan prepared transactions to find out the range of XIDs present.
5966 * This information is not quite needed yet, but it is positioned here so
5967 * as potential problems are detected before any on-disk change is done.
5968 */
5969 oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(NULL, NULL);
5970
5971 /*
5972 * Allow ordinary WAL segment creation before possibly switching to a new
5973 * timeline, which creates a new segment, and after the last ReadRecord().
5974 */
5976
5977 /*
5978 * Consider whether we need to assign a new timeline ID.
5979 *
5980 * If we did archive recovery, we always assign a new ID. This handles a
5981 * couple of issues. If we stopped short of the end of WAL during
5982 * recovery, then we are clearly generating a new timeline and must assign
5983 * it a unique new ID. Even if we ran to the end, modifying the current
5984 * last segment is problematic because it may result in trying to
5985 * overwrite an already-archived copy of that segment, and we encourage
5986 * DBAs to make their archive_commands reject that. We can dodge the
5987 * problem by making the new active segment have a new timeline ID.
5988 *
5989 * In a normal crash recovery, we can just extend the timeline we were in.
5990 */
5991 newTLI = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI;
5993 {
5995 ereport(LOG,
5996 (errmsg("selected new timeline ID: %u", newTLI)));
5997
5998 /*
5999 * Make a writable copy of the last WAL segment. (Note that we also
6000 * have a copy of the last block of the old WAL in
6001 * endOfRecovery->lastPage; we will use that below.)
6002 */
6003 XLogInitNewTimeline(EndOfLogTLI, EndOfLog, newTLI);
6004
6005 /*
6006 * Remove the signal files out of the way, so that we don't
6007 * accidentally re-enter archive recovery mode in a subsequent crash.
6008 */
6009 if (endOfRecoveryInfo->standby_signal_file_found)
6011
6012 if (endOfRecoveryInfo->recovery_signal_file_found)
6014
6015 /*
6016 * Write the timeline history file, and have it archived. After this
6017 * point (or rather, as soon as the file is archived), the timeline
6018 * will appear as "taken" in the WAL archive and to any standby
6019 * servers. If we crash before actually switching to the new
6020 * timeline, standby servers will nevertheless think that we switched
6021 * to the new timeline, and will try to connect to the new timeline.
6022 * To minimize the window for that, try to do as little as possible
6023 * between here and writing the end-of-recovery record.
6024 */
6026 EndOfLog, endOfRecoveryInfo->recoveryStopReason);
6027
6028 ereport(LOG,
6029 (errmsg("archive recovery complete")));
6030 }
6031
6032 /* Save the selected TimeLineID in shared memory, too */
6034 XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID = newTLI;
6035 XLogCtl->PrevTimeLineID = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI;
6037
6038 /*
6039 * Actually, if WAL ended in an incomplete record, skip the parts that
6040 * made it through and start writing after the portion that persisted.
6041 * (It's critical to first write an OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD message, which
6042 * we'll do as soon as we're open for writing new WAL.)
6043 */
6045 {
6046 /*
6047 * We should only have a missingContrecPtr if we're not switching to a
6048 * new timeline. When a timeline switch occurs, WAL is copied from the
6049 * old timeline to the new only up to the end of the last complete
6050 * record, so there can't be an incomplete WAL record that we need to
6051 * disregard.
6052 */
6053 Assert(newTLI == endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRecTLI);
6055 EndOfLog = missingContrecPtr;
6056 }
6057
6058 /*
6059 * Prepare to write WAL starting at EndOfLog location, and init xlog
6060 * buffer cache using the block containing the last record from the
6061 * previous incarnation.
6062 */
6063 Insert = &XLogCtl->Insert;
6064 Insert->PrevBytePos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(endOfRecoveryInfo->lastRec);
6065 Insert->CurrBytePos = XLogRecPtrToBytePos(EndOfLog);
6066
6067 /*
6068 * Tricky point here: lastPage contains the *last* block that the LastRec
6069 * record spans, not the one it starts in. The last block is indeed the
6070 * one we want to use.
6071 */
6072 if (EndOfLog % XLOG_BLCKSZ != 0)
6073 {
6074 char *page;
6075 int len;
6076 int firstIdx;
6077
6078 firstIdx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(EndOfLog);
6079 len = EndOfLog - endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr;
6080 Assert(len < XLOG_BLCKSZ);
6081
6082 /* Copy the valid part of the last block, and zero the rest */
6083 page = &XLogCtl->pages[firstIdx * XLOG_BLCKSZ];
6084 memcpy(page, endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage, len);
6085 memset(page + len, 0, XLOG_BLCKSZ - len);
6086
6087 pg_atomic_write_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[firstIdx], endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ);
6088 XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPageBeginPtr + XLOG_BLCKSZ;
6089 }
6090 else
6091 {
6092 /*
6093 * There is no partial block to copy. Just set InitializedUpTo, and
6094 * let the first attempt to insert a log record to initialize the next
6095 * buffer.
6096 */
6097 XLogCtl->InitializedUpTo = EndOfLog;
6098 }
6099
6100 /*
6101 * Update local and shared status. This is OK to do without any locks
6102 * because no other process can be reading or writing WAL yet.
6103 */
6104 LogwrtResult.Write = LogwrtResult.Flush = EndOfLog;
6108 XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = EndOfLog;
6109 XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Flush = EndOfLog;
6110
6111 /*
6112 * Preallocate additional log files, if wanted.
6113 */
6114 PreallocXlogFiles(EndOfLog, newTLI);
6115
6116 /*
6117 * Okay, we're officially UP.
6118 */
6119 InRecovery = false;
6120
6121 /* start the archive_timeout timer and LSN running */
6122 XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
6123 XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchLSN = EndOfLog;
6124
6125 /* also initialize latestCompletedXid, to nextXid - 1 */
6126 LWLockAcquire(ProcArrayLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6129 LWLockRelease(ProcArrayLock);
6130
6131 /*
6132 * Start up subtrans, if not already done for hot standby. (commit
6133 * timestamps are started below, if necessary.)
6134 */
6136 StartupSUBTRANS(oldestActiveXID);
6137
6138 /*
6139 * Perform end of recovery actions for any SLRUs that need it.
6140 */
6141 TrimCLOG();
6142 TrimMultiXact();
6143
6144 /*
6145 * Reload shared-memory state for prepared transactions. This needs to
6146 * happen before renaming the last partial segment of the old timeline as
6147 * it may be possible that we have to recover some transactions from it.
6148 */
6150
6151 /* Shut down xlogreader */
6153
6154 /* Enable WAL writes for this backend only. */
6156
6157 /* If necessary, write overwrite-contrecord before doing anything else */
6159 {
6162 }
6163
6164 /*
6165 * Update full_page_writes in shared memory and write an XLOG_FPW_CHANGE
6166 * record before resource manager writes cleanup WAL records or checkpoint
6167 * record is written.
6168 */
6169 Insert->fullPageWrites = lastFullPageWrites;
6171
6172 /*
6173 * Emit checkpoint or end-of-recovery record in XLOG, if required.
6174 */
6175 if (performedWalRecovery)
6176 promoted = PerformRecoveryXLogAction();
6177
6178 /*
6179 * If any of the critical GUCs have changed, log them before we allow
6180 * backends to write WAL.
6181 */
6183
6184 /* If this is archive recovery, perform post-recovery cleanup actions. */
6186 CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(EndOfLogTLI, EndOfLog, newTLI);
6187
6188 /*
6189 * Local WAL inserts enabled, so it's time to finish initialization of
6190 * commit timestamp.
6191 */
6193
6194 /* Clean up EndOfWalRecoveryInfo data to appease Valgrind leak checking */
6195 if (endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage)
6196 pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo->lastPage);
6197 pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo->recoveryStopReason);
6198 pfree(endOfRecoveryInfo);
6199
6200 /*
6201 * All done with end-of-recovery actions.
6202 *
6203 * Now allow backends to write WAL and update the control file status in
6204 * consequence. SharedRecoveryState, that controls if backends can write
6205 * WAL, is updated while holding ControlFileLock to prevent other backends
6206 * to look at an inconsistent state of the control file in shared memory.
6207 * There is still a small window during which backends can write WAL and
6208 * the control file is still referring to a system not in DB_IN_PRODUCTION
6209 * state while looking at the on-disk control file.
6210 *
6211 * Also, we use info_lck to update SharedRecoveryState to ensure that
6212 * there are no race conditions concerning visibility of other recent
6213 * updates to shared memory.
6214 */
6215 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6217
6221
6223 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6224
6225 /*
6226 * Shutdown the recovery environment. This must occur after
6227 * RecoverPreparedTransactions() (see notes in lock_twophase_recover())
6228 * and after switching SharedRecoveryState to RECOVERY_STATE_DONE so as
6229 * any session building a snapshot will not rely on KnownAssignedXids as
6230 * RecoveryInProgress() would return false at this stage. This is
6231 * particularly critical for prepared 2PC transactions, that would still
6232 * need to be included in snapshots once recovery has ended.
6233 */
6236
6237 /*
6238 * If there were cascading standby servers connected to us, nudge any wal
6239 * sender processes to notice that we've been promoted.
6240 */
6241 WalSndWakeup(true, true);
6242
6243 /*
6244 * If this was a promotion, request an (online) checkpoint now. This isn't
6245 * required for consistency, but the last restartpoint might be far back,
6246 * and in case of a crash, recovering from it might take a longer than is
6247 * appropriate now that we're not in standby mode anymore.
6248 */
6249 if (promoted)
6251}
static void pg_atomic_write_membarrier_u64(volatile pg_atomic_uint64 *ptr, uint64 val)
Definition: atomics.h:492
TimeLineID findNewestTimeLine(TimeLineID startTLI)
Definition: timeline.c:264
void restoreTimeLineHistoryFiles(TimeLineID begin, TimeLineID end)
Definition: timeline.c:50
void writeTimeLineHistory(TimeLineID newTLI, TimeLineID parentTLI, XLogRecPtr switchpoint, char *reason)
Definition: timeline.c:304
void startup_progress_timeout_handler(void)
Definition: startup.c:303
uint32 TransactionId
Definition: c.h:658
void StartupCLOG(void)
Definition: clog.c:842
void TrimCLOG(void)
Definition: clog.c:857
void StartupCommitTs(void)
Definition: commit_ts.c:608
void CompleteCommitTsInitialization(void)
Definition: commit_ts.c:618
void SyncDataDirectory(void)
Definition: fd.c:3606
#define IsBootstrapProcessingMode()
Definition: miscadmin.h:476
void TrimMultiXact(void)
Definition: multixact.c:2108
void StartupMultiXact(void)
Definition: multixact.c:2083
void StartupReplicationOrigin(void)
Definition: origin.c:722
@ DB_IN_PRODUCTION
Definition: pg_control.h:97
@ DB_IN_CRASH_RECOVERY
Definition: pg_control.h:95
const void size_t len
void pgstat_restore_stats(void)
Definition: pgstat.c:505
void pgstat_discard_stats(void)
Definition: pgstat.c:517
void ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(RunningTransactions running)
Definition: procarray.c:1054
void ProcArrayInitRecovery(TransactionId initializedUptoXID)
Definition: procarray.c:1023
static void set_ps_display(const char *activity)
Definition: ps_status.h:40
void ResetUnloggedRelations(int op)
Definition: reinit.c:47
#define UNLOGGED_RELATION_INIT
Definition: reinit.h:28
#define UNLOGGED_RELATION_CLEANUP
Definition: reinit.h:27
void RelationCacheInitFileRemove(void)
Definition: relcache.c:6900
void StartupReorderBuffer(void)
void StartupReplicationSlots(void)
Definition: slot.c:2187
void DeleteAllExportedSnapshotFiles(void)
Definition: snapmgr.c:1585
void InitRecoveryTransactionEnvironment(void)
Definition: standby.c:95
void ShutdownRecoveryTransactionEnvironment(void)
Definition: standby.c:161
@ SUBXIDS_IN_SUBTRANS
Definition: standby.h:82
XLogRecPtr lastPageBeginPtr
Definition: xlogrecovery.h:121
XLogRecPtr abortedRecPtr
Definition: xlogrecovery.h:130
XLogRecPtr missingContrecPtr
Definition: xlogrecovery.h:131
TimeLineID endOfLogTLI
Definition: xlogrecovery.h:119
TransactionId oldestRunningXid
Definition: standby.h:92
TransactionId nextXid
Definition: standby.h:91
TransactionId latestCompletedXid
Definition: standby.h:95
subxids_array_status subxid_status
Definition: standby.h:90
TransactionId * xids
Definition: standby.h:97
FullTransactionId latestCompletedXid
Definition: transam.h:238
pg_atomic_uint64 logInsertResult
Definition: xlog.c:471
void StartupSUBTRANS(TransactionId oldestActiveXID)
Definition: subtrans.c:283
TimeoutId RegisterTimeout(TimeoutId id, timeout_handler_proc handler)
Definition: timeout.c:505
@ STARTUP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT
Definition: timeout.h:38
#define TransactionIdRetreat(dest)
Definition: transam.h:141
static void FullTransactionIdRetreat(FullTransactionId *dest)
Definition: transam.h:103
#define XidFromFullTransactionId(x)
Definition: transam.h:48
#define TransactionIdIsValid(xid)
Definition: transam.h:41
#define TransactionIdIsNormal(xid)
Definition: transam.h:42
void RecoverPreparedTransactions(void)
Definition: twophase.c:2083
void restoreTwoPhaseData(void)
Definition: twophase.c:1904
TransactionId PrescanPreparedTransactions(TransactionId **xids_p, int *nxids_p)
Definition: twophase.c:1966
void StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions(void)
Definition: twophase.c:2045
void WalSndWakeup(bool physical, bool logical)
Definition: walsender.c:3779
void UpdateFullPageWrites(void)
Definition: xlog.c:8213
static void ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure(void)
Definition: xlog.c:4112
static XLogRecPtr CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(XLogRecPtr aborted_lsn, XLogRecPtr pagePtr, TimeLineID newTLI)
Definition: xlog.c:7486
static void XLogReportParameters(void)
Definition: xlog.c:8150
static bool PerformRecoveryXLogAction(void)
Definition: xlog.c:6333
static void CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(TimeLineID EndOfLogTLI, XLogRecPtr EndOfLog, TimeLineID newTLI)
Definition: xlog.c:5326
static bool lastFullPageWrites
Definition: xlog.c:218
static void XLogInitNewTimeline(TimeLineID endTLI, XLogRecPtr endOfLog, TimeLineID newTLI)
Definition: xlog.c:5251
static void CheckRequiredParameterValues(void)
Definition: xlog.c:5422
static void RemoveTempXlogFiles(void)
Definition: xlog.c:3845
static char * str_time(pg_time_t tnow, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
Definition: xlog.c:5238
#define TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD
Definition: xlog.h:307
#define TABLESPACE_MAP
Definition: xlog.h:306
#define STANDBY_SIGNAL_FILE
Definition: xlog.h:302
#define BACKUP_LABEL_OLD
Definition: xlog.h:304
#define BACKUP_LABEL_FILE
Definition: xlog.h:303
#define RECOVERY_SIGNAL_FILE
Definition: xlog.h:301
@ RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH
Definition: xlog.h:91
@ RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE
Definition: xlog.h:92
#define XRecOffIsValid(xlrp)
void ShutdownWalRecovery(void)
bool InArchiveRecovery
Definition: xlogrecovery.c:140
void PerformWalRecovery(void)
static XLogRecPtr missingContrecPtr
Definition: xlogrecovery.c:380
static XLogRecPtr abortedRecPtr
Definition: xlogrecovery.c:379
EndOfWalRecoveryInfo * FinishWalRecovery(void)
void InitWalRecovery(ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool *wasShutdown_ptr, bool *haveBackupLabel_ptr, bool *haveTblspcMap_ptr)
Definition: xlogrecovery.c:519
TimeLineID recoveryTargetTLI
Definition: xlogrecovery.c:124
HotStandbyState standbyState
Definition: xlogutils.c:53
bool InRecovery
Definition: xlogutils.c:50
@ STANDBY_DISABLED
Definition: xlogutils.h:52

References abortedRecPtr, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::abortedRecPtr, AdvanceOldestClogXid(), ArchiveRecoveryRequested, Assert(), AuxProcessResourceOwner, BACKUP_LABEL_FILE, BACKUP_LABEL_OLD, ControlFileData::backupEndRequired, ControlFileData::backupStartPoint, ControlFileData::checkPoint, CHECKPOINT_FORCE, ControlFileData::checkPointCopy, CheckRequiredParameterValues(), CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(), CompleteCommitTsInitialization(), ControlFile, CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(), CurrentResourceOwner, DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY, DB_IN_CRASH_RECOVERY, DB_IN_PRODUCTION, DB_SHUTDOWNED, DB_SHUTDOWNED_IN_RECOVERY, DB_SHUTDOWNING, DEBUG1, DeleteAllExportedSnapshotFiles(), doPageWrites, durable_rename(), durable_unlink(), EnableHotStandby, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::endOfLog, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::endOfLogTLI, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED, errhint(), errmsg(), errmsg_internal(), FATAL, findNewestTimeLine(), FinishWalRecovery(), FirstNormalUnloggedLSN, XLogwrtRqst::Flush, XLogwrtResult::Flush, CheckPoint::fullPageWrites, FullTransactionIdRetreat(), InArchiveRecovery, XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::InitializedUpTo, InitRecoveryTransactionEnvironment(), InitWalRecovery(), InRecovery, XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, InvalidXLogRecPtr, IsBootstrapProcessingMode, IsPostmasterEnvironment, lastFullPageWrites, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::lastPage, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::lastPageBeginPtr, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::lastRec, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::lastRecTLI, XLogCtlData::lastSegSwitchLSN, XLogCtlData::lastSegSwitchTime, TransamVariablesData::latestCompletedXid, RunningTransactionsData::latestCompletedXid, len, LocalMinRecoveryPoint, LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI, LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(), LOG, XLogCtlData::logFlushResult, XLogCtlData::logInsertResult, XLogCtlData::logWriteResult, LogwrtResult, XLogCtlData::LogwrtRqst, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, missingContrecPtr, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::missingContrecPtr, MultiXactSetNextMXact(), CheckPoint::newestCommitTsXid, CheckPoint::nextMulti, CheckPoint::nextMultiOffset, TransamVariablesData::nextOid, CheckPoint::nextOid, TransamVariablesData::nextXid, CheckPoint::nextXid, RunningTransactionsData::nextXid, NOTICE, TransamVariablesData::oidCount, CheckPoint::oldestActiveXid, CheckPoint::oldestCommitTsXid, CheckPoint::oldestMulti, CheckPoint::oldestMultiDB, RunningTransactionsData::oldestRunningXid, CheckPoint::oldestXid, CheckPoint::oldestXidDB, XLogCtlData::pages, PerformRecoveryXLogAction(), PerformWalRecovery(), pfree(), pg_atomic_write_membarrier_u64(), pg_atomic_write_u64(), pg_usleep(), pgstat_discard_stats(), pgstat_restore_stats(), PreallocXlogFiles(), PrescanPreparedTransactions(), XLogCtlData::PrevTimeLineID, ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(), ProcArrayInitRecovery(), RecoverPreparedTransactions(), RECOVERY_SIGNAL_FILE, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::recovery_signal_file_found, RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE, RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH, RECOVERY_STATE_DONE, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::recoveryStopReason, recoveryTargetTLI, CheckPoint::redo, RedoRecPtr, XLogCtlInsert::RedoRecPtr, XLogCtlData::RedoRecPtr, RegisterTimeout(), RelationCacheInitFileRemove(), RemoveTempXlogFiles(), RequestCheckpoint(), ResetUnloggedRelations(), restoreTimeLineHistoryFiles(), restoreTwoPhaseData(), set_ps_display(), SetCommitTsLimit(), SetInstallXLogFileSegmentActive(), SetMultiXactIdLimit(), SetTransactionIdLimit(), XLogCtlData::SharedRecoveryState, ShutdownRecoveryTransactionEnvironment(), ShutdownWalRecovery(), SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, STANDBY_DISABLED, STANDBY_SIGNAL_FILE, EndOfWalRecoveryInfo::standby_signal_file_found, StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions(), standbyState, STARTUP_PROGRESS_TIMEOUT, startup_progress_timeout_handler(), StartupCLOG(), StartupCommitTs(), StartupMultiXact(), StartupReorderBuffer(), StartupReplicationOrigin(), StartupReplicationSlots(), StartupSUBTRANS(), ControlFileData::state, str_time(), RunningTransactionsData::subxcnt, RunningTransactionsData::subxid_status, SUBXIDS_IN_SUBTRANS, SyncDataDirectory(), TABLESPACE_MAP, TABLESPACE_MAP_OLD, CheckPoint::ThisTimeLineID, CheckPoint::time, ControlFileData::time, ControlFileData::track_commit_timestamp, TransactionIdIsNormal, TransactionIdIsValid, TransactionIdRetreat, TransamVariables, TrimCLOG(), TrimMultiXact(), UNLOGGED_RELATION_CLEANUP, UNLOGGED_RELATION_INIT, XLogCtlData::unloggedLSN, ControlFileData::unloggedLSN, UpdateControlFile(), UpdateFullPageWrites(), ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure(), WalSndWakeup(), XLogwrtRqst::Write, XLogwrtResult::Write, writeTimeLineHistory(), RunningTransactionsData::xcnt, XidFromFullTransactionId, RunningTransactionsData::xids, XLogCtlData::xlblocks, XLogCtl, XLogInitNewTimeline(), XLogRecPtrIsInvalid, XLogRecPtrToBufIdx, XLogRecPtrToBytePos(), XLogReportParameters(), and XRecOffIsValid.

Referenced by InitPostgres(), and StartupProcessMain().

◆ str_time()

static char * str_time ( pg_time_t  tnow,
char *  buf,
size_t  bufsize 
)
static

Definition at line 5238 of file xlog.c.

5239{
5241 "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %Z",
5242 pg_localtime(&tnow, log_timezone));
5243
5244 return buf;
5245}
#define bufsize
Definition: indent_globs.h:36
static char * buf
Definition: pg_test_fsync.c:72
size_t pg_strftime(char *s, size_t maxsize, const char *format, const struct pg_tm *t)
Definition: strftime.c:128
struct pg_tm * pg_localtime(const pg_time_t *timep, const pg_tz *tz)
Definition: localtime.c:1344
PGDLLIMPORT pg_tz * log_timezone
Definition: pgtz.c:31

References buf, bufsize, log_timezone, pg_localtime(), and pg_strftime().

Referenced by StartupXLOG().

◆ SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery()

void SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery ( XLogRecPtr  EndRecPtr,
TimeLineID  replayTLI 
)

Definition at line 6258 of file xlog.c.

6259{
6260 /* initialize minRecoveryPoint to this record */
6261 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
6263 if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < EndRecPtr)
6264 {
6265 ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = EndRecPtr;
6266 ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
6267 }
6268 /* update local copy */
6271
6272 /*
6273 * The startup process can update its local copy of minRecoveryPoint from
6274 * this point.
6275 */
6277
6279
6280 /*
6281 * We update SharedRecoveryState while holding the lock on ControlFileLock
6282 * so both states are consistent in shared memory.
6283 */
6287
6288 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
6289}
static bool updateMinRecoveryPoint
Definition: xlog.c:648

References ControlFile, DB_IN_ARCHIVE_RECOVERY, XLogCtlData::info_lck, LocalMinRecoveryPoint, LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, RECOVERY_STATE_ARCHIVE, XLogCtlData::SharedRecoveryState, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, ControlFileData::state, UpdateControlFile(), updateMinRecoveryPoint, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by ReadRecord().

◆ update_checkpoint_display()

static void update_checkpoint_display ( int  flags,
bool  restartpoint,
bool  reset 
)
static

Definition at line 6873 of file xlog.c.

6874{
6875 /*
6876 * The status is reported only for end-of-recovery and shutdown
6877 * checkpoints or shutdown restartpoints. Updating the ps display is
6878 * useful in those situations as it may not be possible to rely on
6879 * pg_stat_activity to see the status of the checkpointer or the startup
6880 * process.
6881 */
6883 return;
6884
6885 if (reset)
6886 set_ps_display("");
6887 else
6888 {
6889 char activitymsg[128];
6890
6891 snprintf(activitymsg, sizeof(activitymsg), "performing %s%s%s",
6892 (flags & CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY) ? "end-of-recovery " : "",
6893 (flags & CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN) ? "shutdown " : "",
6894 restartpoint ? "restartpoint" : "checkpoint");
6895 set_ps_display(activitymsg);
6896 }
6897}

References CHECKPOINT_END_OF_RECOVERY, CHECKPOINT_IS_SHUTDOWN, reset(), set_ps_display(), and snprintf.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), and CreateRestartPoint().

◆ UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate()

static void UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate ( uint64  nbytes)
static

Definition at line 6835 of file xlog.c.

6836{
6837 /*
6838 * To estimate the number of segments consumed between checkpoints, keep a
6839 * moving average of the amount of WAL generated in previous checkpoint
6840 * cycles. However, if the load is bursty, with quiet periods and busy
6841 * periods, we want to cater for the peak load. So instead of a plain
6842 * moving average, let the average decline slowly if the previous cycle
6843 * used less WAL than estimated, but bump it up immediately if it used
6844 * more.
6845 *
6846 * When checkpoints are triggered by max_wal_size, this should converge to
6847 * CheckpointSegments * wal_segment_size,
6848 *
6849 * Note: This doesn't pay any attention to what caused the checkpoint.
6850 * Checkpoints triggered manually with CHECKPOINT command, or by e.g.
6851 * starting a base backup, are counted the same as those created
6852 * automatically. The slow-decline will largely mask them out, if they are
6853 * not frequent. If they are frequent, it seems reasonable to count them
6854 * in as any others; if you issue a manual checkpoint every 5 minutes and
6855 * never let a timed checkpoint happen, it makes sense to base the
6856 * preallocation on that 5 minute interval rather than whatever
6857 * checkpoint_timeout is set to.
6858 */
6859 PrevCheckPointDistance = nbytes;
6860 if (CheckPointDistanceEstimate < nbytes)
6862 else
6864 (0.90 * CheckPointDistanceEstimate + 0.10 * (double) nbytes);
6865}

References CheckPointDistanceEstimate, and PrevCheckPointDistance.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), and CreateRestartPoint().

◆ UpdateControlFile()

static void UpdateControlFile ( void  )
static

Definition at line 4583 of file xlog.c.

4584{
4586}
void update_controlfile(const char *DataDir, ControlFileData *ControlFile, bool do_sync)

References ControlFile, DataDir, and update_controlfile().

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(), CreateRestartPoint(), ReachedEndOfBackup(), StartupXLOG(), SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery(), UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(), xlog_redo(), and XLogReportParameters().

◆ UpdateFullPageWrites()

void UpdateFullPageWrites ( void  )

Definition at line 8213 of file xlog.c.

8214{
8216 bool recoveryInProgress;
8217
8218 /*
8219 * Do nothing if full_page_writes has not been changed.
8220 *
8221 * It's safe to check the shared full_page_writes without the lock,
8222 * because we assume that there is no concurrently running process which
8223 * can update it.
8224 */
8225 if (fullPageWrites == Insert->fullPageWrites)
8226 return;
8227
8228 /*
8229 * Perform this outside critical section so that the WAL insert
8230 * initialization done by RecoveryInProgress() doesn't trigger an
8231 * assertion failure.
8232 */
8233 recoveryInProgress = RecoveryInProgress();
8234
8236
8237 /*
8238 * It's always safe to take full page images, even when not strictly
8239 * required, but not the other round. So if we're setting full_page_writes
8240 * to true, first set it true and then write the WAL record. If we're
8241 * setting it to false, first write the WAL record and then set the global
8242 * flag.
8243 */
8244 if (fullPageWrites)
8245 {
8247 Insert->fullPageWrites = true;
8249 }
8250
8251 /*
8252 * Write an XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record. This allows us to keep track of
8253 * full_page_writes during archive recovery, if required.
8254 */
8255 if (XLogStandbyInfoActive() && !recoveryInProgress)
8256 {
8258 XLogRegisterData(&fullPageWrites, sizeof(bool));
8259
8260 XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_FPW_CHANGE);
8261 }
8262
8263 if (!fullPageWrites)
8264 {
8266 Insert->fullPageWrites = false;
8268 }
8270}
#define XLOG_FPW_CHANGE
Definition: pg_control.h:76

References END_CRIT_SECTION, fullPageWrites, XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), RecoveryInProgress(), START_CRIT_SECTION, WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(), WALInsertLockRelease(), XLOG_FPW_CHANGE, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogCtl, XLogInsert(), XLogRegisterData(), and XLogStandbyInfoActive.

Referenced by StartupXLOG(), and UpdateSharedMemoryConfig().

◆ UpdateLastRemovedPtr()

static void UpdateLastRemovedPtr ( char *  filename)
static

Definition at line 3825 of file xlog.c.

3826{
3827 uint32 tli;
3828 XLogSegNo segno;
3829
3831
3833 if (segno > XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo)
3834 XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo = segno;
3836}
static void XLogFromFileName(const char *fname, TimeLineID *tli, XLogSegNo *logSegNo, int wal_segsz_bytes)

References filename, XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::lastRemovedSegNo, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, wal_segment_size, XLogCtl, and XLogFromFileName().

Referenced by RemoveOldXlogFiles().

◆ UpdateMinRecoveryPoint()

static void UpdateMinRecoveryPoint ( XLogRecPtr  lsn,
bool  force 
)
static

Definition at line 2700 of file xlog.c.

2701{
2702 /* Quick check using our local copy of the variable */
2703 if (!updateMinRecoveryPoint || (!force && lsn <= LocalMinRecoveryPoint))
2704 return;
2705
2706 /*
2707 * An invalid minRecoveryPoint means that we need to recover all the WAL,
2708 * i.e., we're doing crash recovery. We never modify the control file's
2709 * value in that case, so we can short-circuit future checks here too. The
2710 * local values of minRecoveryPoint and minRecoveryPointTLI should not be
2711 * updated until crash recovery finishes. We only do this for the startup
2712 * process as it should not update its own reference of minRecoveryPoint
2713 * until it has finished crash recovery to make sure that all WAL
2714 * available is replayed in this case. This also saves from extra locks
2715 * taken on the control file from the startup process.
2716 */
2718 {
2719 updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
2720 return;
2721 }
2722
2723 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
2724
2725 /* update local copy */
2728
2730 updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
2731 else if (force || LocalMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
2732 {
2733 XLogRecPtr newMinRecoveryPoint;
2734 TimeLineID newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
2735
2736 /*
2737 * To avoid having to update the control file too often, we update it
2738 * all the way to the last record being replayed, even though 'lsn'
2739 * would suffice for correctness. This also allows the 'force' case
2740 * to not need a valid 'lsn' value.
2741 *
2742 * Another important reason for doing it this way is that the passed
2743 * 'lsn' value could be bogus, i.e., past the end of available WAL, if
2744 * the caller got it from a corrupted heap page. Accepting such a
2745 * value as the min recovery point would prevent us from coming up at
2746 * all. Instead, we just log a warning and continue with recovery.
2747 * (See also the comments about corrupt LSNs in XLogFlush.)
2748 */
2749 newMinRecoveryPoint = GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&newMinRecoveryPointTLI);
2750 if (!force && newMinRecoveryPoint < lsn)
2751 elog(WARNING,
2752 "xlog min recovery request %X/%08X is past current point %X/%08X",
2753 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(lsn), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint));
2754
2755 /* update control file */
2756 if (ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint < newMinRecoveryPoint)
2757 {
2758 ControlFile->minRecoveryPoint = newMinRecoveryPoint;
2759 ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
2761 LocalMinRecoveryPoint = newMinRecoveryPoint;
2762 LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI = newMinRecoveryPointTLI;
2763
2765 errmsg_internal("updated min recovery point to %X/%08X on timeline %u",
2766 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(newMinRecoveryPoint),
2767 newMinRecoveryPointTLI));
2768 }
2769 }
2770 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
2771}
XLogRecPtr GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(TimeLineID *replayEndTLI)

References ControlFile, DEBUG2, elog, ereport, errmsg_internal(), GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(), InRecovery, LocalMinRecoveryPoint, LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, UpdateControlFile(), updateMinRecoveryPoint, WARNING, and XLogRecPtrIsInvalid.

Referenced by CreateRestartPoint(), XLogFlush(), and XLogInitNewTimeline().

◆ ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure()

static void ValidateXLOGDirectoryStructure ( void  )
static

Definition at line 4112 of file xlog.c.

4113{
4114 char path[MAXPGPATH];
4115 struct stat stat_buf;
4116
4117 /* Check for pg_wal; if it doesn't exist, error out */
4118 if (stat(XLOGDIR, &stat_buf) != 0 ||
4119 !S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
4120 ereport(FATAL,
4122 errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4123 XLOGDIR)));
4124
4125 /* Check for archive_status */
4126 snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/archive_status");
4127 if (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
4128 {
4129 /* Check for weird cases where it exists but isn't a directory */
4130 if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
4131 ereport(FATAL,
4133 errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4134 path)));
4135 }
4136 else
4137 {
4138 ereport(LOG,
4139 (errmsg("creating missing WAL directory \"%s\"", path)));
4140 if (MakePGDirectory(path) < 0)
4141 ereport(FATAL,
4143 errmsg("could not create missing directory \"%s\": %m",
4144 path)));
4145 }
4146
4147 /* Check for summaries */
4148 snprintf(path, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/summaries");
4149 if (stat(path, &stat_buf) == 0)
4150 {
4151 /* Check for weird cases where it exists but isn't a directory */
4152 if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
4153 ereport(FATAL,
4154 (errmsg("required WAL directory \"%s\" does not exist",
4155 path)));
4156 }
4157 else
4158 {
4159 ereport(LOG,
4160 (errmsg("creating missing WAL directory \"%s\"", path)));
4161 if (MakePGDirectory(path) < 0)
4162 ereport(FATAL,
4163 (errmsg("could not create missing directory \"%s\": %m",
4164 path)));
4165 }
4166}
int MakePGDirectory(const char *directoryName)
Definition: fd.c:3975
#define S_ISDIR(m)
Definition: win32_port.h:315

References ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), FATAL, LOG, MakePGDirectory(), MAXPGPATH, S_ISDIR, snprintf, stat::st_mode, stat, and XLOGDIR.

Referenced by StartupXLOG().

◆ WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish()

static XLogRecPtr WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish ( XLogRecPtr  upto)
static

Definition at line 1507 of file xlog.c.

1508{
1509 uint64 bytepos;
1510 XLogRecPtr inserted;
1511 XLogRecPtr reservedUpto;
1512 XLogRecPtr finishedUpto;
1514 int i;
1515
1516 if (MyProc == NULL)
1517 elog(PANIC, "cannot wait without a PGPROC structure");
1518
1519 /*
1520 * Check if there's any work to do. Use a barrier to ensure we get the
1521 * freshest value.
1522 */
1524 if (upto <= inserted)
1525 return inserted;
1526
1527 /* Read the current insert position */
1528 SpinLockAcquire(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1529 bytepos = Insert->CurrBytePos;
1530 SpinLockRelease(&Insert->insertpos_lck);
1531 reservedUpto = XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(bytepos);
1532
1533 /*
1534 * No-one should request to flush a piece of WAL that hasn't even been
1535 * reserved yet. However, it can happen if there is a block with a bogus
1536 * LSN on disk, for example. XLogFlush checks for that situation and
1537 * complains, but only after the flush. Here we just assume that to mean
1538 * that all WAL that has been reserved needs to be finished. In this
1539 * corner-case, the return value can be smaller than 'upto' argument.
1540 */
1541 if (upto > reservedUpto)
1542 {
1543 ereport(LOG,
1544 errmsg("request to flush past end of generated WAL; request %X/%08X, current position %X/%08X",
1545 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(upto), LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(reservedUpto)));
1546 upto = reservedUpto;
1547 }
1548
1549 /*
1550 * Loop through all the locks, sleeping on any in-progress insert older
1551 * than 'upto'.
1552 *
1553 * finishedUpto is our return value, indicating the point upto which all
1554 * the WAL insertions have been finished. Initialize it to the head of
1555 * reserved WAL, and as we iterate through the insertion locks, back it
1556 * out for any insertion that's still in progress.
1557 */
1558 finishedUpto = reservedUpto;
1559 for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
1560 {
1561 XLogRecPtr insertingat = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1562
1563 do
1564 {
1565 /*
1566 * See if this insertion is in progress. LWLockWaitForVar will
1567 * wait for the lock to be released, or for the 'value' to be set
1568 * by a LWLockUpdateVar call. When a lock is initially acquired,
1569 * its value is 0 (InvalidXLogRecPtr), which means that we don't
1570 * know where it's inserting yet. We will have to wait for it. If
1571 * it's a small insertion, the record will most likely fit on the
1572 * same page and the inserter will release the lock without ever
1573 * calling LWLockUpdateVar. But if it has to sleep, it will
1574 * advertise the insertion point with LWLockUpdateVar before
1575 * sleeping.
1576 *
1577 * In this loop we are only waiting for insertions that started
1578 * before WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish was called. The lack of
1579 * memory barriers in the loop means that we might see locks as
1580 * "unused" that have since become used. This is fine because
1581 * they only can be used for later insertions that we would not
1582 * want to wait on anyway. Not taking a lock to acquire the
1583 * current insertingAt value means that we might see older
1584 * insertingAt values. This is also fine, because if we read a
1585 * value too old, we will add ourselves to the wait queue, which
1586 * contains atomic operations.
1587 */
1588 if (LWLockWaitForVar(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock,
1590 insertingat, &insertingat))
1591 {
1592 /* the lock was free, so no insertion in progress */
1593 insertingat = InvalidXLogRecPtr;
1594 break;
1595 }
1596
1597 /*
1598 * This insertion is still in progress. Have to wait, unless the
1599 * inserter has proceeded past 'upto'.
1600 */
1601 } while (insertingat < upto);
1602
1603 if (insertingat != InvalidXLogRecPtr && insertingat < finishedUpto)
1604 finishedUpto = insertingat;
1605 }
1606
1607 /*
1608 * Advance the limit we know to have been inserted and return the freshest
1609 * value we know of, which might be beyond what we requested if somebody
1610 * is concurrently doing this with an 'upto' pointer ahead of us.
1611 */
1613 finishedUpto);
1614
1615 return finishedUpto;
1616}
static uint64 pg_atomic_monotonic_advance_u64(volatile pg_atomic_uint64 *ptr, uint64 target)
Definition: atomics.h:583
bool LWLockWaitForVar(LWLock *lock, pg_atomic_uint64 *valptr, uint64 oldval, uint64 *newval)
Definition: lwlock.c:1590
PGPROC * MyProc
Definition: proc.c:66
pg_atomic_uint64 insertingAt
Definition: xlog.c:371

References elog, ereport, errmsg(), i, XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), WALInsertLock::insertingAt, InvalidXLogRecPtr, WALInsertLockPadded::l, LOG, XLogCtlData::logInsertResult, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, LWLockWaitForVar(), MyProc, NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS, PANIC, pg_atomic_monotonic_advance_u64(), pg_atomic_read_membarrier_u64(), SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, WALInsertLocks, XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(), and XLogCtl.

Referenced by AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), XLogBackgroundFlush(), and XLogFlush().

◆ WALInsertLockAcquire()

static void WALInsertLockAcquire ( void  )
static

Definition at line 1374 of file xlog.c.

1375{
1376 bool immed;
1377
1378 /*
1379 * It doesn't matter which of the WAL insertion locks we acquire, so try
1380 * the one we used last time. If the system isn't particularly busy, it's
1381 * a good bet that it's still available, and it's good to have some
1382 * affinity to a particular lock so that you don't unnecessarily bounce
1383 * cache lines between processes when there's no contention.
1384 *
1385 * If this is the first time through in this backend, pick a lock
1386 * (semi-)randomly. This allows the locks to be used evenly if you have a
1387 * lot of very short connections.
1388 */
1389 static int lockToTry = -1;
1390
1391 if (lockToTry == -1)
1392 lockToTry = MyProcNumber % NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
1393 MyLockNo = lockToTry;
1394
1395 /*
1396 * The insertingAt value is initially set to 0, as we don't know our
1397 * insert location yet.
1398 */
1400 if (!immed)
1401 {
1402 /*
1403 * If we couldn't get the lock immediately, try another lock next
1404 * time. On a system with more insertion locks than concurrent
1405 * inserters, this causes all the inserters to eventually migrate to a
1406 * lock that no-one else is using. On a system with more inserters
1407 * than locks, it still helps to distribute the inserters evenly
1408 * across the locks.
1409 */
1410 lockToTry = (lockToTry + 1) % NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
1411 }
1412}
ProcNumber MyProcNumber
Definition: globals.c:90
static int MyLockNo
Definition: xlog.c:651

References LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), MyLockNo, MyProcNumber, NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS, and WALInsertLocks.

Referenced by CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(), and XLogInsertRecord().

◆ WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive()

static void WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive ( void  )
static

Definition at line 1419 of file xlog.c.

1420{
1421 int i;
1422
1423 /*
1424 * When holding all the locks, all but the last lock's insertingAt
1425 * indicator is set to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF, which is higher than any real
1426 * XLogRecPtr value, to make sure that no-one blocks waiting on those.
1427 */
1428 for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS - 1; i++)
1429 {
1434 }
1435 /* Variable value reset to 0 at release */
1437
1438 holdingAllLocks = true;
1439}
#define PG_UINT64_MAX
Definition: c.h:599
void LWLockUpdateVar(LWLock *lock, pg_atomic_uint64 *valptr, uint64 val)
Definition: lwlock.c:1726
static bool holdingAllLocks
Definition: xlog.c:652

References holdingAllLocks, i, WALInsertLock::insertingAt, WALInsertLockPadded::l, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockUpdateVar(), NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS, PG_UINT64_MAX, and WALInsertLocks.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(), CreateRestartPoint(), do_pg_abort_backup(), do_pg_backup_start(), do_pg_backup_stop(), UpdateFullPageWrites(), and XLogInsertRecord().

◆ WALInsertLockRelease()

static void WALInsertLockRelease ( void  )
static

Definition at line 1448 of file xlog.c.

1449{
1450 if (holdingAllLocks)
1451 {
1452 int i;
1453
1454 for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
1457 0);
1458
1459 holdingAllLocks = false;
1460 }
1461 else
1462 {
1465 0);
1466 }
1467}
void LWLockReleaseClearVar(LWLock *lock, pg_atomic_uint64 *valptr, uint64 val)
Definition: lwlock.c:1923

References holdingAllLocks, i, WALInsertLock::insertingAt, WALInsertLockPadded::l, LWLockReleaseClearVar(), MyLockNo, NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS, and WALInsertLocks.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(), CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(), CreateRestartPoint(), do_pg_abort_backup(), do_pg_backup_start(), do_pg_backup_stop(), UpdateFullPageWrites(), and XLogInsertRecord().

◆ WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt()

static void WALInsertLockUpdateInsertingAt ( XLogRecPtr  insertingAt)
static

Definition at line 1474 of file xlog.c.

1475{
1476 if (holdingAllLocks)
1477 {
1478 /*
1479 * We use the last lock to mark our actual position, see comments in
1480 * WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive.
1481 */
1484 insertingAt);
1485 }
1486 else
1489 insertingAt);
1490}

References holdingAllLocks, WALInsertLock::insertingAt, WALInsertLockPadded::l, LWLockUpdateVar(), MyLockNo, NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS, and WALInsertLocks.

Referenced by GetXLogBuffer().

◆ WALReadFromBuffers()

Size WALReadFromBuffers ( char *  dstbuf,
XLogRecPtr  startptr,
Size  count,
TimeLineID  tli 
)

Definition at line 1751 of file xlog.c.

1753{
1754 char *pdst = dstbuf;
1755 XLogRecPtr recptr = startptr;
1756 XLogRecPtr inserted;
1757 Size nbytes = count;
1758
1760 return 0;
1761
1762 Assert(!XLogRecPtrIsInvalid(startptr));
1763
1764 /*
1765 * Caller should ensure that the requested data has been inserted into WAL
1766 * buffers before we try to read it.
1767 */
1769 if (startptr + count > inserted)
1770 ereport(ERROR,
1771 errmsg("cannot read past end of generated WAL: requested %X/%08X, current position %X/%08X",
1772 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(startptr + count),
1773 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(inserted)));
1774
1775 /*
1776 * Loop through the buffers without a lock. For each buffer, atomically
1777 * read and verify the end pointer, then copy the data out, and finally
1778 * re-read and re-verify the end pointer.
1779 *
1780 * Once a page is evicted, it never returns to the WAL buffers, so if the
1781 * end pointer matches the expected end pointer before and after we copy
1782 * the data, then the right page must have been present during the data
1783 * copy. Read barriers are necessary to ensure that the data copy actually
1784 * happens between the two verification steps.
1785 *
1786 * If either verification fails, we simply terminate the loop and return
1787 * with the data that had been already copied out successfully.
1788 */
1789 while (nbytes > 0)
1790 {
1791 uint32 offset = recptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1792 int idx = XLogRecPtrToBufIdx(recptr);
1793 XLogRecPtr expectedEndPtr;
1794 XLogRecPtr endptr;
1795 const char *page;
1796 const char *psrc;
1797 Size npagebytes;
1798
1799 /*
1800 * Calculate the end pointer we expect in the xlblocks array if the
1801 * correct page is present.
1802 */
1803 expectedEndPtr = recptr + (XLOG_BLCKSZ - offset);
1804
1805 /*
1806 * First verification step: check that the correct page is present in
1807 * the WAL buffers.
1808 */
1810 if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1811 break;
1812
1813 /*
1814 * The correct page is present (or was at the time the endptr was
1815 * read; must re-verify later). Calculate pointer to source data and
1816 * determine how much data to read from this page.
1817 */
1818 page = XLogCtl->pages + idx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1819 psrc = page + offset;
1820 npagebytes = Min(nbytes, XLOG_BLCKSZ - offset);
1821
1822 /*
1823 * Ensure that the data copy and the first verification step are not
1824 * reordered.
1825 */
1827
1828 /* data copy */
1829 memcpy(pdst, psrc, npagebytes);
1830
1831 /*
1832 * Ensure that the data copy and the second verification step are not
1833 * reordered.
1834 */
1836
1837 /*
1838 * Second verification step: check that the page we read from wasn't
1839 * evicted while we were copying the data.
1840 */
1842 if (expectedEndPtr != endptr)
1843 break;
1844
1845 pdst += npagebytes;
1846 recptr += npagebytes;
1847 nbytes -= npagebytes;
1848 }
1849
1850 Assert(pdst - dstbuf <= count);
1851
1852 return pdst - dstbuf;
1853}
#define pg_read_barrier()
Definition: atomics.h:154
#define Min(x, y)
Definition: c.h:1004
TimeLineID GetWALInsertionTimeLine(void)
Definition: xlog.c:6569

References Assert(), ereport, errmsg(), ERROR, GetWALInsertionTimeLine(), idx(), XLogCtlData::logInsertResult, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, Min, XLogCtlData::pages, pg_atomic_read_u64(), pg_read_barrier, RecoveryInProgress(), XLogCtlData::xlblocks, XLogCtl, XLogRecPtrIsInvalid, and XLogRecPtrToBufIdx.

Referenced by XLogSendPhysical().

◆ WriteControlFile()

static void WriteControlFile ( void  )
static

Definition at line 4252 of file xlog.c.

4253{
4254 int fd;
4255 char buffer[PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE]; /* need not be aligned */
4256
4257 /*
4258 * Initialize version and compatibility-check fields
4259 */
4262
4263 ControlFile->maxAlign = MAXIMUM_ALIGNOF;
4265
4266 ControlFile->blcksz = BLCKSZ;
4267 ControlFile->relseg_size = RELSEG_SIZE;
4268 ControlFile->xlog_blcksz = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
4270
4273
4276
4277 ControlFile->float8ByVal = true; /* vestigial */
4278
4279 /*
4280 * Initialize the default 'char' signedness.
4281 *
4282 * The signedness of the char type is implementation-defined. For instance
4283 * on x86 architecture CPUs, the char data type is typically treated as
4284 * signed by default, whereas on aarch architecture CPUs, it is typically
4285 * treated as unsigned by default. In v17 or earlier, we accidentally let
4286 * C implementation signedness affect persistent data. This led to
4287 * inconsistent results when comparing char data across different
4288 * platforms.
4289 *
4290 * This flag can be used as a hint to ensure consistent behavior for
4291 * pre-v18 data files that store data sorted by the 'char' type on disk,
4292 * especially in cross-platform replication scenarios.
4293 *
4294 * Newly created database clusters unconditionally set the default char
4295 * signedness to true. pg_upgrade changes this flag for clusters that were
4296 * initialized on signedness=false platforms. As a result,
4297 * signedness=false setting will become rare over time. If we had known
4298 * about this problem during the last development cycle that forced initdb
4299 * (v8.3), we would have made all clusters signed or all clusters
4300 * unsigned. Making pg_upgrade the only source of signedness=false will
4301 * cause the population of database clusters to converge toward that
4302 * retrospective ideal.
4303 */
4305
4306 /* Contents are protected with a CRC */
4310 offsetof(ControlFileData, crc));
4312
4313 /*
4314 * We write out PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE bytes into pg_control, zero-padding
4315 * the excess over sizeof(ControlFileData). This reduces the odds of
4316 * premature-EOF errors when reading pg_control. We'll still fail when we
4317 * check the contents of the file, but hopefully with a more specific
4318 * error than "couldn't read pg_control".
4319 */
4320 memset(buffer, 0, PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE);
4321 memcpy(buffer, ControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
4322
4324 O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY);
4325 if (fd < 0)
4326 ereport(PANIC,
4328 errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m",
4330
4331 errno = 0;
4332 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_WRITE);
4334 {
4335 /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
4336 if (errno == 0)
4337 errno = ENOSPC;
4338 ereport(PANIC,
4340 errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
4342 }
4344
4345 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_CONTROL_FILE_SYNC);
4346 if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
4347 ereport(PANIC,
4349 errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m",
4352
4353 if (close(fd) != 0)
4354 ereport(PANIC,
4356 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m",
4358}
#define PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE
Definition: pg_control.h:256

References BasicOpenFile(), ControlFileData::blcksz, CATALOG_VERSION_NO, ControlFileData::catalog_version_no, close, COMP_CRC32C, ControlFile, ControlFileData::crc, crc, ControlFileData::default_char_signedness, ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), fd(), FIN_CRC32C, ControlFileData::float8ByVal, ControlFileData::floatFormat, FLOATFORMAT_VALUE, INDEX_MAX_KEYS, ControlFileData::indexMaxKeys, INIT_CRC32C, ControlFileData::loblksize, LOBLKSIZE, ControlFileData::maxAlign, ControlFileData::nameDataLen, NAMEDATALEN, PANIC, PG_BINARY, PG_CONTROL_FILE_SIZE, PG_CONTROL_VERSION, ControlFileData::pg_control_version, pg_fsync(), pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), ControlFileData::relseg_size, TOAST_MAX_CHUNK_SIZE, ControlFileData::toast_max_chunk_size, wal_segment_size, write, ControlFileData::xlog_blcksz, XLOG_CONTROL_FILE, and ControlFileData::xlog_seg_size.

Referenced by BootStrapXLOG().

◆ xlog_redo()

void xlog_redo ( XLogReaderState record)

Definition at line 8282 of file xlog.c.

8283{
8284 uint8 info = XLogRecGetInfo(record) & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
8285 XLogRecPtr lsn = record->EndRecPtr;
8286
8287 /*
8288 * In XLOG rmgr, backup blocks are only used by XLOG_FPI and
8289 * XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT records.
8290 */
8291 Assert(info == XLOG_FPI || info == XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT ||
8292 !XLogRecHasAnyBlockRefs(record));
8293
8294 if (info == XLOG_NEXTOID)
8295 {
8296 Oid nextOid;
8297
8298 /*
8299 * We used to try to take the maximum of TransamVariables->nextOid and
8300 * the recorded nextOid, but that fails if the OID counter wraps
8301 * around. Since no OID allocation should be happening during replay
8302 * anyway, better to just believe the record exactly. We still take
8303 * OidGenLock while setting the variable, just in case.
8304 */
8305 memcpy(&nextOid, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(Oid));
8306 LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8307 TransamVariables->nextOid = nextOid;
8309 LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
8310 }
8311 else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN)
8312 {
8313 CheckPoint checkPoint;
8314 TimeLineID replayTLI;
8315
8316 memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
8317 /* In a SHUTDOWN checkpoint, believe the counters exactly */
8318 LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8319 TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
8320 LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
8321 LWLockAcquire(OidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8322 TransamVariables->nextOid = checkPoint.nextOid;
8324 LWLockRelease(OidGenLock);
8326 checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
8327
8329 checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
8330
8331 /*
8332 * No need to set oldestClogXid here as well; it'll be set when we
8333 * redo an xl_clog_truncate if it changed since initialization.
8334 */
8335 SetTransactionIdLimit(checkPoint.oldestXid, checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
8336
8337 /*
8338 * If we see a shutdown checkpoint while waiting for an end-of-backup
8339 * record, the backup was canceled and the end-of-backup record will
8340 * never arrive.
8341 */
8345 ereport(PANIC,
8346 (errmsg("online backup was canceled, recovery cannot continue")));
8347
8348 /*
8349 * If we see a shutdown checkpoint, we know that nothing was running
8350 * on the primary at this point. So fake-up an empty running-xacts
8351 * record and use that here and now. Recover additional standby state
8352 * for prepared transactions.
8353 */
8355 {
8356 TransactionId *xids;
8357 int nxids;
8358 TransactionId oldestActiveXID;
8359 TransactionId latestCompletedXid;
8361
8362 oldestActiveXID = PrescanPreparedTransactions(&xids, &nxids);
8363
8364 /* Update pg_subtrans entries for any prepared transactions */
8366
8367 /*
8368 * Construct a RunningTransactions snapshot representing a shut
8369 * down server, with only prepared transactions still alive. We're
8370 * never overflowed at this point because all subxids are listed
8371 * with their parent prepared transactions.
8372 */
8373 running.xcnt = nxids;
8374 running.subxcnt = 0;
8376 running.nextXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
8377 running.oldestRunningXid = oldestActiveXID;
8378 latestCompletedXid = XidFromFullTransactionId(checkPoint.nextXid);
8379 TransactionIdRetreat(latestCompletedXid);
8380 Assert(TransactionIdIsNormal(latestCompletedXid));
8381 running.latestCompletedXid = latestCompletedXid;
8382 running.xids = xids;
8383
8385 }
8386
8387 /* ControlFile->checkPointCopy always tracks the latest ckpt XID */
8388 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8390 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8391
8392 /*
8393 * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this
8394 * record.
8395 */
8396 (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
8397 if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
8398 ereport(PANIC,
8399 (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in shutdown checkpoint record",
8400 checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
8401
8402 RecoveryRestartPoint(&checkPoint, record);
8403
8404 /*
8405 * After replaying a checkpoint record, free all smgr objects.
8406 * Otherwise we would never do so for dropped relations, as the
8407 * startup does not process shared invalidation messages or call
8408 * AtEOXact_SMgr().
8409 */
8411 }
8412 else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE)
8413 {
8414 CheckPoint checkPoint;
8415 TimeLineID replayTLI;
8416
8417 memcpy(&checkPoint, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(CheckPoint));
8418 /* In an ONLINE checkpoint, treat the XID counter as a minimum */
8419 LWLockAcquire(XidGenLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8421 checkPoint.nextXid))
8422 TransamVariables->nextXid = checkPoint.nextXid;
8423 LWLockRelease(XidGenLock);
8424
8425 /*
8426 * We ignore the nextOid counter in an ONLINE checkpoint, preferring
8427 * to track OID assignment through XLOG_NEXTOID records. The nextOid
8428 * counter is from the start of the checkpoint and might well be stale
8429 * compared to later XLOG_NEXTOID records. We could try to take the
8430 * maximum of the nextOid counter and our latest value, but since
8431 * there's no particular guarantee about the speed with which the OID
8432 * counter wraps around, that's a risky thing to do. In any case,
8433 * users of the nextOid counter are required to avoid assignment of
8434 * duplicates, so that a somewhat out-of-date value should be safe.
8435 */
8436
8437 /* Handle multixact */
8439 checkPoint.nextMultiOffset);
8440
8441 /*
8442 * NB: This may perform multixact truncation when replaying WAL
8443 * generated by an older primary.
8444 */
8446 checkPoint.oldestMultiDB);
8448 checkPoint.oldestXid))
8450 checkPoint.oldestXidDB);
8451 /* ControlFile->checkPointCopy always tracks the latest ckpt XID */
8452 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8454 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8455
8456 /* TLI should not change in an on-line checkpoint */
8457 (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
8458 if (checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
8459 ereport(PANIC,
8460 (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in online checkpoint record",
8461 checkPoint.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
8462
8463 RecoveryRestartPoint(&checkPoint, record);
8464
8465 /*
8466 * After replaying a checkpoint record, free all smgr objects.
8467 * Otherwise we would never do so for dropped relations, as the
8468 * startup does not process shared invalidation messages or call
8469 * AtEOXact_SMgr().
8470 */
8472 }
8473 else if (info == XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD)
8474 {
8475 /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery_redo() */
8476 }
8477 else if (info == XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY)
8478 {
8479 xl_end_of_recovery xlrec;
8480 TimeLineID replayTLI;
8481
8482 memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_end_of_recovery));
8483
8484 /*
8485 * For Hot Standby, we could treat this like a Shutdown Checkpoint,
8486 * but this case is rarer and harder to test, so the benefit doesn't
8487 * outweigh the potential extra cost of maintenance.
8488 */
8489
8490 /*
8491 * We should've already switched to the new TLI before replaying this
8492 * record.
8493 */
8494 (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
8495 if (xlrec.ThisTimeLineID != replayTLI)
8496 ereport(PANIC,
8497 (errmsg("unexpected timeline ID %u (should be %u) in end-of-recovery record",
8498 xlrec.ThisTimeLineID, replayTLI)));
8499 }
8500 else if (info == XLOG_NOOP)
8501 {
8502 /* nothing to do here */
8503 }
8504 else if (info == XLOG_SWITCH)
8505 {
8506 /* nothing to do here */
8507 }
8508 else if (info == XLOG_RESTORE_POINT)
8509 {
8510 /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery.c */
8511 }
8512 else if (info == XLOG_FPI || info == XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT)
8513 {
8514 /*
8515 * XLOG_FPI records contain nothing else but one or more block
8516 * references. Every block reference must include a full-page image
8517 * even if full_page_writes was disabled when the record was generated
8518 * - otherwise there would be no point in this record.
8519 *
8520 * XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT records are generated when a page needs to be
8521 * WAL-logged because of a hint bit update. They are only generated
8522 * when checksums and/or wal_log_hints are enabled. They may include
8523 * no full-page images if full_page_writes was disabled when they were
8524 * generated. In this case there is nothing to do here.
8525 *
8526 * No recovery conflicts are generated by these generic records - if a
8527 * resource manager needs to generate conflicts, it has to define a
8528 * separate WAL record type and redo routine.
8529 */
8530 for (uint8 block_id = 0; block_id <= XLogRecMaxBlockId(record); block_id++)
8531 {
8532 Buffer buffer;
8533
8534 if (!XLogRecHasBlockImage(record, block_id))
8535 {
8536 if (info == XLOG_FPI)
8537 elog(ERROR, "XLOG_FPI record did not contain a full-page image");
8538 continue;
8539 }
8540
8541 if (XLogReadBufferForRedo(record, block_id, &buffer) != BLK_RESTORED)
8542 elog(ERROR, "unexpected XLogReadBufferForRedo result when restoring backup block");
8543 UnlockReleaseBuffer(buffer);
8544 }
8545 }
8546 else if (info == XLOG_BACKUP_END)
8547 {
8548 /* nothing to do here, handled in xlogrecovery_redo() */
8549 }
8550 else if (info == XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE)
8551 {
8552 xl_parameter_change xlrec;
8553
8554 /* Update our copy of the parameters in pg_control */
8555 memcpy(&xlrec, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(xl_parameter_change));
8556
8557 /*
8558 * Invalidate logical slots if we are in hot standby and the primary
8559 * does not have a WAL level sufficient for logical decoding. No need
8560 * to search for potentially conflicting logically slots if standby is
8561 * running with wal_level lower than logical, because in that case, we
8562 * would have either disallowed creation of logical slots or
8563 * invalidated existing ones.
8564 */
8565 if (InRecovery && InHotStandby &&
8566 xlrec.wal_level < WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL &&
8569 0, InvalidOid,
8571
8572 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8580
8581 /*
8582 * Update minRecoveryPoint to ensure that if recovery is aborted, we
8583 * recover back up to this point before allowing hot standby again.
8584 * This is important if the max_* settings are decreased, to ensure
8585 * you don't run queries against the WAL preceding the change. The
8586 * local copies cannot be updated as long as crash recovery is
8587 * happening and we expect all the WAL to be replayed.
8588 */
8590 {
8593 }
8595 {
8596 TimeLineID replayTLI;
8597
8598 (void) GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(&replayTLI);
8600 ControlFile->minRecoveryPointTLI = replayTLI;
8601 }
8602
8606
8608 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8609
8610 /* Check to see if any parameter change gives a problem on recovery */
8612 }
8613 else if (info == XLOG_FPW_CHANGE)
8614 {
8615 bool fpw;
8616
8617 memcpy(&fpw, XLogRecGetData(record), sizeof(bool));
8618
8619 /*
8620 * Update the LSN of the last replayed XLOG_FPW_CHANGE record so that
8621 * do_pg_backup_start() and do_pg_backup_stop() can check whether
8622 * full_page_writes has been disabled during online backup.
8623 */
8624 if (!fpw)
8625 {
8630 }
8631
8632 /* Keep track of full_page_writes */
8633 lastFullPageWrites = fpw;
8634 }
8635 else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
8636 {
8637 /* nothing to do here, just for informational purposes */
8638 }
8639}
int Buffer
Definition: buf.h:23
void UnlockReleaseBuffer(Buffer buffer)
Definition: bufmgr.c:5355
uint8_t uint8
Definition: c.h:537
void CommitTsParameterChange(bool newvalue, bool oldvalue)
Definition: commit_ts.c:640
void MultiXactAdvanceOldest(MultiXactId oldestMulti, Oid oldestMultiDB)
Definition: multixact.c:2466
void MultiXactAdvanceNextMXact(MultiXactId minMulti, MultiXactOffset minMultiOffset)
Definition: multixact.c:2441
#define XLOG_RESTORE_POINT
Definition: pg_control.h:75
#define XLOG_FPI
Definition: pg_control.h:79
#define XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT
Definition: pg_control.h:78
#define XLOG_NEXTOID
Definition: pg_control.h:71
#define XLOG_NOOP
Definition: pg_control.h:70
#define XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE
Definition: pg_control.h:74
@ RS_INVAL_WAL_LEVEL
Definition: slot.h:66
void smgrdestroyall(void)
Definition: smgr.c:386
bool TransactionIdPrecedes(TransactionId id1, TransactionId id2)
Definition: transam.c:280
#define FullTransactionIdPrecedes(a, b)
Definition: transam.h:51
static void RecoveryRestartPoint(const CheckPoint *checkPoint, XLogReaderState *record)
Definition: xlog.c:7596
@ WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL
Definition: xlog.h:76
#define XLogRecGetInfo(decoder)
Definition: xlogreader.h:410
#define XLogRecGetData(decoder)
Definition: xlogreader.h:415
#define XLogRecMaxBlockId(decoder)
Definition: xlogreader.h:418
#define XLogRecHasBlockImage(decoder, block_id)
Definition: xlogreader.h:423
#define XLogRecHasAnyBlockRefs(decoder)
Definition: xlogreader.h:417
XLogRedoAction XLogReadBufferForRedo(XLogReaderState *record, uint8 block_id, Buffer *buf)
Definition: xlogutils.c:303
@ STANDBY_INITIALIZED
Definition: xlogutils.h:53
#define InHotStandby
Definition: xlogutils.h:60
@ BLK_RESTORED
Definition: xlogutils.h:76

References ArchiveRecoveryRequested, Assert(), ControlFileData::backupEndPoint, ControlFileData::backupStartPoint, BLK_RESTORED, ControlFileData::checkPointCopy, CheckRequiredParameterValues(), CommitTsParameterChange(), ControlFile, elog, XLogReaderState::EndRecPtr, ereport, errmsg(), ERROR, FullTransactionIdPrecedes, GetCurrentReplayRecPtr(), InArchiveRecovery, XLogCtlData::info_lck, InHotStandby, InRecovery, InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(), InvalidOid, InvalidTransactionId, InvalidXLogRecPtr, XLogCtlData::lastFpwDisableRecPtr, lastFullPageWrites, RunningTransactionsData::latestCompletedXid, LocalMinRecoveryPoint, LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), xl_parameter_change::max_locks_per_xact, ControlFileData::max_locks_per_xact, xl_parameter_change::max_prepared_xacts, ControlFileData::max_prepared_xacts, xl_parameter_change::max_wal_senders, ControlFileData::max_wal_senders, xl_parameter_change::max_worker_processes, ControlFileData::max_worker_processes, xl_parameter_change::MaxConnections, ControlFileData::MaxConnections, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, MultiXactAdvanceNextMXact(), MultiXactAdvanceOldest(), MultiXactSetNextMXact(), CheckPoint::nextMulti, CheckPoint::nextMultiOffset, TransamVariablesData::nextOid, CheckPoint::nextOid, TransamVariablesData::nextXid, CheckPoint::nextXid, RunningTransactionsData::nextXid, TransamVariablesData::oidCount, CheckPoint::oldestMulti, CheckPoint::oldestMultiDB, RunningTransactionsData::oldestRunningXid, TransamVariablesData::oldestXid, CheckPoint::oldestXid, CheckPoint::oldestXidDB, PANIC, PrescanPreparedTransactions(), ProcArrayApplyRecoveryInfo(), XLogReaderState::ReadRecPtr, RecoveryRestartPoint(), RS_INVAL_WAL_LEVEL, SetTransactionIdLimit(), smgrdestroyall(), SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, STANDBY_INITIALIZED, StandbyRecoverPreparedTransactions(), standbyState, RunningTransactionsData::subxcnt, RunningTransactionsData::subxid_status, SUBXIDS_IN_SUBTRANS, xl_end_of_recovery::ThisTimeLineID, CheckPoint::ThisTimeLineID, xl_parameter_change::track_commit_timestamp, ControlFileData::track_commit_timestamp, TransactionIdIsNormal, TransactionIdPrecedes(), TransactionIdRetreat, TransamVariables, UnlockReleaseBuffer(), UpdateControlFile(), wal_level, xl_parameter_change::wal_level, ControlFileData::wal_level, WAL_LEVEL_LOGICAL, xl_parameter_change::wal_log_hints, ControlFileData::wal_log_hints, RunningTransactionsData::xcnt, XidFromFullTransactionId, RunningTransactionsData::xids, XLOG_BACKUP_END, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_ONLINE, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_SHUTDOWN, XLOG_END_OF_RECOVERY, XLOG_FPI, XLOG_FPI_FOR_HINT, XLOG_FPW_CHANGE, XLOG_NEXTOID, XLOG_NOOP, XLOG_OVERWRITE_CONTRECORD, XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE, XLOG_RESTORE_POINT, XLOG_SWITCH, XLogCtl, XLogReadBufferForRedo(), XLogRecGetData, XLogRecGetInfo, XLogRecHasAnyBlockRefs, XLogRecHasBlockImage, XLogRecMaxBlockId, and XLogRecPtrIsInvalid.

◆ XLogBackgroundFlush()

bool XLogBackgroundFlush ( void  )

Definition at line 2975 of file xlog.c.

2976{
2977 XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
2978 bool flexible = true;
2979 static TimestampTz lastflush;
2981 int flushblocks;
2982 TimeLineID insertTLI;
2983
2984 /* XLOG doesn't need flushing during recovery */
2985 if (RecoveryInProgress())
2986 return false;
2987
2988 /*
2989 * Since we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't change,
2990 * so we can read it without a lock.
2991 */
2992 insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
2993
2994 /* read updated LogwrtRqst */
2996 WriteRqst = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst;
2998
2999 /* back off to last completed page boundary */
3000 WriteRqst.Write -= WriteRqst.Write % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3001
3002 /* if we have already flushed that far, consider async commit records */
3004 if (WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
3005 {
3007 WriteRqst.Write = XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN;
3009 flexible = false; /* ensure it all gets written */
3010 }
3011
3012 /*
3013 * If already known flushed, we're done. Just need to check if we are
3014 * holding an open file handle to a logfile that's no longer in use,
3015 * preventing the file from being deleted.
3016 */
3017 if (WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
3018 {
3019 if (openLogFile >= 0)
3020 {
3023 {
3024 XLogFileClose();
3025 }
3026 }
3027 return false;
3028 }
3029
3030 /*
3031 * Determine how far to flush WAL, based on the wal_writer_delay and
3032 * wal_writer_flush_after GUCs.
3033 *
3034 * Note that XLogSetAsyncXactLSN() performs similar calculation based on
3035 * wal_writer_flush_after, to decide when to wake us up. Make sure the
3036 * logic is the same in both places if you change this.
3037 */
3039 flushblocks =
3040 WriteRqst.Write / XLOG_BLCKSZ - LogwrtResult.Flush / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
3041
3042 if (WalWriterFlushAfter == 0 || lastflush == 0)
3043 {
3044 /* first call, or block based limits disabled */
3045 WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3046 lastflush = now;
3047 }
3048 else if (TimestampDifferenceExceeds(lastflush, now, WalWriterDelay))
3049 {
3050 /*
3051 * Flush the writes at least every WalWriterDelay ms. This is
3052 * important to bound the amount of time it takes for an asynchronous
3053 * commit to hit disk.
3054 */
3055 WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3056 lastflush = now;
3057 }
3058 else if (flushblocks >= WalWriterFlushAfter)
3059 {
3060 /* exceeded wal_writer_flush_after blocks, flush */
3061 WriteRqst.Flush = WriteRqst.Write;
3062 lastflush = now;
3063 }
3064 else
3065 {
3066 /* no flushing, this time round */
3067 WriteRqst.Flush = 0;
3068 }
3069
3070#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
3071 if (XLOG_DEBUG)
3072 elog(LOG, "xlog bg flush request write %X/%08X; flush: %X/%08X, current is write %X/%08X; flush %X/%08X",
3073 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Write),
3074 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(WriteRqst.Flush),
3077#endif
3078
3080
3081 /* now wait for any in-progress insertions to finish and get write lock */
3083 LWLockAcquire(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
3085 if (WriteRqst.Write > LogwrtResult.Write ||
3086 WriteRqst.Flush > LogwrtResult.Flush)
3087 {
3088 XLogWrite(WriteRqst, insertTLI, flexible);
3089 }
3090 LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
3091
3093
3094 /* wake up walsenders now that we've released heavily contended locks */
3096
3097 /*
3098 * Great, done. To take some work off the critical path, try to initialize
3099 * as many of the no-longer-needed WAL buffers for future use as we can.
3100 */
3101 AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(InvalidXLogRecPtr, insertTLI, true);
3102
3103 /*
3104 * If we determined that we need to write data, but somebody else
3105 * wrote/flushed already, it should be considered as being active, to
3106 * avoid hibernating too early.
3107 */
3108 return true;
3109}
bool TimestampDifferenceExceeds(TimestampTz start_time, TimestampTz stop_time, int msec)
Definition: timestamp.c:1781
Datum now(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
Definition: timestamp.c:1609
XLogRecPtr asyncXactLSN
Definition: xlog.c:458
static void WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(bool physical, bool logical)
Definition: walsender.h:65
int WalWriterFlushAfter
Definition: walwriter.c:71
int WalWriterDelay
Definition: walwriter.c:70
#define XLByteInPrevSeg(xlrp, logSegNo, wal_segsz_bytes)

References AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), XLogCtlData::asyncXactLSN, elog, END_CRIT_SECTION, XLogwrtRqst::Flush, XLogwrtResult::Flush, GetCurrentTimestamp(), XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, InvalidXLogRecPtr, LOG, LogwrtResult, XLogCtlData::LogwrtRqst, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), now(), openLogFile, openLogSegNo, RecoveryInProgress(), RefreshXLogWriteResult, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, START_CRIT_SECTION, TimestampDifferenceExceeds(), WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(), wal_segment_size, WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(), WalWriterDelay, WalWriterFlushAfter, XLogwrtRqst::Write, XLogwrtResult::Write, XLByteInPrevSeg, XLogCtl, XLogFileClose(), and XLogWrite().

Referenced by WalSndWaitForWal(), and WalWriterMain().

◆ XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr()

static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr ( uint64  bytepos)
static

Definition at line 1901 of file xlog.c.

1902{
1903 uint64 fullsegs;
1904 uint64 fullpages;
1905 uint64 bytesleft;
1906 uint32 seg_offset;
1907 XLogRecPtr result;
1908
1909 fullsegs = bytepos / UsableBytesInSegment;
1910 bytesleft = bytepos % UsableBytesInSegment;
1911
1912 if (bytesleft < XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD)
1913 {
1914 /* fits on first page of segment */
1915 if (bytesleft == 0)
1916 seg_offset = 0;
1917 else
1918 seg_offset = bytesleft + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1919 }
1920 else
1921 {
1922 /* account for the first page on segment with long header */
1923 seg_offset = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1924 bytesleft -= XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1925
1926 fullpages = bytesleft / UsableBytesInPage;
1927 bytesleft = bytesleft % UsableBytesInPage;
1928
1929 if (bytesleft == 0)
1930 seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft;
1931 else
1932 seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft + SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1933 }
1934
1935 XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(fullsegs, seg_offset, wal_segment_size, result);
1936
1937 return result;
1938}
#define XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(segno, offset, wal_segsz_bytes, dest)

References SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, UsableBytesInPage, UsableBytesInSegment, wal_segment_size, and XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr.

Referenced by ReserveXLogInsertLocation(), ReserveXLogSwitch(), and WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish().

◆ XLogBytePosToRecPtr()

static XLogRecPtr XLogBytePosToRecPtr ( uint64  bytepos)
static

Definition at line 1861 of file xlog.c.

1862{
1863 uint64 fullsegs;
1864 uint64 fullpages;
1865 uint64 bytesleft;
1866 uint32 seg_offset;
1867 XLogRecPtr result;
1868
1869 fullsegs = bytepos / UsableBytesInSegment;
1870 bytesleft = bytepos % UsableBytesInSegment;
1871
1872 if (bytesleft < XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD)
1873 {
1874 /* fits on first page of segment */
1875 seg_offset = bytesleft + SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1876 }
1877 else
1878 {
1879 /* account for the first page on segment with long header */
1880 seg_offset = XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1881 bytesleft -= XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1882
1883 fullpages = bytesleft / UsableBytesInPage;
1884 bytesleft = bytesleft % UsableBytesInPage;
1885
1886 seg_offset += fullpages * XLOG_BLCKSZ + bytesleft + SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1887 }
1888
1889 XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr(fullsegs, seg_offset, wal_segment_size, result);
1890
1891 return result;
1892}

References SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, UsableBytesInPage, UsableBytesInSegment, wal_segment_size, and XLogSegNoOffsetToRecPtr.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), GetXLogInsertRecPtr(), ReserveXLogInsertLocation(), and ReserveXLogSwitch().

◆ XLogCheckpointNeeded()

bool XLogCheckpointNeeded ( XLogSegNo  new_segno)

Definition at line 2280 of file xlog.c.

2281{
2282 XLogSegNo old_segno;
2283
2285
2286 if (new_segno >= old_segno + (uint64) (CheckPointSegments - 1))
2287 return true;
2288 return false;
2289}

References CheckPointSegments, RedoRecPtr, wal_segment_size, and XLByteToSeg.

Referenced by XLogPageRead(), and XLogWrite().

◆ XLOGChooseNumBuffers()

static int XLOGChooseNumBuffers ( void  )
static

Definition at line 4658 of file xlog.c.

4659{
4660 int xbuffers;
4661
4662 xbuffers = NBuffers / 32;
4663 if (xbuffers > (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ))
4664 xbuffers = (wal_segment_size / XLOG_BLCKSZ);
4665 if (xbuffers < 8)
4666 xbuffers = 8;
4667 return xbuffers;
4668}

References NBuffers, and wal_segment_size.

Referenced by check_wal_buffers(), and XLOGShmemSize().

◆ XLogFileClose()

static void XLogFileClose ( void  )
static

Definition at line 3652 of file xlog.c.

3653{
3654 Assert(openLogFile >= 0);
3655
3656 /*
3657 * WAL segment files will not be re-read in normal operation, so we advise
3658 * the OS to release any cached pages. But do not do so if WAL archiving
3659 * or streaming is active, because archiver and walsender process could
3660 * use the cache to read the WAL segment.
3661 */
3662#if defined(USE_POSIX_FADVISE) && defined(POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED)
3663 if (!XLogIsNeeded() && (io_direct_flags & IO_DIRECT_WAL) == 0)
3664 (void) posix_fadvise(openLogFile, 0, 0, POSIX_FADV_DONTNEED);
3665#endif
3666
3667 if (close(openLogFile) != 0)
3668 {
3669 char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
3670 int save_errno = errno;
3671
3673 errno = save_errno;
3674 ereport(PANIC,
3676 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
3677 }
3678
3679 openLogFile = -1;
3681}
void ReleaseExternalFD(void)
Definition: fd.c:1238

References Assert(), close, ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), io_direct_flags, IO_DIRECT_WAL, MAXFNAMELEN, openLogFile, openLogSegNo, openLogTLI, PANIC, ReleaseExternalFD(), wal_segment_size, XLogFileName(), and XLogIsNeeded.

Referenced by assign_wal_sync_method(), XLogBackgroundFlush(), and XLogWrite().

◆ XLogFileCopy()

static void XLogFileCopy ( TimeLineID  destTLI,
XLogSegNo  destsegno,
TimeLineID  srcTLI,
XLogSegNo  srcsegno,
int  upto 
)
static

Definition at line 3431 of file xlog.c.

3434{
3435 char path[MAXPGPATH];
3436 char tmppath[MAXPGPATH];
3437 PGAlignedXLogBlock buffer;
3438 int srcfd;
3439 int fd;
3440 int nbytes;
3441
3442 /*
3443 * Open the source file
3444 */
3445 XLogFilePath(path, srcTLI, srcsegno, wal_segment_size);
3446 srcfd = OpenTransientFile(path, O_RDONLY | PG_BINARY);
3447 if (srcfd < 0)
3448 ereport(ERROR,
3450 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3451
3452 /*
3453 * Copy into a temp file name.
3454 */
3455 snprintf(tmppath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/xlogtemp.%d", (int) getpid());
3456
3457 unlink(tmppath);
3458
3459 /* do not use get_sync_bit() here --- want to fsync only at end of fill */
3460 fd = OpenTransientFile(tmppath, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY);
3461 if (fd < 0)
3462 ereport(ERROR,
3464 errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3465
3466 /*
3467 * Do the data copying.
3468 */
3469 for (nbytes = 0; nbytes < wal_segment_size; nbytes += sizeof(buffer))
3470 {
3471 int nread;
3472
3473 nread = upto - nbytes;
3474
3475 /*
3476 * The part that is not read from the source file is filled with
3477 * zeros.
3478 */
3479 if (nread < sizeof(buffer))
3480 memset(buffer.data, 0, sizeof(buffer));
3481
3482 if (nread > 0)
3483 {
3484 int r;
3485
3486 if (nread > sizeof(buffer))
3487 nread = sizeof(buffer);
3488 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_READ);
3489 r = read(srcfd, buffer.data, nread);
3490 if (r != nread)
3491 {
3492 if (r < 0)
3493 ereport(ERROR,
3495 errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": %m",
3496 path)));
3497 else
3498 ereport(ERROR,
3500 errmsg("could not read file \"%s\": read %d of %zu",
3501 path, r, (Size) nread)));
3502 }
3504 }
3505 errno = 0;
3506 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_WRITE);
3507 if ((int) write(fd, buffer.data, sizeof(buffer)) != (int) sizeof(buffer))
3508 {
3509 int save_errno = errno;
3510
3511 /*
3512 * If we fail to make the file, delete it to release disk space
3513 */
3514 unlink(tmppath);
3515 /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
3516 errno = save_errno ? save_errno : ENOSPC;
3517
3518 ereport(ERROR,
3520 errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3521 }
3523 }
3524
3525 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_COPY_SYNC);
3526 if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
3529 errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3531
3532 if (CloseTransientFile(fd) != 0)
3533 ereport(ERROR,
3535 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3536
3537 if (CloseTransientFile(srcfd) != 0)
3538 ereport(ERROR,
3540 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3541
3542 /*
3543 * Now move the segment into place with its final name.
3544 */
3545 if (!InstallXLogFileSegment(&destsegno, tmppath, false, 0, destTLI))
3546 elog(ERROR, "InstallXLogFileSegment should not have failed");
3547}
int CloseTransientFile(int fd)
Definition: fd.c:2868
int data_sync_elevel(int elevel)
Definition: fd.c:3998
int OpenTransientFile(const char *fileName, int fileFlags)
Definition: fd.c:2691
char data[XLOG_BLCKSZ]
Definition: c.h:1148

References CloseTransientFile(), PGAlignedXLogBlock::data, data_sync_elevel(), elog, ereport, errcode(), ERRCODE_DATA_CORRUPTED, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), ERROR, fd(), InstallXLogFileSegment(), MAXPGPATH, OpenTransientFile(), PG_BINARY, pg_fsync(), pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), read, snprintf, wal_segment_size, write, XLOGDIR, and XLogFilePath().

Referenced by XLogInitNewTimeline().

◆ XLogFileInit()

int XLogFileInit ( XLogSegNo  logsegno,
TimeLineID  logtli 
)

Definition at line 3393 of file xlog.c.

3394{
3395 bool ignore_added;
3396 char path[MAXPGPATH];
3397 int fd;
3398
3399 Assert(logtli != 0);
3400
3401 fd = XLogFileInitInternal(logsegno, logtli, &ignore_added, path);
3402 if (fd >= 0)
3403 return fd;
3404
3405 /* Now open original target segment (might not be file I just made) */
3406 fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
3408 if (fd < 0)
3409 ereport(ERROR,
3411 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3412 return fd;
3413}
#define O_CLOEXEC
Definition: win32_port.h:349

References Assert(), BasicOpenFile(), ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), ERROR, fd(), get_sync_bit(), MAXPGPATH, O_CLOEXEC, PG_BINARY, wal_sync_method, and XLogFileInitInternal().

Referenced by BootStrapXLOG(), XLogInitNewTimeline(), XLogWalRcvWrite(), and XLogWrite().

◆ XLogFileInitInternal()

static int XLogFileInitInternal ( XLogSegNo  logsegno,
TimeLineID  logtli,
bool *  added,
char *  path 
)
static

Definition at line 3205 of file xlog.c.

3207{
3208 char tmppath[MAXPGPATH];
3209 XLogSegNo installed_segno;
3210 XLogSegNo max_segno;
3211 int fd;
3212 int save_errno;
3213 int open_flags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | PG_BINARY;
3214 instr_time io_start;
3215
3216 Assert(logtli != 0);
3217
3218 XLogFilePath(path, logtli, logsegno, wal_segment_size);
3219
3220 /*
3221 * Try to use existent file (checkpoint maker may have created it already)
3222 */
3223 *added = false;
3224 fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
3226 if (fd < 0)
3227 {
3228 if (errno != ENOENT)
3229 ereport(ERROR,
3231 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3232 }
3233 else
3234 return fd;
3235
3236 /*
3237 * Initialize an empty (all zeroes) segment. NOTE: it is possible that
3238 * another process is doing the same thing. If so, we will end up
3239 * pre-creating an extra log segment. That seems OK, and better than
3240 * holding the lock throughout this lengthy process.
3241 */
3242 elog(DEBUG2, "creating and filling new WAL file");
3243
3244 snprintf(tmppath, MAXPGPATH, XLOGDIR "/xlogtemp.%d", (int) getpid());
3245
3246 unlink(tmppath);
3247
3249 open_flags |= PG_O_DIRECT;
3250
3251 /* do not use get_sync_bit() here --- want to fsync only at end of fill */
3252 fd = BasicOpenFile(tmppath, open_flags);
3253 if (fd < 0)
3254 ereport(ERROR,
3256 errmsg("could not create file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3257
3258 /* Measure I/O timing when initializing segment */
3260
3261 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_INIT_WRITE);
3262 save_errno = 0;
3263 if (wal_init_zero)
3264 {
3265 ssize_t rc;
3266
3267 /*
3268 * Zero-fill the file. With this setting, we do this the hard way to
3269 * ensure that all the file space has really been allocated. On
3270 * platforms that allow "holes" in files, just seeking to the end
3271 * doesn't allocate intermediate space. This way, we know that we
3272 * have all the space and (after the fsync below) that all the
3273 * indirect blocks are down on disk. Therefore, fdatasync(2) or
3274 * O_DSYNC will be sufficient to sync future writes to the log file.
3275 */
3277
3278 if (rc < 0)
3279 save_errno = errno;
3280 }
3281 else
3282 {
3283 /*
3284 * Otherwise, seeking to the end and writing a solitary byte is
3285 * enough.
3286 */
3287 errno = 0;
3288 if (pg_pwrite(fd, "\0", 1, wal_segment_size - 1) != 1)
3289 {
3290 /* if write didn't set errno, assume no disk space */
3291 save_errno = errno ? errno : ENOSPC;
3292 }
3293 }
3295
3296 /*
3297 * A full segment worth of data is written when using wal_init_zero. One
3298 * byte is written when not using it.
3299 */
3301 io_start, 1,
3303
3304 if (save_errno)
3305 {
3306 /*
3307 * If we fail to make the file, delete it to release disk space
3308 */
3309 unlink(tmppath);
3310
3311 close(fd);
3312
3313 errno = save_errno;
3314
3315 ereport(ERROR,
3317 errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3318 }
3319
3320 /* Measure I/O timing when flushing segment */
3322
3323 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_INIT_SYNC);
3324 if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
3325 {
3326 save_errno = errno;
3327 close(fd);
3328 errno = save_errno;
3329 ereport(ERROR,
3331 errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3332 }
3334
3336 IOOP_FSYNC, io_start, 1, 0);
3337
3338 if (close(fd) != 0)
3339 ereport(ERROR,
3341 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", tmppath)));
3342
3343 /*
3344 * Now move the segment into place with its final name. Cope with
3345 * possibility that someone else has created the file while we were
3346 * filling ours: if so, use ours to pre-create a future log segment.
3347 */
3348 installed_segno = logsegno;
3349
3350 /*
3351 * XXX: What should we use as max_segno? We used to use XLOGfileslop when
3352 * that was a constant, but that was always a bit dubious: normally, at a
3353 * checkpoint, XLOGfileslop was the offset from the checkpoint record, but
3354 * here, it was the offset from the insert location. We can't do the
3355 * normal XLOGfileslop calculation here because we don't have access to
3356 * the prior checkpoint's redo location. So somewhat arbitrarily, just use
3357 * CheckPointSegments.
3358 */
3359 max_segno = logsegno + CheckPointSegments;
3360 if (InstallXLogFileSegment(&installed_segno, tmppath, true, max_segno,
3361 logtli))
3362 {
3363 *added = true;
3364 elog(DEBUG2, "done creating and filling new WAL file");
3365 }
3366 else
3367 {
3368 /*
3369 * No need for any more future segments, or InstallXLogFileSegment()
3370 * failed to rename the file into place. If the rename failed, a
3371 * caller opening the file may fail.
3372 */
3373 unlink(tmppath);
3374 elog(DEBUG2, "abandoned new WAL file");
3375 }
3376
3377 return -1;
3378}
#define IO_DIRECT_WAL_INIT
Definition: fd.h:56
ssize_t pg_pwrite_zeros(int fd, size_t size, off_t offset)
Definition: file_utils.c:709
@ IOCONTEXT_INIT
Definition: pgstat.h:286
@ IOOP_WRITE
Definition: pgstat.h:314
#define pg_pwrite
Definition: port.h:227
bool wal_init_zero
Definition: xlog.c:128

References Assert(), BasicOpenFile(), CheckPointSegments, close, DEBUG2, elog, ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), ERROR, fd(), get_sync_bit(), InstallXLogFileSegment(), io_direct_flags, IO_DIRECT_WAL_INIT, IOCONTEXT_INIT, IOOBJECT_WAL, IOOP_FSYNC, IOOP_WRITE, MAXPGPATH, O_CLOEXEC, PG_BINARY, pg_fsync(), PG_O_DIRECT, pg_pwrite, pg_pwrite_zeros(), pgstat_count_io_op_time(), pgstat_prepare_io_time(), pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), snprintf, track_wal_io_timing, wal_init_zero, wal_segment_size, wal_sync_method, XLOGDIR, and XLogFilePath().

Referenced by PreallocXlogFiles(), and XLogFileInit().

◆ XLogFileOpen()

int XLogFileOpen ( XLogSegNo  segno,
TimeLineID  tli 
)

Definition at line 3631 of file xlog.c.

3632{
3633 char path[MAXPGPATH];
3634 int fd;
3635
3636 XLogFilePath(path, tli, segno, wal_segment_size);
3637
3638 fd = BasicOpenFile(path, O_RDWR | PG_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC |
3640 if (fd < 0)
3641 ereport(PANIC,
3643 errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m", path)));
3644
3645 return fd;
3646}

References BasicOpenFile(), ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), fd(), get_sync_bit(), MAXPGPATH, O_CLOEXEC, PANIC, PG_BINARY, wal_segment_size, wal_sync_method, and XLogFilePath().

Referenced by XLogWrite().

◆ XLOGfileslop()

static XLogSegNo XLOGfileslop ( XLogRecPtr  lastredoptr)
static

Definition at line 2230 of file xlog.c.

2231{
2232 XLogSegNo minSegNo;
2233 XLogSegNo maxSegNo;
2234 double distance;
2235 XLogSegNo recycleSegNo;
2236
2237 /*
2238 * Calculate the segment numbers that min_wal_size_mb and max_wal_size_mb
2239 * correspond to. Always recycle enough segments to meet the minimum, and
2240 * remove enough segments to stay below the maximum.
2241 */
2242 minSegNo = lastredoptr / wal_segment_size +
2244 maxSegNo = lastredoptr / wal_segment_size +
2246
2247 /*
2248 * Between those limits, recycle enough segments to get us through to the
2249 * estimated end of next checkpoint.
2250 *
2251 * To estimate where the next checkpoint will finish, assume that the
2252 * system runs steadily consuming CheckPointDistanceEstimate bytes between
2253 * every checkpoint.
2254 */
2256 /* add 10% for good measure. */
2257 distance *= 1.10;
2258
2259 recycleSegNo = (XLogSegNo) ceil(((double) lastredoptr + distance) /
2261
2262 if (recycleSegNo < minSegNo)
2263 recycleSegNo = minSegNo;
2264 if (recycleSegNo > maxSegNo)
2265 recycleSegNo = maxSegNo;
2266
2267 return recycleSegNo;
2268}

References CheckPointCompletionTarget, CheckPointDistanceEstimate, ConvertToXSegs, max_wal_size_mb, min_wal_size_mb, and wal_segment_size.

Referenced by RemoveOldXlogFiles().

◆ XLogFlush()

void XLogFlush ( XLogRecPtr  record)

Definition at line 2780 of file xlog.c.

2781{
2782 XLogRecPtr WriteRqstPtr;
2783 XLogwrtRqst WriteRqst;
2784 TimeLineID insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
2785
2786 /*
2787 * During REDO, we are reading not writing WAL. Therefore, instead of
2788 * trying to flush the WAL, we should update minRecoveryPoint instead. We
2789 * test XLogInsertAllowed(), not InRecovery, because we need checkpointer
2790 * to act this way too, and because when it tries to write the
2791 * end-of-recovery checkpoint, it should indeed flush.
2792 */
2793 if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
2794 {
2795 UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(record, false);
2796 return;
2797 }
2798
2799 /* Quick exit if already known flushed */
2800 if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
2801 return;
2802
2803#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
2804 if (XLOG_DEBUG)
2805 elog(LOG, "xlog flush request %X/%08X; write %X/%08X; flush %X/%08X",
2806 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record),
2809#endif
2810
2812
2813 /*
2814 * Since fsync is usually a horribly expensive operation, we try to
2815 * piggyback as much data as we can on each fsync: if we see any more data
2816 * entered into the xlog buffer, we'll write and fsync that too, so that
2817 * the final value of LogwrtResult.Flush is as large as possible. This
2818 * gives us some chance of avoiding another fsync immediately after.
2819 */
2820
2821 /* initialize to given target; may increase below */
2822 WriteRqstPtr = record;
2823
2824 /*
2825 * Now wait until we get the write lock, or someone else does the flush
2826 * for us.
2827 */
2828 for (;;)
2829 {
2830 XLogRecPtr insertpos;
2831
2832 /* done already? */
2834 if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
2835 break;
2836
2837 /*
2838 * Before actually performing the write, wait for all in-flight
2839 * insertions to the pages we're about to write to finish.
2840 */
2842 if (WriteRqstPtr < XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write)
2843 WriteRqstPtr = XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write;
2845 insertpos = WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(WriteRqstPtr);
2846
2847 /*
2848 * Try to get the write lock. If we can't get it immediately, wait
2849 * until it's released, and recheck if we still need to do the flush
2850 * or if the backend that held the lock did it for us already. This
2851 * helps to maintain a good rate of group committing when the system
2852 * is bottlenecked by the speed of fsyncing.
2853 */
2854 if (!LWLockAcquireOrWait(WALWriteLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE))
2855 {
2856 /*
2857 * The lock is now free, but we didn't acquire it yet. Before we
2858 * do, loop back to check if someone else flushed the record for
2859 * us already.
2860 */
2861 continue;
2862 }
2863
2864 /* Got the lock; recheck whether request is satisfied */
2866 if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
2867 {
2868 LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2869 break;
2870 }
2871
2872 /*
2873 * Sleep before flush! By adding a delay here, we may give further
2874 * backends the opportunity to join the backlog of group commit
2875 * followers; this can significantly improve transaction throughput,
2876 * at the risk of increasing transaction latency.
2877 *
2878 * We do not sleep if enableFsync is not turned on, nor if there are
2879 * fewer than CommitSiblings other backends with active transactions.
2880 */
2881 if (CommitDelay > 0 && enableFsync &&
2883 {
2885
2886 /*
2887 * Re-check how far we can now flush the WAL. It's generally not
2888 * safe to call WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish while holding
2889 * WALWriteLock, because an in-progress insertion might need to
2890 * also grab WALWriteLock to make progress. But we know that all
2891 * the insertions up to insertpos have already finished, because
2892 * that's what the earlier WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish() returned.
2893 * We're only calling it again to allow insertpos to be moved
2894 * further forward, not to actually wait for anyone.
2895 */
2896 insertpos = WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(insertpos);
2897 }
2898
2899 /* try to write/flush later additions to XLOG as well */
2900 WriteRqst.Write = insertpos;
2901 WriteRqst.Flush = insertpos;
2902
2903 XLogWrite(WriteRqst, insertTLI, false);
2904
2905 LWLockRelease(WALWriteLock);
2906 /* done */
2907 break;
2908 }
2909
2911
2912 /* wake up walsenders now that we've released heavily contended locks */
2914
2915 /*
2916 * If we still haven't flushed to the request point then we have a
2917 * problem; most likely, the requested flush point is past end of XLOG.
2918 * This has been seen to occur when a disk page has a corrupted LSN.
2919 *
2920 * Formerly we treated this as a PANIC condition, but that hurts the
2921 * system's robustness rather than helping it: we do not want to take down
2922 * the whole system due to corruption on one data page. In particular, if
2923 * the bad page is encountered again during recovery then we would be
2924 * unable to restart the database at all! (This scenario actually
2925 * happened in the field several times with 7.1 releases.) As of 8.4, bad
2926 * LSNs encountered during recovery are UpdateMinRecoveryPoint's problem;
2927 * the only time we can reach here during recovery is while flushing the
2928 * end-of-recovery checkpoint record, and we don't expect that to have a
2929 * bad LSN.
2930 *
2931 * Note that for calls from xact.c, the ERROR will be promoted to PANIC
2932 * since xact.c calls this routine inside a critical section. However,
2933 * calls from bufmgr.c are not within critical sections and so we will not
2934 * force a restart for a bad LSN on a data page.
2935 */
2936 if (LogwrtResult.Flush < record)
2937 elog(ERROR,
2938 "xlog flush request %X/%08X is not satisfied --- flushed only to %X/%08X",
2939 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(record),
2941
2942 /*
2943 * Cross-check XLogNeedsFlush(). Some of the checks of XLogFlush() and
2944 * XLogNeedsFlush() are duplicated, and this assertion ensures that these
2945 * remain consistent.
2946 */
2947 Assert(!XLogNeedsFlush(record));
2948}
bool LWLockAcquireOrWait(LWLock *lock, LWLockMode mode)
Definition: lwlock.c:1402
bool MinimumActiveBackends(int min)
Definition: procarray.c:3508
int CommitDelay
Definition: xlog.c:133
int CommitSiblings
Definition: xlog.c:134
bool XLogNeedsFlush(XLogRecPtr record)
Definition: xlog.c:3124
bool XLogInsertAllowed(void)
Definition: xlog.c:6438

References Assert(), CommitDelay, CommitSiblings, elog, enableFsync, END_CRIT_SECTION, ERROR, XLogwrtRqst::Flush, XLogwrtResult::Flush, XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, LOG, LogwrtResult, XLogCtlData::LogwrtRqst, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquireOrWait(), LWLockRelease(), MinimumActiveBackends(), pg_usleep(), RecoveryInProgress(), RefreshXLogWriteResult, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, START_CRIT_SECTION, UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(), WaitXLogInsertionsToFinish(), WalSndWakeupProcessRequests(), XLogwrtRqst::Write, XLogwrtResult::Write, XLogCtl, XLogInsertAllowed(), XLogNeedsFlush(), and XLogWrite().

Referenced by CheckPointReplicationOrigin(), CreateCheckPoint(), CreateEndOfRecoveryRecord(), CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(), dropdb(), EndPrepare(), finish_sync_worker(), FlushBuffer(), LogLogicalMessage(), pg_truncate_visibility_map(), RecordTransactionAbortPrepared(), RecordTransactionCommit(), RecordTransactionCommitPrepared(), RelationTruncate(), ReplicationSlotReserveWal(), replorigin_get_progress(), replorigin_session_get_progress(), SlruPhysicalWritePage(), smgr_redo(), write_relmap_file(), WriteMTruncateXlogRec(), WriteTruncateXlogRec(), xact_redo_abort(), xact_redo_commit(), XLogInsertRecord(), and XLogReportParameters().

◆ XLogGetLastRemovedSegno()

XLogSegNo XLogGetLastRemovedSegno ( void  )

Definition at line 3771 of file xlog.c.

3772{
3773 XLogSegNo lastRemovedSegNo;
3774
3776 lastRemovedSegNo = XLogCtl->lastRemovedSegNo;
3778
3779 return lastRemovedSegNo;
3780}

References XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::lastRemovedSegNo, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by copy_replication_slot(), GetWALAvailability(), ReplicationSlotReserveWal(), and reserve_wal_for_local_slot().

◆ XLogGetOldestSegno()

XLogSegNo XLogGetOldestSegno ( TimeLineID  tli)

Definition at line 3787 of file xlog.c.

3788{
3789 DIR *xldir;
3790 struct dirent *xlde;
3791 XLogSegNo oldest_segno = 0;
3792
3793 xldir = AllocateDir(XLOGDIR);
3794 while ((xlde = ReadDir(xldir, XLOGDIR)) != NULL)
3795 {
3796 TimeLineID file_tli;
3797 XLogSegNo file_segno;
3798
3799 /* Ignore files that are not XLOG segments. */
3800 if (!IsXLogFileName(xlde->d_name))
3801 continue;
3802
3803 /* Parse filename to get TLI and segno. */
3804 XLogFromFileName(xlde->d_name, &file_tli, &file_segno,
3806
3807 /* Ignore anything that's not from the TLI of interest. */
3808 if (tli != file_tli)
3809 continue;
3810
3811 /* If it's the oldest so far, update oldest_segno. */
3812 if (oldest_segno == 0 || file_segno < oldest_segno)
3813 oldest_segno = file_segno;
3814 }
3815
3816 FreeDir(xldir);
3817 return oldest_segno;
3818}

References AllocateDir(), dirent::d_name, FreeDir(), IsXLogFileName(), ReadDir(), wal_segment_size, XLOGDIR, and XLogFromFileName().

Referenced by GetOldestUnsummarizedLSN(), MaybeRemoveOldWalSummaries(), and reserve_wal_for_local_slot().

◆ XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN()

static XLogRecPtr XLogGetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN ( void  )
static

Definition at line 2679 of file xlog.c.

2680{
2681 XLogRecPtr retval;
2682
2686
2687 return retval;
2688}
XLogRecPtr replicationSlotMinLSN
Definition: xlog.c:459

References XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::replicationSlotMinLSN, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by KeepLogSeg().

◆ XLogInitNewTimeline()

static void XLogInitNewTimeline ( TimeLineID  endTLI,
XLogRecPtr  endOfLog,
TimeLineID  newTLI 
)
static

Definition at line 5251 of file xlog.c.

5252{
5253 char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
5254 XLogSegNo endLogSegNo;
5255 XLogSegNo startLogSegNo;
5256
5257 /* we always switch to a new timeline after archive recovery */
5258 Assert(endTLI != newTLI);
5259
5260 /*
5261 * Update min recovery point one last time.
5262 */
5264
5265 /*
5266 * Calculate the last segment on the old timeline, and the first segment
5267 * on the new timeline. If the switch happens in the middle of a segment,
5268 * they are the same, but if the switch happens exactly at a segment
5269 * boundary, startLogSegNo will be endLogSegNo + 1.
5270 */
5271 XLByteToPrevSeg(endOfLog, endLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5272 XLByteToSeg(endOfLog, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5273
5274 /*
5275 * Initialize the starting WAL segment for the new timeline. If the switch
5276 * happens in the middle of a segment, copy data from the last WAL segment
5277 * of the old timeline up to the switch point, to the starting WAL segment
5278 * on the new timeline.
5279 */
5280 if (endLogSegNo == startLogSegNo)
5281 {
5282 /*
5283 * Make a copy of the file on the new timeline.
5284 *
5285 * Writing WAL isn't allowed yet, so there are no locking
5286 * considerations. But we should be just as tense as XLogFileInit to
5287 * avoid emplacing a bogus file.
5288 */
5289 XLogFileCopy(newTLI, endLogSegNo, endTLI, endLogSegNo,
5291 }
5292 else
5293 {
5294 /*
5295 * The switch happened at a segment boundary, so just create the next
5296 * segment on the new timeline.
5297 */
5298 int fd;
5299
5300 fd = XLogFileInit(startLogSegNo, newTLI);
5301
5302 if (close(fd) != 0)
5303 {
5304 int save_errno = errno;
5305
5306 XLogFileName(xlogfname, newTLI, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5307 errno = save_errno;
5308 ereport(ERROR,
5310 errmsg("could not close file \"%s\": %m", xlogfname)));
5311 }
5312 }
5313
5314 /*
5315 * Let's just make real sure there are not .ready or .done flags posted
5316 * for the new segment.
5317 */
5318 XLogFileName(xlogfname, newTLI, startLogSegNo, wal_segment_size);
5319 XLogArchiveCleanup(xlogfname);
5320}
static void XLogFileCopy(TimeLineID destTLI, XLogSegNo destsegno, TimeLineID srcTLI, XLogSegNo srcsegno, int upto)
Definition: xlog.c:3431

References Assert(), close, ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), ERROR, fd(), InvalidXLogRecPtr, MAXFNAMELEN, UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(), wal_segment_size, XLByteToPrevSeg, XLByteToSeg, XLogArchiveCleanup(), XLogFileCopy(), XLogFileInit(), XLogFileName(), and XLogSegmentOffset.

Referenced by StartupXLOG().

◆ XLogInsertAllowed()

bool XLogInsertAllowed ( void  )

Definition at line 6438 of file xlog.c.

6439{
6440 /*
6441 * If value is "unconditionally true" or "unconditionally false", just
6442 * return it. This provides the normal fast path once recovery is known
6443 * done.
6444 */
6445 if (LocalXLogInsertAllowed >= 0)
6446 return (bool) LocalXLogInsertAllowed;
6447
6448 /*
6449 * Else, must check to see if we're still in recovery.
6450 */
6451 if (RecoveryInProgress())
6452 return false;
6453
6454 /*
6455 * On exit from recovery, reset to "unconditionally true", since there is
6456 * no need to keep checking.
6457 */
6459 return true;
6460}

References LocalXLogInsertAllowed, and RecoveryInProgress().

Referenced by XLogBeginInsert(), XLogFlush(), XLogInsertRecord(), and XLogNeedsFlush().

◆ XLogInsertRecord()

XLogRecPtr XLogInsertRecord ( XLogRecData rdata,
XLogRecPtr  fpw_lsn,
uint8  flags,
int  num_fpi,
bool  topxid_included 
)

Definition at line 748 of file xlog.c.

753{
755 pg_crc32c rdata_crc;
756 bool inserted;
757 XLogRecord *rechdr = (XLogRecord *) rdata->data;
758 uint8 info = rechdr->xl_info & ~XLR_INFO_MASK;
760 XLogRecPtr StartPos;
761 XLogRecPtr EndPos;
762 bool prevDoPageWrites = doPageWrites;
763 TimeLineID insertTLI;
764
765 /* Does this record type require special handling? */
766 if (unlikely(rechdr->xl_rmid == RM_XLOG_ID))
767 {
768 if (info == XLOG_SWITCH)
770 else if (info == XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO)
772 }
773
774 /* we assume that all of the record header is in the first chunk */
775 Assert(rdata->len >= SizeOfXLogRecord);
776
777 /* cross-check on whether we should be here or not */
778 if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
779 elog(ERROR, "cannot make new WAL entries during recovery");
780
781 /*
782 * Given that we're not in recovery, InsertTimeLineID is set and can't
783 * change, so we can read it without a lock.
784 */
785 insertTLI = XLogCtl->InsertTimeLineID;
786
787 /*----------
788 *
789 * We have now done all the preparatory work we can without holding a
790 * lock or modifying shared state. From here on, inserting the new WAL
791 * record to the shared WAL buffer cache is a two-step process:
792 *
793 * 1. Reserve the right amount of space from the WAL. The current head of
794 * reserved space is kept in Insert->CurrBytePos, and is protected by
795 * insertpos_lck.
796 *
797 * 2. Copy the record to the reserved WAL space. This involves finding the
798 * correct WAL buffer containing the reserved space, and copying the
799 * record in place. This can be done concurrently in multiple processes.
800 *
801 * To keep track of which insertions are still in-progress, each concurrent
802 * inserter acquires an insertion lock. In addition to just indicating that
803 * an insertion is in progress, the lock tells others how far the inserter
804 * has progressed. There is a small fixed number of insertion locks,
805 * determined by NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS. When an inserter crosses a page
806 * boundary, it updates the value stored in the lock to the how far it has
807 * inserted, to allow the previous buffer to be flushed.
808 *
809 * Holding onto an insertion lock also protects RedoRecPtr and
810 * fullPageWrites from changing until the insertion is finished.
811 *
812 * Step 2 can usually be done completely in parallel. If the required WAL
813 * page is not initialized yet, you have to grab WALBufMappingLock to
814 * initialize it, but the WAL writer tries to do that ahead of insertions
815 * to avoid that from happening in the critical path.
816 *
817 *----------
818 */
820
821 if (likely(class == WALINSERT_NORMAL))
822 {
824
825 /*
826 * Check to see if my copy of RedoRecPtr is out of date. If so, may
827 * have to go back and have the caller recompute everything. This can
828 * only happen just after a checkpoint, so it's better to be slow in
829 * this case and fast otherwise.
830 *
831 * Also check to see if fullPageWrites was just turned on or there's a
832 * running backup (which forces full-page writes); if we weren't
833 * already doing full-page writes then go back and recompute.
834 *
835 * If we aren't doing full-page writes then RedoRecPtr doesn't
836 * actually affect the contents of the XLOG record, so we'll update
837 * our local copy but not force a recomputation. (If doPageWrites was
838 * just turned off, we could recompute the record without full pages,
839 * but we choose not to bother.)
840 */
841 if (RedoRecPtr != Insert->RedoRecPtr)
842 {
843 Assert(RedoRecPtr < Insert->RedoRecPtr);
844 RedoRecPtr = Insert->RedoRecPtr;
845 }
846 doPageWrites = (Insert->fullPageWrites || Insert->runningBackups > 0);
847
848 if (doPageWrites &&
849 (!prevDoPageWrites ||
850 (fpw_lsn != InvalidXLogRecPtr && fpw_lsn <= RedoRecPtr)))
851 {
852 /*
853 * Oops, some buffer now needs to be backed up that the caller
854 * didn't back up. Start over.
855 */
858 return InvalidXLogRecPtr;
859 }
860
861 /*
862 * Reserve space for the record in the WAL. This also sets the xl_prev
863 * pointer.
864 */
865 ReserveXLogInsertLocation(rechdr->xl_tot_len, &StartPos, &EndPos,
866 &rechdr->xl_prev);
867
868 /* Normal records are always inserted. */
869 inserted = true;
870 }
871 else if (class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH)
872 {
873 /*
874 * In order to insert an XLOG_SWITCH record, we need to hold all of
875 * the WAL insertion locks, not just one, so that no one else can
876 * begin inserting a record until we've figured out how much space
877 * remains in the current WAL segment and claimed all of it.
878 *
879 * Nonetheless, this case is simpler than the normal cases handled
880 * below, which must check for changes in doPageWrites and RedoRecPtr.
881 * Those checks are only needed for records that can contain buffer
882 * references, and an XLOG_SWITCH record never does.
883 */
884 Assert(fpw_lsn == InvalidXLogRecPtr);
886 inserted = ReserveXLogSwitch(&StartPos, &EndPos, &rechdr->xl_prev);
887 }
888 else
889 {
891
892 /*
893 * We need to update both the local and shared copies of RedoRecPtr,
894 * which means that we need to hold all the WAL insertion locks.
895 * However, there can't be any buffer references, so as above, we need
896 * not check RedoRecPtr before inserting the record; we just need to
897 * update it afterwards.
898 */
899 Assert(fpw_lsn == InvalidXLogRecPtr);
901 ReserveXLogInsertLocation(rechdr->xl_tot_len, &StartPos, &EndPos,
902 &rechdr->xl_prev);
903 RedoRecPtr = Insert->RedoRecPtr = StartPos;
904 inserted = true;
905 }
906
907 if (inserted)
908 {
909 /*
910 * Now that xl_prev has been filled in, calculate CRC of the record
911 * header.
912 */
913 rdata_crc = rechdr->xl_crc;
914 COMP_CRC32C(rdata_crc, rechdr, offsetof(XLogRecord, xl_crc));
915 FIN_CRC32C(rdata_crc);
916 rechdr->xl_crc = rdata_crc;
917
918 /*
919 * All the record data, including the header, is now ready to be
920 * inserted. Copy the record in the space reserved.
921 */
923 class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH, rdata,
924 StartPos, EndPos, insertTLI);
925
926 /*
927 * Unless record is flagged as not important, update LSN of last
928 * important record in the current slot. When holding all locks, just
929 * update the first one.
930 */
931 if ((flags & XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT) == 0)
932 {
933 int lockno = holdingAllLocks ? 0 : MyLockNo;
934
935 WALInsertLocks[lockno].l.lastImportantAt = StartPos;
936 }
937 }
938 else
939 {
940 /*
941 * This was an xlog-switch record, but the current insert location was
942 * already exactly at the beginning of a segment, so there was no need
943 * to do anything.
944 */
945 }
946
947 /*
948 * Done! Let others know that we're finished.
949 */
951
953
955
956 /*
957 * Mark top transaction id is logged (if needed) so that we should not try
958 * to log it again with the next WAL record in the current subtransaction.
959 */
960 if (topxid_included)
962
963 /*
964 * Update shared LogwrtRqst.Write, if we crossed page boundary.
965 */
966 if (StartPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ != EndPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ)
967 {
969 /* advance global request to include new block(s) */
970 if (XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write < EndPos)
971 XLogCtl->LogwrtRqst.Write = EndPos;
974 }
975
976 /*
977 * If this was an XLOG_SWITCH record, flush the record and the empty
978 * padding space that fills the rest of the segment, and perform
979 * end-of-segment actions (eg, notifying archiver).
980 */
981 if (class == WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH)
982 {
983 TRACE_POSTGRESQL_WAL_SWITCH();
984 XLogFlush(EndPos);
985
986 /*
987 * Even though we reserved the rest of the segment for us, which is
988 * reflected in EndPos, we return a pointer to just the end of the
989 * xlog-switch record.
990 */
991 if (inserted)
992 {
993 EndPos = StartPos + SizeOfXLogRecord;
994 if (StartPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ != EndPos / XLOG_BLCKSZ)
995 {
996 uint64 offset = XLogSegmentOffset(EndPos, wal_segment_size);
997
998 if (offset == EndPos % XLOG_BLCKSZ)
999 EndPos += SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1000 else
1001 EndPos += SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1002 }
1003 }
1004 }
1005
1006#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
1007 if (XLOG_DEBUG)
1008 {
1009 static XLogReaderState *debug_reader = NULL;
1010 XLogRecord *record;
1011 DecodedXLogRecord *decoded;
1013 StringInfoData recordBuf;
1014 char *errormsg = NULL;
1015 MemoryContext oldCxt;
1016
1017 oldCxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(walDebugCxt);
1018
1020 appendStringInfo(&buf, "INSERT @ %X/%08X: ", LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPos));
1021
1022 /*
1023 * We have to piece together the WAL record data from the XLogRecData
1024 * entries, so that we can pass it to the rm_desc function as one
1025 * contiguous chunk.
1026 */
1027 initStringInfo(&recordBuf);
1028 for (; rdata != NULL; rdata = rdata->next)
1029 appendBinaryStringInfo(&recordBuf, rdata->data, rdata->len);
1030
1031 /* We also need temporary space to decode the record. */
1032 record = (XLogRecord *) recordBuf.data;
1033 decoded = (DecodedXLogRecord *)
1035
1036 if (!debug_reader)
1037 debug_reader = XLogReaderAllocate(wal_segment_size, NULL,
1038 XL_ROUTINE(.page_read = NULL,
1039 .segment_open = NULL,
1040 .segment_close = NULL),
1041 NULL);
1042 if (!debug_reader)
1043 {
1044 appendStringInfoString(&buf, "error decoding record: out of memory while allocating a WAL reading processor");
1045 }
1046 else if (!DecodeXLogRecord(debug_reader,
1047 decoded,
1048 record,
1049 EndPos,
1050 &errormsg))
1051 {
1052 appendStringInfo(&buf, "error decoding record: %s",
1053 errormsg ? errormsg : "no error message");
1054 }
1055 else
1056 {
1057 appendStringInfoString(&buf, " - ");
1058
1059 debug_reader->record = decoded;
1060 xlog_outdesc(&buf, debug_reader);
1061 debug_reader->record = NULL;
1062 }
1063 elog(LOG, "%s", buf.data);
1064
1065 pfree(decoded);
1066 pfree(buf.data);
1067 pfree(recordBuf.data);
1068 MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
1069 }
1070#endif
1071
1072 /*
1073 * Update our global variables
1074 */
1075 ProcLastRecPtr = StartPos;
1076 XactLastRecEnd = EndPos;
1077
1078 /* Report WAL traffic to the instrumentation. */
1079 if (inserted)
1080 {
1081 pgWalUsage.wal_bytes += rechdr->xl_tot_len;
1083 pgWalUsage.wal_fpi += num_fpi;
1084
1085 /* Required for the flush of pending stats WAL data */
1086 pgstat_report_fixed = true;
1087 }
1088
1089 return EndPos;
1090}
#define likely(x)
Definition: c.h:402
#define unlikely(x)
Definition: c.h:403
if(TABLE==NULL||TABLE_index==NULL)
Definition: isn.c:81
static MemoryContext MemoryContextSwitchTo(MemoryContext context)
Definition: palloc.h:124
void appendBinaryStringInfo(StringInfo str, const void *data, int datalen)
Definition: stringinfo.c:281
void appendStringInfoString(StringInfo str, const char *s)
Definition: stringinfo.c:230
uint64 wal_bytes
Definition: instrument.h:55
int64 wal_fpi
Definition: instrument.h:54
int64 wal_records
Definition: instrument.h:53
DecodedXLogRecord * record
Definition: xlogreader.h:236
pg_crc32c xl_crc
Definition: xlogrecord.h:49
void MarkSubxactTopXidLogged(void)
Definition: xact.c:591
void MarkCurrentTransactionIdLoggedIfAny(void)
Definition: xact.c:541
XLogRecPtr XactLastRecEnd
Definition: xlog.c:255
static void CopyXLogRecordToWAL(int write_len, bool isLogSwitch, XLogRecData *rdata, XLogRecPtr StartPos, XLogRecPtr EndPos, TimeLineID tli)
Definition: xlog.c:1228
static void ReserveXLogInsertLocation(int size, XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
Definition: xlog.c:1111
static bool ReserveXLogSwitch(XLogRecPtr *StartPos, XLogRecPtr *EndPos, XLogRecPtr *PrevPtr)
Definition: xlog.c:1167
XLogReaderState * XLogReaderAllocate(int wal_segment_size, const char *waldir, XLogReaderRoutine *routine, void *private_data)
Definition: xlogreader.c:107
bool DecodeXLogRecord(XLogReaderState *state, DecodedXLogRecord *decoded, XLogRecord *record, XLogRecPtr lsn, char **errormsg)
Definition: xlogreader.c:1682
size_t DecodeXLogRecordRequiredSpace(size_t xl_tot_len)
Definition: xlogreader.c:1649
#define XL_ROUTINE(...)
Definition: xlogreader.h:117
#define XLR_INFO_MASK
Definition: xlogrecord.h:62
void xlog_outdesc(StringInfo buf, XLogReaderState *record)

References appendBinaryStringInfo(), appendStringInfo(), appendStringInfoString(), Assert(), buf, COMP_CRC32C, CopyXLogRecordToWAL(), XLogRecData::data, StringInfoData::data, DecodeXLogRecord(), DecodeXLogRecordRequiredSpace(), doPageWrites, elog, END_CRIT_SECTION, ERROR, FIN_CRC32C, holdingAllLocks, if(), XLogCtlData::info_lck, initStringInfo(), XLogCtlData::Insert, Insert(), XLogCtlData::InsertTimeLineID, InvalidXLogRecPtr, WALInsertLockPadded::l, WALInsertLock::lastImportantAt, XLogRecData::len, likely, LOG, LogwrtResult, XLogCtlData::LogwrtRqst, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, MarkCurrentTransactionIdLoggedIfAny(), MarkSubxactTopXidLogged(), MemoryContextSwitchTo(), MyLockNo, XLogRecData::next, palloc(), pfree(), pgstat_report_fixed, pgWalUsage, ProcLastRecPtr, XLogReaderState::record, RedoRecPtr, RefreshXLogWriteResult, ReserveXLogInsertLocation(), ReserveXLogSwitch(), SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogRecord, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, START_CRIT_SECTION, unlikely, WalUsage::wal_bytes, WalUsage::wal_fpi, WalUsage::wal_records, wal_segment_size, WALINSERT_NORMAL, WALINSERT_SPECIAL_CHECKPOINT, WALINSERT_SPECIAL_SWITCH, WALInsertLockAcquire(), WALInsertLockAcquireExclusive(), WALInsertLockRelease(), WALInsertLocks, XLogwrtRqst::Write, XactLastRecEnd, XLogRecord::xl_crc, XLogRecord::xl_info, XLogRecord::xl_prev, XLogRecord::xl_rmid, XL_ROUTINE, XLogRecord::xl_tot_len, XLOG_CHECKPOINT_REDO, XLOG_MARK_UNIMPORTANT, xlog_outdesc(), XLOG_SWITCH, XLogCtl, XLogFlush(), XLogInsertAllowed(), XLogReaderAllocate(), XLogSegmentOffset, and XLR_INFO_MASK.

Referenced by XLogInsert().

◆ XLogNeedsFlush()

bool XLogNeedsFlush ( XLogRecPtr  record)

Definition at line 3124 of file xlog.c.

3125{
3126 /*
3127 * During recovery, we don't flush WAL but update minRecoveryPoint
3128 * instead. So "needs flush" is taken to mean whether minRecoveryPoint
3129 * would need to be updated.
3130 *
3131 * Using XLogInsertAllowed() rather than RecoveryInProgress() matters for
3132 * the case of an end-of-recovery checkpoint, where WAL data is flushed.
3133 * This check should be consistent with the one in XLogFlush().
3134 */
3135 if (!XLogInsertAllowed())
3136 {
3137 /*
3138 * An invalid minRecoveryPoint means that we need to recover all the
3139 * WAL, i.e., we're doing crash recovery. We never modify the control
3140 * file's value in that case, so we can short-circuit future checks
3141 * here too. This triggers a quick exit path for the startup process,
3142 * which cannot update its local copy of minRecoveryPoint as long as
3143 * it has not replayed all WAL available when doing crash recovery.
3144 */
3146 updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
3147
3148 /* Quick exit if already known to be updated or cannot be updated */
3150 return false;
3151
3152 /*
3153 * Update local copy of minRecoveryPoint. But if the lock is busy,
3154 * just return a conservative guess.
3155 */
3156 if (!LWLockConditionalAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_SHARED))
3157 return true;
3160 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
3161
3162 /*
3163 * Check minRecoveryPoint for any other process than the startup
3164 * process doing crash recovery, which should not update the control
3165 * file value if crash recovery is still running.
3166 */
3168 updateMinRecoveryPoint = false;
3169
3170 /* check again */
3172 return false;
3173 else
3174 return true;
3175 }
3176
3177 /* Quick exit if already known flushed */
3178 if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
3179 return false;
3180
3181 /* read LogwrtResult and update local state */
3183
3184 /* check again */
3185 if (record <= LogwrtResult.Flush)
3186 return false;
3187
3188 return true;
3189}
bool LWLockConditionalAcquire(LWLock *lock, LWLockMode mode)
Definition: lwlock.c:1345

References ControlFile, XLogwrtResult::Flush, InRecovery, LocalMinRecoveryPoint, LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI, LogwrtResult, LW_SHARED, LWLockConditionalAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), ControlFileData::minRecoveryPoint, ControlFileData::minRecoveryPointTLI, RefreshXLogWriteResult, updateMinRecoveryPoint, XLogInsertAllowed(), and XLogRecPtrIsInvalid.

Referenced by GetVictimBuffer(), SetHintBits(), and XLogFlush().

◆ XLogPutNextOid()

void XLogPutNextOid ( Oid  nextOid)

Definition at line 8070 of file xlog.c.

8071{
8073 XLogRegisterData(&nextOid, sizeof(Oid));
8074 (void) XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_NEXTOID);
8075
8076 /*
8077 * We need not flush the NEXTOID record immediately, because any of the
8078 * just-allocated OIDs could only reach disk as part of a tuple insert or
8079 * update that would have its own XLOG record that must follow the NEXTOID
8080 * record. Therefore, the standard buffer LSN interlock applied to those
8081 * records will ensure no such OID reaches disk before the NEXTOID record
8082 * does.
8083 *
8084 * Note, however, that the above statement only covers state "within" the
8085 * database. When we use a generated OID as a file or directory name, we
8086 * are in a sense violating the basic WAL rule, because that filesystem
8087 * change may reach disk before the NEXTOID WAL record does. The impact
8088 * of this is that if a database crash occurs immediately afterward, we
8089 * might after restart re-generate the same OID and find that it conflicts
8090 * with the leftover file or directory. But since for safety's sake we
8091 * always loop until finding a nonconflicting filename, this poses no real
8092 * problem in practice. See pgsql-hackers discussion 27-Sep-2006.
8093 */
8094}

References XLOG_NEXTOID, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogInsert(), and XLogRegisterData().

Referenced by GetNewObjectId().

◆ XLogRecPtrToBytePos()

static uint64 XLogRecPtrToBytePos ( XLogRecPtr  ptr)
static

Definition at line 1944 of file xlog.c.

1945{
1946 uint64 fullsegs;
1947 uint32 fullpages;
1948 uint32 offset;
1949 uint64 result;
1950
1951 XLByteToSeg(ptr, fullsegs, wal_segment_size);
1952
1953 fullpages = (XLogSegmentOffset(ptr, wal_segment_size)) / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1954 offset = ptr % XLOG_BLCKSZ;
1955
1956 if (fullpages == 0)
1957 {
1958 result = fullsegs * UsableBytesInSegment;
1959 if (offset > 0)
1960 {
1961 Assert(offset >= SizeOfXLogLongPHD);
1962 result += offset - SizeOfXLogLongPHD;
1963 }
1964 }
1965 else
1966 {
1967 result = fullsegs * UsableBytesInSegment +
1968 (XLOG_BLCKSZ - SizeOfXLogLongPHD) + /* account for first page */
1969 (fullpages - 1) * UsableBytesInPage; /* full pages */
1970 if (offset > 0)
1971 {
1972 Assert(offset >= SizeOfXLogShortPHD);
1973 result += offset - SizeOfXLogShortPHD;
1974 }
1975 }
1976
1977 return result;
1978}

References Assert(), SizeOfXLogLongPHD, SizeOfXLogShortPHD, UsableBytesInPage, UsableBytesInSegment, wal_segment_size, XLByteToSeg, and XLogSegmentOffset.

Referenced by ReserveXLogInsertLocation(), ReserveXLogSwitch(), and StartupXLOG().

◆ XLogReportParameters()

static void XLogReportParameters ( void  )
static

Definition at line 8150 of file xlog.c.

8151{
8160 {
8161 /*
8162 * The change in number of backend slots doesn't need to be WAL-logged
8163 * if archiving is not enabled, as you can't start archive recovery
8164 * with wal_level=minimal anyway. We don't really care about the
8165 * values in pg_control either if wal_level=minimal, but seems better
8166 * to keep them up-to-date to avoid confusion.
8167 */
8169 {
8170 xl_parameter_change xlrec;
8171 XLogRecPtr recptr;
8172
8178 xlrec.wal_level = wal_level;
8181
8183 XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xlrec));
8184
8185 recptr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE);
8186 XLogFlush(recptr);
8187 }
8188
8189 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
8190
8200
8201 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
8202 }
8203}

References ControlFile, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), max_locks_per_xact, xl_parameter_change::max_locks_per_xact, ControlFileData::max_locks_per_xact, max_prepared_xacts, xl_parameter_change::max_prepared_xacts, ControlFileData::max_prepared_xacts, max_wal_senders, xl_parameter_change::max_wal_senders, ControlFileData::max_wal_senders, max_worker_processes, xl_parameter_change::max_worker_processes, ControlFileData::max_worker_processes, MaxConnections, xl_parameter_change::MaxConnections, ControlFileData::MaxConnections, track_commit_timestamp, xl_parameter_change::track_commit_timestamp, ControlFileData::track_commit_timestamp, UpdateControlFile(), wal_level, xl_parameter_change::wal_level, ControlFileData::wal_level, wal_log_hints, xl_parameter_change::wal_log_hints, ControlFileData::wal_log_hints, XLOG_PARAMETER_CHANGE, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogFlush(), XLogInsert(), XLogIsNeeded, and XLogRegisterData().

Referenced by StartupXLOG().

◆ XLogRestorePoint()

XLogRecPtr XLogRestorePoint ( const char *  rpName)

Definition at line 8125 of file xlog.c.

8126{
8127 XLogRecPtr RecPtr;
8128 xl_restore_point xlrec;
8129
8130 xlrec.rp_time = GetCurrentTimestamp();
8131 strlcpy(xlrec.rp_name, rpName, MAXFNAMELEN);
8132
8134 XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, sizeof(xl_restore_point));
8135
8136 RecPtr = XLogInsert(RM_XLOG_ID, XLOG_RESTORE_POINT);
8137
8138 ereport(LOG,
8139 errmsg("restore point \"%s\" created at %X/%08X",
8140 rpName, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(RecPtr)));
8141
8142 return RecPtr;
8143}
char rp_name[MAXFNAMELEN]
TimestampTz rp_time

References ereport, errmsg(), GetCurrentTimestamp(), LOG, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, MAXFNAMELEN, xl_restore_point::rp_name, xl_restore_point::rp_time, strlcpy(), XLOG_RESTORE_POINT, XLogBeginInsert(), XLogInsert(), and XLogRegisterData().

Referenced by pg_create_restore_point().

◆ XLogSetAsyncXactLSN()

void XLogSetAsyncXactLSN ( XLogRecPtr  asyncXactLSN)

Definition at line 2609 of file xlog.c.

2610{
2611 XLogRecPtr WriteRqstPtr = asyncXactLSN;
2612 bool sleeping;
2613 bool wakeup = false;
2614 XLogRecPtr prevAsyncXactLSN;
2615
2617 sleeping = XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping;
2618 prevAsyncXactLSN = XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN;
2619 if (XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN < asyncXactLSN)
2620 XLogCtl->asyncXactLSN = asyncXactLSN;
2622
2623 /*
2624 * If somebody else already called this function with a more aggressive
2625 * LSN, they will have done what we needed (and perhaps more).
2626 */
2627 if (asyncXactLSN <= prevAsyncXactLSN)
2628 return;
2629
2630 /*
2631 * If the WALWriter is sleeping, kick it to make it come out of low-power
2632 * mode, so that this async commit will reach disk within the expected
2633 * amount of time. Otherwise, determine whether it has enough WAL
2634 * available to flush, the same way that XLogBackgroundFlush() does.
2635 */
2636 if (sleeping)
2637 wakeup = true;
2638 else
2639 {
2640 int flushblocks;
2641
2643
2644 flushblocks =
2645 WriteRqstPtr / XLOG_BLCKSZ - LogwrtResult.Flush / XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2646
2647 if (WalWriterFlushAfter == 0 || flushblocks >= WalWriterFlushAfter)
2648 wakeup = true;
2649 }
2650
2651 if (wakeup)
2652 {
2653 volatile PROC_HDR *procglobal = ProcGlobal;
2654 ProcNumber walwriterProc = procglobal->walwriterProc;
2655
2656 if (walwriterProc != INVALID_PROC_NUMBER)
2657 SetLatch(&GetPGProcByNumber(walwriterProc)->procLatch);
2658 }
2659}
void SetLatch(Latch *latch)
Definition: latch.c:290
#define GetPGProcByNumber(n)
Definition: proc.h:440
#define INVALID_PROC_NUMBER
Definition: procnumber.h:26
int ProcNumber
Definition: procnumber.h:24
PROC_HDR * ProcGlobal
Definition: proc.c:78
Definition: proc.h:386
ProcNumber walwriterProc
Definition: proc.h:424
static TimestampTz wakeup[NUM_WALRCV_WAKEUPS]
Definition: walreceiver.c:130

References XLogCtlData::asyncXactLSN, XLogwrtResult::Flush, GetPGProcByNumber, XLogCtlData::info_lck, INVALID_PROC_NUMBER, LogwrtResult, ProcGlobal, RefreshXLogWriteResult, SetLatch(), SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, wakeup, WalWriterFlushAfter, PROC_HDR::walwriterProc, XLogCtlData::WalWriterSleeping, and XLogCtl.

Referenced by AbortTransaction(), LogCurrentRunningXacts(), RecordTransactionAbort(), and RecordTransactionCommit().

◆ XLogSetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN()

void XLogSetReplicationSlotMinimumLSN ( XLogRecPtr  lsn)

◆ XLOGShmemInit()

void XLOGShmemInit ( void  )

Definition at line 4957 of file xlog.c.

4958{
4959 bool foundCFile,
4960 foundXLog;
4961 char *allocptr;
4962 int i;
4963 ControlFileData *localControlFile;
4964
4965#ifdef WAL_DEBUG
4966
4967 /*
4968 * Create a memory context for WAL debugging that's exempt from the normal
4969 * "no pallocs in critical section" rule. Yes, that can lead to a PANIC if
4970 * an allocation fails, but wal_debug is not for production use anyway.
4971 */
4972 if (walDebugCxt == NULL)
4973 {
4975 "WAL Debug",
4977 MemoryContextAllowInCriticalSection(walDebugCxt, true);
4978 }
4979#endif
4980
4981
4982 XLogCtl = (XLogCtlData *)
4983 ShmemInitStruct("XLOG Ctl", XLOGShmemSize(), &foundXLog);
4984
4985 localControlFile = ControlFile;
4987 ShmemInitStruct("Control File", sizeof(ControlFileData), &foundCFile);
4988
4989 if (foundCFile || foundXLog)
4990 {
4991 /* both should be present or neither */
4992 Assert(foundCFile && foundXLog);
4993
4994 /* Initialize local copy of WALInsertLocks */
4996
4997 if (localControlFile)
4998 pfree(localControlFile);
4999 return;
5000 }
5001 memset(XLogCtl, 0, sizeof(XLogCtlData));
5002
5003 /*
5004 * Already have read control file locally, unless in bootstrap mode. Move
5005 * contents into shared memory.
5006 */
5007 if (localControlFile)
5008 {
5009 memcpy(ControlFile, localControlFile, sizeof(ControlFileData));
5010 pfree(localControlFile);
5011 }
5012
5013 /*
5014 * Since XLogCtlData contains XLogRecPtr fields, its sizeof should be a
5015 * multiple of the alignment for same, so no extra alignment padding is
5016 * needed here.
5017 */
5018 allocptr = ((char *) XLogCtl) + sizeof(XLogCtlData);
5019 XLogCtl->xlblocks = (pg_atomic_uint64 *) allocptr;
5020 allocptr += sizeof(pg_atomic_uint64) * XLOGbuffers;
5021
5022 for (i = 0; i < XLOGbuffers; i++)
5023 {
5025 }
5026
5027 /* WAL insertion locks. Ensure they're aligned to the full padded size */
5028 allocptr += sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded) -
5029 ((uintptr_t) allocptr) % sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded);
5031 (WALInsertLockPadded *) allocptr;
5032 allocptr += sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded) * NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS;
5033
5034 for (i = 0; i < NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS; i++)
5035 {
5036 LWLockInitialize(&WALInsertLocks[i].l.lock, LWTRANCHE_WAL_INSERT);
5039 }
5040
5041 /*
5042 * Align the start of the page buffers to a full xlog block size boundary.
5043 * This simplifies some calculations in XLOG insertion. It is also
5044 * required for O_DIRECT.
5045 */
5046 allocptr = (char *) TYPEALIGN(XLOG_BLCKSZ, allocptr);
5047 XLogCtl->pages = allocptr;
5048 memset(XLogCtl->pages, 0, (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ * XLOGbuffers);
5049
5050 /*
5051 * Do basic initialization of XLogCtl shared data. (StartupXLOG will fill
5052 * in additional info.)
5053 */
5057 XLogCtl->WalWriterSleeping = false;
5058
5065}
static void pg_atomic_init_u64(volatile pg_atomic_uint64 *ptr, uint64 val)
Definition: atomics.h:451
struct pg_atomic_uint64 pg_atomic_uint64
void LWLockInitialize(LWLock *lock, int tranche_id)
Definition: lwlock.c:698
MemoryContext TopMemoryContext
Definition: mcxt.c:166
void MemoryContextAllowInCriticalSection(MemoryContext context, bool allow)
Definition: mcxt.c:740
#define AllocSetContextCreate
Definition: memutils.h:129
#define ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES
Definition: memutils.h:160
void * ShmemInitStruct(const char *name, Size size, bool *foundPtr)
Definition: shmem.c:387
#define SpinLockInit(lock)
Definition: spin.h:57
int XLogCacheBlck
Definition: xlog.c:494
WALInsertLockPadded * WALInsertLocks
Definition: xlog.c:445
slock_t insertpos_lck
Definition: xlog.c:399
union WALInsertLockPadded WALInsertLockPadded
Size XLOGShmemSize(void)
Definition: xlog.c:4907
struct XLogCtlData XLogCtlData

References ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES, AllocSetContextCreate, Assert(), ControlFile, i, XLogCtlData::info_lck, XLogCtlData::Insert, XLogCtlInsert::insertpos_lck, XLogCtlData::InstallXLogFileSegmentActive, InvalidXLogRecPtr, WALInsertLockPadded::l, WALInsertLock::lastImportantAt, XLogCtlData::logFlushResult, XLogCtlData::logInsertResult, XLogCtlData::logWriteResult, LWLockInitialize(), MemoryContextAllowInCriticalSection(), NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS, XLogCtlData::pages, pfree(), pg_atomic_init_u64(), RECOVERY_STATE_CRASH, XLogCtlData::SharedRecoveryState, ShmemInitStruct(), SpinLockInit, TopMemoryContext, TYPEALIGN, XLogCtlData::unloggedLSN, XLogCtlInsert::WALInsertLocks, WALInsertLocks, XLogCtlData::WalWriterSleeping, XLogCtlData::xlblocks, XLOGbuffers, XLogCtlData::XLogCacheBlck, XLogCtl, and XLOGShmemSize().

Referenced by CreateOrAttachShmemStructs().

◆ XLOGShmemSize()

Size XLOGShmemSize ( void  )

Definition at line 4907 of file xlog.c.

4908{
4909 Size size;
4910
4911 /*
4912 * If the value of wal_buffers is -1, use the preferred auto-tune value.
4913 * This isn't an amazingly clean place to do this, but we must wait till
4914 * NBuffers has received its final value, and must do it before using the
4915 * value of XLOGbuffers to do anything important.
4916 *
4917 * We prefer to report this value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT.
4918 * However, if the DBA explicitly set wal_buffers = -1 in the config file,
4919 * then PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT will fail to override that and we must force
4920 * the matter with PGC_S_OVERRIDE.
4921 */
4922 if (XLOGbuffers == -1)
4923 {
4924 char buf[32];
4925
4926 snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", XLOGChooseNumBuffers());
4927 SetConfigOption("wal_buffers", buf, PGC_POSTMASTER,
4929 if (XLOGbuffers == -1) /* failed to apply it? */
4930 SetConfigOption("wal_buffers", buf, PGC_POSTMASTER,
4932 }
4933 Assert(XLOGbuffers > 0);
4934
4935 /* XLogCtl */
4936 size = sizeof(XLogCtlData);
4937
4938 /* WAL insertion locks, plus alignment */
4939 size = add_size(size, mul_size(sizeof(WALInsertLockPadded), NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS + 1));
4940 /* xlblocks array */
4941 size = add_size(size, mul_size(sizeof(pg_atomic_uint64), XLOGbuffers));
4942 /* extra alignment padding for XLOG I/O buffers */
4943 size = add_size(size, Max(XLOG_BLCKSZ, PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE));
4944 /* and the buffers themselves */
4945 size = add_size(size, mul_size(XLOG_BLCKSZ, XLOGbuffers));
4946
4947 /*
4948 * Note: we don't count ControlFileData, it comes out of the "slop factor"
4949 * added by CreateSharedMemoryAndSemaphores. This lets us use this
4950 * routine again below to compute the actual allocation size.
4951 */
4952
4953 return size;
4954}
#define Max(x, y)
Definition: c.h:998
@ PGC_S_OVERRIDE
Definition: guc.h:123
@ PGC_POSTMASTER
Definition: guc.h:74
#define PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE
Size add_size(Size s1, Size s2)
Definition: shmem.c:493
Size mul_size(Size s1, Size s2)
Definition: shmem.c:510

References add_size(), Assert(), buf, Max, mul_size(), NUM_XLOGINSERT_LOCKS, PG_IO_ALIGN_SIZE, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT, PGC_S_OVERRIDE, SetConfigOption(), snprintf, XLOGbuffers, and XLOGChooseNumBuffers().

Referenced by CalculateShmemSize(), and XLOGShmemInit().

◆ XLogShutdownWalRcv()

void XLogShutdownWalRcv ( void  )

Definition at line 9514 of file xlog.c.

9515{
9517
9518 LWLockAcquire(ControlFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
9520 LWLockRelease(ControlFileLock);
9521}
void ShutdownWalRcv(void)

References XLogCtlData::InstallXLogFileSegmentActive, LW_EXCLUSIVE, LWLockAcquire(), LWLockRelease(), ShutdownWalRcv(), and XLogCtl.

Referenced by FinishWalRecovery(), and WaitForWALToBecomeAvailable().

◆ XLogWrite()

static void XLogWrite ( XLogwrtRqst  WriteRqst,
TimeLineID  tli,
bool  flexible 
)
static

Definition at line 2304 of file xlog.c.

2305{
2306 bool ispartialpage;
2307 bool last_iteration;
2308 bool finishing_seg;
2309 int curridx;
2310 int npages;
2311 int startidx;
2312 uint32 startoffset;
2313
2314 /* We should always be inside a critical section here */
2316
2317 /*
2318 * Update local LogwrtResult (caller probably did this already, but...)
2319 */
2321
2322 /*
2323 * Since successive pages in the xlog cache are consecutively allocated,
2324 * we can usually gather multiple pages together and issue just one
2325 * write() call. npages is the number of pages we have determined can be
2326 * written together; startidx is the cache block index of the first one,
2327 * and startoffset is the file offset at which it should go. The latter
2328 * two variables are only valid when npages > 0, but we must initialize
2329 * all of them to keep the compiler quiet.
2330 */
2331 npages = 0;
2332 startidx = 0;
2333 startoffset = 0;
2334
2335 /*
2336 * Within the loop, curridx is the cache block index of the page to
2337 * consider writing. Begin at the buffer containing the next unwritten
2338 * page, or last partially written page.
2339 */
2341
2342 while (LogwrtResult.Write < WriteRqst.Write)
2343 {
2344 /*
2345 * Make sure we're not ahead of the insert process. This could happen
2346 * if we're passed a bogus WriteRqst.Write that is past the end of the
2347 * last page that's been initialized by AdvanceXLInsertBuffer.
2348 */
2349 XLogRecPtr EndPtr = pg_atomic_read_u64(&XLogCtl->xlblocks[curridx]);
2350
2351 if (LogwrtResult.Write >= EndPtr)
2352 elog(PANIC, "xlog write request %X/%08X is past end of log %X/%08X",
2354 LSN_FORMAT_ARGS(EndPtr));
2355
2356 /* Advance LogwrtResult.Write to end of current buffer page */
2357 LogwrtResult.Write = EndPtr;
2358 ispartialpage = WriteRqst.Write < LogwrtResult.Write;
2359
2362 {
2363 /*
2364 * Switch to new logfile segment. We cannot have any pending
2365 * pages here (since we dump what we have at segment end).
2366 */
2367 Assert(npages == 0);
2368 if (openLogFile >= 0)
2369 XLogFileClose();
2372 openLogTLI = tli;
2373
2374 /* create/use new log file */
2377 }
2378
2379 /* Make sure we have the current logfile open */
2380 if (openLogFile < 0)
2381 {
2384 openLogTLI = tli;
2387 }
2388
2389 /* Add current page to the set of pending pages-to-dump */
2390 if (npages == 0)
2391 {
2392 /* first of group */
2393 startidx = curridx;
2394 startoffset = XLogSegmentOffset(LogwrtResult.Write - XLOG_BLCKSZ,
2396 }
2397 npages++;
2398
2399 /*
2400 * Dump the set if this will be the last loop iteration, or if we are
2401 * at the last page of the cache area (since the next page won't be
2402 * contiguous in memory), or if we are at the end of the logfile
2403 * segment.
2404 */
2405 last_iteration = WriteRqst.Write <= LogwrtResult.Write;
2406
2407 finishing_seg = !ispartialpage &&
2408 (startoffset + npages * XLOG_BLCKSZ) >= wal_segment_size;
2409
2410 if (last_iteration ||
2411 curridx == XLogCtl->XLogCacheBlck ||
2412 finishing_seg)
2413 {
2414 char *from;
2415 Size nbytes;
2416 Size nleft;
2417 ssize_t written;
2419
2420 /* OK to write the page(s) */
2421 from = XLogCtl->pages + startidx * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2422 nbytes = npages * (Size) XLOG_BLCKSZ;
2423 nleft = nbytes;
2424 do
2425 {
2426 errno = 0;
2427
2428 /*
2429 * Measure I/O timing to write WAL data, for pg_stat_io.
2430 */
2432
2433 pgstat_report_wait_start(WAIT_EVENT_WAL_WRITE);
2434 written = pg_pwrite(openLogFile, from, nleft, startoffset);
2436
2438 IOOP_WRITE, start, 1, written);
2439
2440 if (written <= 0)
2441 {
2442 char xlogfname[MAXFNAMELEN];
2443 int save_errno;
2444
2445 if (errno == EINTR)
2446 continue;
2447
2448 save_errno = errno;
2449 XLogFileName(xlogfname, tli, openLogSegNo,
2451 errno = save_errno;
2452 ereport(PANIC,
2454 errmsg("could not write to log file \"%s\" at offset %u, length %zu: %m",
2455 xlogfname, startoffset, nleft)));
2456 }
2457 nleft -= written;
2458 from += written;
2459 startoffset += written;
2460 } while (nleft > 0);
2461
2462 npages = 0;
2463
2464 /*
2465 * If we just wrote the whole last page of a logfile segment,
2466 * fsync the segment immediately. This avoids having to go back
2467 * and re-open prior segments when an fsync request comes along
2468 * later. Doing it here ensures that one and only one backend will
2469 * perform this fsync.
2470 *
2471 * This is also the right place to notify the Archiver that the
2472 * segment is ready to copy to archival storage, and to update the
2473 * timer for archive_timeout, and to signal for a checkpoint if
2474 * too many logfile segments have been used since the last
2475 * checkpoint.
2476 */
2477 if (finishing_seg)
2478 {
2480
2481 /* signal that we need to wakeup walsenders later */
2483
2484 LogwrtResult.Flush = LogwrtResult.Write; /* end of page */
2485
2486 if (XLogArchivingActive())
2488
2489 XLogCtl->lastSegSwitchTime = (pg_time_t) time(NULL);
2491
2492 /*
2493 * Request a checkpoint if we've consumed too much xlog since
2494 * the last one. For speed, we first check using the local
2495 * copy of RedoRecPtr, which might be out of date; if it looks
2496 * like a checkpoint is needed, forcibly update RedoRecPtr and
2497 * recheck.
2498 */
2500 {
2501 (void) GetRedoRecPtr();
2504 }
2505 }
2506 }
2507
2508 if (ispartialpage)
2509 {
2510 /* Only asked to write a partial page */
2511 LogwrtResult.Write = WriteRqst.Write;
2512 break;
2513 }
2514 curridx = NextBufIdx(curridx);
2515
2516 /* If flexible, break out of loop as soon as we wrote something */
2517 if (flexible && npages == 0)
2518 break;
2519 }
2520
2521 Assert(npages == 0);
2522
2523 /*
2524 * If asked to flush, do so
2525 */
2526 if (LogwrtResult.Flush < WriteRqst.Flush &&
2528 {
2529 /*
2530 * Could get here without iterating above loop, in which case we might
2531 * have no open file or the wrong one. However, we do not need to
2532 * fsync more than one file.
2533 */
2536 {
2537 if (openLogFile >= 0 &&
2540 XLogFileClose();
2541 if (openLogFile < 0)
2542 {
2545 openLogTLI = tli;
2548 }
2549
2551 }
2552
2553 /* signal that we need to wakeup walsenders later */
2555
2557 }
2558
2559 /*
2560 * Update shared-memory status
2561 *
2562 * We make sure that the shared 'request' values do not fall behind the
2563 * 'result' values. This is not absolutely essential, but it saves some
2564 * code in a couple of places.
2565 */
2572
2573 /*
2574 * We write Write first, bar, then Flush. When reading, the opposite must
2575 * be done (with a matching barrier in between), so that we always see a
2576 * Flush value that trails behind the Write value seen.
2577 */
2581
2582#ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
2583 {
2587
2593
2594 /* WAL written to disk is always ahead of WAL flushed */
2595 Assert(Write >= Flush);
2596
2597 /* WAL inserted to buffers is always ahead of WAL written */
2598 Assert(Insert >= Write);
2599 }
2600#endif
2601}
void ReserveExternalFD(void)
Definition: fd.c:1220
volatile uint32 CritSectionCount
Definition: globals.c:45
XLogRecPtr Flush
Definition: walreceiver.c:112
XLogRecPtr Write
Definition: walreceiver.c:111
#define WalSndWakeupRequest()
Definition: walsender.h:58
#define EINTR
Definition: win32_port.h:364
XLogRecPtr GetRedoRecPtr(void)
Definition: xlog.c:6486
int XLogFileOpen(XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
Definition: xlog.c:3631
#define NextBufIdx(idx)
Definition: xlog.c:584
void issue_xlog_fsync(int fd, XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
Definition: xlog.c:8736
bool XLogCheckpointNeeded(XLogSegNo new_segno)
Definition: xlog.c:2280
void XLogArchiveNotifySeg(XLogSegNo segno, TimeLineID tli)
Definition: xlogarchive.c:492

References Assert(), CHECKPOINT_CAUSE_XLOG, CritSectionCount, EINTR, elog, ereport, errcode_for_file_access(), errmsg(), XLogwrtRqst::Flush, XLogwrtResult::Flush, Flush, GetRedoRecPtr(), XLogCtlData::info_lck, Insert(), IOCONTEXT_NORMAL, IOOBJECT_WAL, IOOP_WRITE, issue_xlog_fsync(), IsUnderPostmaster, XLogCtlData::lastSegSwitchLSN, XLogCtlData::lastSegSwitchTime, XLogCtlData::logFlushResult, XLogCtlData::logInsertResult, XLogCtlData::logWriteResult, LogwrtResult, XLogCtlData::LogwrtRqst, LSN_FORMAT_ARGS, MAXFNAMELEN, NextBufIdx, openLogFile, openLogSegNo, openLogTLI, XLogCtlData::pages, PANIC, pg_atomic_read_u64(), pg_atomic_write_u64(), pg_pwrite, pg_read_barrier, pg_write_barrier, pgstat_count_io_op_time(), pgstat_prepare_io_time(), pgstat_report_wait_end(), pgstat_report_wait_start(), RefreshXLogWriteResult, RequestCheckpoint(), ReserveExternalFD(), SpinLockAcquire, SpinLockRelease, start, track_wal_io_timing, wal_segment_size, wal_sync_method, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN, WAL_SYNC_METHOD_OPEN_DSYNC, WalSndWakeupRequest, XLogwrtRqst::Write, XLogwrtResult::Write, Write, XLogCtlData::xlblocks, XLByteInPrevSeg, XLByteToPrevSeg, XLogArchiveNotifySeg(), XLogArchivingActive, XLogCtlData::XLogCacheBlck, XLogCheckpointNeeded(), XLogCtl, XLogFileClose(), XLogFileInit(), XLogFileName(), XLogFileOpen(), XLogRecPtrToBufIdx, and XLogSegmentOffset.

Referenced by AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), XLogBackgroundFlush(), and XLogFlush().

Variable Documentation

◆ archive_mode_options

const struct config_enum_entry archive_mode_options[]
Initial value:
= {
{"always", ARCHIVE_MODE_ALWAYS, false},
{"on", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, false},
{"off", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, false},
{"true", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
{"false", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
{"yes", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
{"no", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
{"1", ARCHIVE_MODE_ON, true},
{"0", ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF, true},
{NULL, 0, false}
}
@ ARCHIVE_MODE_ALWAYS
Definition: xlog.h:67
@ ARCHIVE_MODE_OFF
Definition: xlog.h:65
@ ARCHIVE_MODE_ON
Definition: xlog.h:66

Definition at line 192 of file xlog.c.

◆ check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred

bool check_wal_consistency_checking_deferred = false
static

Definition at line 167 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by check_wal_consistency_checking(), and InitializeWalConsistencyChecking().

◆ CheckPointDistanceEstimate

double CheckPointDistanceEstimate = 0
static

Definition at line 160 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by LogCheckpointEnd(), UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate(), and XLOGfileslop().

◆ CheckPointSegments

int CheckPointSegments

◆ CheckpointStats

◆ CommitDelay

int CommitDelay = 0

Definition at line 133 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by XLogFlush().

◆ CommitSiblings

int CommitSiblings = 5

Definition at line 134 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by XLogFlush().

◆ ControlFile

◆ doPageWrites

bool doPageWrites
static

◆ EnableHotStandby

◆ fullPageWrites

bool fullPageWrites = true

Definition at line 123 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by BootStrapXLOG(), and UpdateFullPageWrites().

◆ holdingAllLocks

bool holdingAllLocks = false
static

◆ lastFullPageWrites

bool lastFullPageWrites
static

Definition at line 218 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by StartupXLOG(), and xlog_redo().

◆ LocalMinRecoveryPoint

XLogRecPtr LocalMinRecoveryPoint
static

◆ LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI

TimeLineID LocalMinRecoveryPointTLI
static

◆ LocalRecoveryInProgress

bool LocalRecoveryInProgress = true
static

Definition at line 225 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by RecoveryInProgress().

◆ LocalXLogInsertAllowed

int LocalXLogInsertAllowed = -1
static

Definition at line 237 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by CreateCheckPoint(), LocalSetXLogInsertAllowed(), and XLogInsertAllowed().

◆ log_checkpoints

bool log_checkpoints = true

◆ LogwrtResult

◆ max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb

int max_slot_wal_keep_size_mb = -1

Definition at line 136 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by KeepLogSeg(), and pg_get_replication_slots().

◆ max_wal_size_mb

int max_wal_size_mb = 1024

◆ min_wal_size_mb

int min_wal_size_mb = 80

Definition at line 116 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by ReadControlFile(), and XLOGfileslop().

◆ MyLockNo

int MyLockNo = 0
static

◆ openLogFile

int openLogFile = -1
static

◆ openLogSegNo

XLogSegNo openLogSegNo = 0
static

Definition at line 636 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by assign_wal_sync_method(), XLogBackgroundFlush(), XLogFileClose(), and XLogWrite().

◆ openLogTLI

TimeLineID openLogTLI = 0
static

Definition at line 637 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by assign_wal_sync_method(), BootStrapXLOG(), XLogFileClose(), and XLogWrite().

◆ PrevCheckPointDistance

double PrevCheckPointDistance = 0
static

Definition at line 161 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by LogCheckpointEnd(), and UpdateCheckPointDistanceEstimate().

◆ ProcLastRecPtr

◆ RedoRecPtr

◆ sessionBackupState

SessionBackupState sessionBackupState = SESSION_BACKUP_NONE
static

◆ track_wal_io_timing

◆ updateMinRecoveryPoint

bool updateMinRecoveryPoint = true
static

Definition at line 648 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by SwitchIntoArchiveRecovery(), UpdateMinRecoveryPoint(), and XLogNeedsFlush().

◆ UsableBytesInSegment

int UsableBytesInSegment
static

◆ wal_compression

int wal_compression = WAL_COMPRESSION_NONE

Definition at line 125 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by XLogCompressBackupBlock(), and XLogRecordAssemble().

◆ wal_consistency_checking

bool* wal_consistency_checking = NULL

Definition at line 127 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by assign_wal_consistency_checking(), and XLogRecordAssemble().

◆ wal_consistency_checking_string

char* wal_consistency_checking_string = NULL

Definition at line 126 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by InitializeWalConsistencyChecking().

◆ wal_decode_buffer_size

int wal_decode_buffer_size = 512 * 1024

Definition at line 137 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by InitWalRecovery().

◆ wal_init_zero

bool wal_init_zero = true

Definition at line 128 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by XLogFileInitInternal().

◆ wal_keep_size_mb

int wal_keep_size_mb = 0

Definition at line 117 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by KeepLogSeg(), and pg_get_replication_slots().

◆ wal_level

◆ wal_log_hints

bool wal_log_hints = false

Definition at line 124 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by InitControlFile(), and XLogReportParameters().

◆ wal_recycle

bool wal_recycle = true

Definition at line 129 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by RemoveXlogFile().

◆ wal_retrieve_retry_interval

int wal_retrieve_retry_interval = 5000

◆ wal_segment_size

int wal_segment_size = DEFAULT_XLOG_SEG_SIZE

Definition at line 144 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by AdvanceXLInsertBuffer(), assign_wal_sync_method(), BootStrapXLOG(), build_backup_content(), CalculateCheckpointSegments(), CheckArchiveTimeout(), CheckXLogRemoved(), CleanupAfterArchiveRecovery(), copy_replication_slot(), CopyXLogRecordToWAL(), CreateCheckPoint(), CreateOverwriteContrecordRecord(), CreateRestartPoint(), do_pg_backup_stop(), ExecuteRecoveryCommand(), FinishWalRecovery(), GetOldestUnsummarizedLSN(), GetWALAvailability(), GetXLogBuffer(), InitWalRecovery(), InitXLogReaderState(), InstallXLogFileSegment(), InvalidateObsoleteReplicationSlots(), IsCheckpointOnSchedule(), issue_xlog_fsync(), KeepLogSeg(), LogicalConfirmReceivedLocation(), MaybeRemoveOldWalSummaries(), perform_base_backup(), pg_control_checkpoint(), pg_get_replication_slots(), pg_split_walfile_name(), pg_walfile_name(), pg_walfile_name_offset(), PreallocXlogFiles(), ReadControlFile(), ReadRecord(), RemoveNonParentXlogFiles(), RemoveOldXlogFiles(), ReorderBufferRestoreChanges(), ReorderBufferRestoreCleanup(), ReorderBufferSerializedPath(), ReorderBufferSerializeTXN(), ReplicationSlotReserveWal(), RequestXLogStreaming(), reserve_wal_for_local_slot(), ReserveXLogSwitch(), RestoreArchivedFile(), StartReplication(), StartupDecodingContext(), SummarizeWAL(), UpdateLastRemovedPtr(), WALReadRaiseError(), WalReceiverMain(), WalSndSegmentOpen(), WriteControlFile(), XLogArchiveNotifySeg(), XLogBackgroundFlush(), XLogBytePosToEndRecPtr(), XLogBytePosToRecPtr(), XLogCheckpointNeeded(), XLOGChooseNumBuffers(), XLogFileClose(), XLogFileCopy(), XLogFileInitInternal(), XLogFileOpen(), XLogFileRead(), XLogFileReadAnyTLI(), XLOGfileslop(), XLogGetOldestSegno(), XLogInitNewTimeline(), XLogInsertRecord(), XLogPageRead(), XLogReaderAllocate(), XlogReadTwoPhaseData(), XLogRecPtrToBytePos(), XLogWalRcvClose(), XLogWalRcvWrite(), and XLogWrite().

◆ wal_sync_method

◆ wal_sync_method_options

const struct config_enum_entry wal_sync_method_options[]
Initial value:
= {
{"fsync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FSYNC, false},
{"fdatasync", WAL_SYNC_METHOD_FDATASYNC, false},
{NULL, 0, false}
}

Definition at line 172 of file xlog.c.

◆ WALInsertLocks

◆ XactLastCommitEnd

◆ XactLastRecEnd

◆ XLogArchiveCommand

char* XLogArchiveCommand = NULL

◆ XLogArchiveMode

◆ XLogArchiveTimeout

int XLogArchiveTimeout = 0

Definition at line 119 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by CheckArchiveTimeout(), and CheckpointerMain().

◆ XLOGbuffers

int XLOGbuffers = -1

Definition at line 118 of file xlog.c.

Referenced by check_wal_buffers(), XLOGShmemInit(), and XLOGShmemSize().

◆ XLogCtl